1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
4 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
5 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
7 This file is part of GCC.
9 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
10 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
11 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
14 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
15 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
16 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
21 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
24 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
25 out locations for types and decls.
26 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
27 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
29 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
30 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
31 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
32 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
35 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
37 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
38 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
39 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
40 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
41 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
43 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
44 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
46 CIE = Common Information Entry
47 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
49 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
51 FDE = Frame Description Entry
52 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
53 how to restore registers
55 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
56 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
60 #include "coretypes.h"
67 #include "stringpool.h"
68 #include "insn-config.h"
71 #include "diagnostic.h"
72 #include "fold-const.h"
73 #include "stor-layout.h"
81 #include "dwarf2out.h"
82 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
86 #include "print-rtl.h"
88 #include "common/common-target.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "gdb/gdb-index.h"
96 #include "stringpool.h"
98 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
100 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, unsigned int, const char *,
102 static rtx_insn
*last_var_location_insn
;
103 static rtx_insn
*cached_next_real_insn
;
104 static void dwarf2out_decl (tree
);
105 static bool is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
107 #ifndef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
108 #define XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO 0
111 #ifndef HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
112 #define HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS 0
115 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
116 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
118 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
119 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
120 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
121 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
122 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
123 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
124 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
125 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
127 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
128 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
131 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
132 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
133 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
134 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
135 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
136 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
139 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
141 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
144 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
145 must be kept around forever. */
146 static GTY(()) vec
<rtx
, va_gc
> *used_rtx_array
;
148 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
149 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
150 vec<tree, va_gc> *because we want to tell the garbage collector about
152 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *incomplete_types
;
154 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
155 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_info_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_addr_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
162 static const char *debug_macinfo_section_name
;
163 static unsigned macinfo_label_base
= 1;
164 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
165 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_line_section
;
166 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
167 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
168 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
169 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
170 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_str_section
;
171 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_dwo_section
;
172 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_offsets_section
;
173 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
174 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
176 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
177 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 40
179 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
180 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
181 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
184 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
185 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
187 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
188 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
191 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
192 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? "-4" : "-12")
195 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
196 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
197 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
199 /* CIE identifier. */
200 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
201 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
202 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
204 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
208 /* A vector for a table that contains frame description
209 information for each routine. */
210 #define NOT_INDEXED (-1U)
211 #define NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED (-2U)
213 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_fde_ref
, va_gc
> *fde_vec
;
215 struct GTY((for_user
)) indirect_string_node
{
217 unsigned int refcount
;
218 enum dwarf_form form
;
223 struct indirect_string_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<indirect_string_node
>
225 typedef const char *compare_type
;
227 static hashval_t
hash (indirect_string_node
*);
228 static bool equal (indirect_string_node
*, const char *);
231 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *debug_str_hash
;
233 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *debug_line_str_hash
;
235 /* With split_debug_info, both the comp_dir and dwo_name go in the
236 main object file, rather than the dwo, similar to the force_direct
237 parameter elsewhere but with additional complications:
239 1) The string is needed in both the main object file and the dwo.
240 That is, the comp_dir and dwo_name will appear in both places.
242 2) Strings can use four forms: DW_FORM_string, DW_FORM_strp,
243 DW_FORM_line_strp or DW_FORM_strx/GNU_str_index.
245 3) GCC chooses the form to use late, depending on the size and
248 Rather than forcing the all debug string handling functions and
249 callers to deal with these complications, simply use a separate,
250 special-cased string table for any attribute that should go in the
251 main object file. This limits the complexity to just the places
254 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *skeleton_debug_str_hash
;
256 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
258 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
259 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
261 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
262 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
263 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
265 /* The default cold text section. */
266 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
268 /* The DIE for C++14 'auto' in a function return type. */
269 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref auto_die
;
271 /* The DIE for C++14 'decltype(auto)' in a function return type. */
272 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref decltype_auto_die
;
274 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
276 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
277 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
279 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
281 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
283 /* Whether an eh_frame section is required. */
284 static GTY(()) bool do_eh_frame
= false;
286 /* .debug_rnglists next index. */
287 static unsigned int rnglist_idx
;
289 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
290 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
291 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
293 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
294 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
297 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
298 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
301 #ifndef FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL
302 #define FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL "LFSB"
305 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
306 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
309 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
310 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
313 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
314 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
317 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
318 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
320 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
321 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
322 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
323 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
324 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
325 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
326 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
327 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
328 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
329 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
331 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
334 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
336 /* Cache the last query. */
337 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
338 static int last_match
= 0;
339 if (path
!= last_path
)
342 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
344 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
345 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
350 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
353 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
354 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
355 int matches
, int result
)
357 /* Find the type name. */
358 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
360 const char *name
= 0;
361 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
364 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
366 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
368 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
369 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
370 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
371 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
372 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
374 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
377 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
378 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
382 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
387 /* Get the number of HOST_WIDE_INTs needed to represent the precision
388 of the number. Some constants have a large uniform precision, so
389 we get the precision needed for the actual value of the number. */
392 get_full_len (const wide_int
&op
)
394 int prec
= wi::min_precision (op
, UNSIGNED
);
395 return ((prec
+ HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1)
396 / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
400 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
402 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
404 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
407 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
409 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
411 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
412 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
413 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
414 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
416 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
418 if (type_decl
!= NULL
)
420 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
421 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
423 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
424 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
427 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
430 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
431 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
432 for collect2 the first time around. */
435 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
437 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
441 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
447 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
449 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
451 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
454 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
455 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
456 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
457 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
458 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
459 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
460 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
463 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
465 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
466 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
468 eh_frame_section
= ((flags
== SECTION_WRITE
)
469 ? data_section
: readonly_data_section
);
470 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
473 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
475 #ifdef EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
476 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Emit special labels to guide
480 tree label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
481 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
482 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
483 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
484 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
489 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
493 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
496 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
499 if (!debug_frame_section
)
500 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
501 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
502 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
506 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
508 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
509 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
514 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
515 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
516 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
517 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
521 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
523 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
524 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
527 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
530 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
532 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
533 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 case DW_CFA_expression
:
538 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
539 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
542 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
543 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
544 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
547 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
554 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
556 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
557 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
564 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
565 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
566 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
568 case DW_CFA_register
:
569 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
571 case DW_CFA_expression
:
572 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
573 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
575 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
576 return dw_cfi_oprnd_cfa_loc
;
579 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
583 /* Output one FDE. */
586 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
587 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
588 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
590 const char *begin
, *end
;
591 static unsigned int j
;
592 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
594 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
596 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
599 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
600 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|| for_eh
)
602 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
603 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
604 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
605 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
608 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
611 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
613 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
614 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
616 begin
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
: fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
617 end
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
;
621 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
622 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
623 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
624 "FDE initial location");
625 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
626 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
630 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
631 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
638 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
640 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
642 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
644 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
645 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
646 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
649 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
652 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
654 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
656 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
657 fde
->funcdef_number
);
658 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
659 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
661 "Language Specific Data Area");
665 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
666 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
667 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
668 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
675 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
676 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
678 size_t from
, until
, i
;
681 until
= vec_safe_length (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
);
683 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
686 until
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
688 from
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
690 for (i
= from
; i
< until
; i
++)
691 output_cfi ((*fde
->dw_fde_cfi
)[i
], fde
, for_eh
);
694 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
695 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
696 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
697 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
698 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
700 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
701 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
702 switch *back* into the table section. */
703 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
704 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
705 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
708 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
709 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
710 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
711 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
716 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
719 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
721 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
724 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
727 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
730 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
731 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
737 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
738 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
739 location of saved registers. */
742 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
747 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
748 char section_start_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
749 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
750 char augmentation
[6];
751 int augmentation_size
;
752 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
753 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
754 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
756 rtx personality
= NULL
;
759 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
763 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
764 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
767 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
768 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
769 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
770 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
771 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
772 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
775 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
777 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
779 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
780 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
781 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
782 any_eh_needed
= true;
783 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
784 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, 1, 1);
791 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
795 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
796 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
798 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
799 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
801 /* Output the CIE. */
802 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
804 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|| for_eh
)
806 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
807 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
808 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
809 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
810 "Length of Common Information Entry");
812 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
814 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
815 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
816 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
817 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
818 "CIE Identifier Tag");
820 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
821 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
822 due to overflowing the return register column. */
823 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
825 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
830 augmentation_size
= 0;
832 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
838 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
839 augmentation section.
840 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
841 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
842 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
844 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
845 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
847 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
848 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
849 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
851 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
855 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
856 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
861 augmentation_size
+= 1;
863 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
866 augmentation_size
+= 1;
868 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
870 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
874 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
875 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
877 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
879 + 1 /* CIE version */
880 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
881 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
882 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
884 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
885 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
886 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
888 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
890 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
891 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
892 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
896 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
897 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
899 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
902 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
903 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
904 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
906 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
909 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
913 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
917 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
918 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
925 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
927 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
929 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
932 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, i
, cfi
)
933 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
935 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
936 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
937 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
938 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
940 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
941 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
945 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
946 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
949 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
? 2 : 1); k
++)
950 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
951 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
954 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
955 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
957 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
962 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
965 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
970 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
972 targetm
.asm_out
.post_cfi_startproc (asm_out_file
, current_function_decl
);
974 /* .cfi_personality and .cfi_lsda are only relevant to DWARF2
976 if (targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
979 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
983 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
986 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
987 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
988 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
989 of the weirder relocation types. */
990 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
991 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
993 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
994 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
995 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
998 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1000 char lab
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1002 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1003 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
1004 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1005 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
1006 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
1008 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
1009 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
1011 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
1012 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
1013 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
1017 /* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
1018 this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
1021 dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
1025 fde
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_fde_node
> ();
1026 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
1027 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
1028 fde
->fde_index
= vec_safe_length (fde_vec
);
1029 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
1030 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
1031 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
1032 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1033 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1035 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
1037 vec_safe_push (fde_vec
, fde
);
1042 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1046 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1047 unsigned int column ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1048 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1050 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1056 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
1058 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
1060 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
1061 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
1063 && (!flag_exceptions
1064 || targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_SJLJ
))
1067 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
1068 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
1069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1070 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1071 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1072 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1073 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
1074 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
1076 /* We can elide FDE allocation if we're not emitting frame unwind info. */
1080 /* Unlike the debug version, the EH version of frame unwind info is a per-
1081 function setting so we need to record whether we need it for the unit. */
1082 do_eh_frame
|= dwarf2out_do_eh_frame ();
1084 /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
1085 emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
1086 would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
1090 fde
= dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
1092 /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
1093 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
1094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
1095 fde
->in_std_section
= (fnsec
== text_section
1096 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
1098 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
1099 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
1100 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1102 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, column
, file
, 0, true);
1105 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1106 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
1109 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
1110 if (!current_unit_personality
)
1111 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
1113 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
1114 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
1115 function anymore. */
1116 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
1117 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
1118 "supporting %<.cfi_personality%> directive");
1122 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
1123 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
1127 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1128 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1130 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1132 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1134 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1135 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1136 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1137 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1138 cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
1141 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
1142 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
1146 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1147 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1149 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1150 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1152 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
1155 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1158 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1159 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1160 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1161 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
1164 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1165 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1169 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1170 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1173 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1175 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
1176 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
1178 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1179 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1181 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1183 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
1184 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1185 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
1187 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
1188 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
1189 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
1193 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
1195 /* Output call frame information. */
1196 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
1197 output_call_frame_info (0);
1199 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
1201 output_call_frame_info (1);
1204 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
1207 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
1209 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
1210 if (sec
== text_section
)
1211 text_section_used
= true;
1212 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
1213 cold_text_section_used
= true;
1216 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
1217 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section
*);
1220 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
1222 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1224 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1226 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
);
1228 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL
,
1229 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1231 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= ggc_strdup (label
);
1232 if (!in_cold_section_p
)
1234 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1235 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1239 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1240 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1242 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
1244 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
1245 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1246 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
1248 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1249 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1251 /* Now do the real section switch. */
1252 sect
= current_function_section ();
1253 switch_to_section (sect
);
1255 fde
->second_in_std_section
1256 = (sect
== text_section
1257 || (cold_text_section
&& sect
== cold_text_section
));
1259 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1260 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
1262 var_location_switch_text_section ();
1264 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1265 set_cur_line_info_table (sect
);
1268 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
1269 for emitting location expressions. */
1271 /* Data about a single source file. */
1272 struct GTY((for_user
)) dwarf_file_data
{
1273 const char * filename
;
1277 /* Describe an entry into the .debug_addr section. */
1281 ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
,
1285 struct GTY((for_user
)) addr_table_entry
{
1287 unsigned int refcount
;
1289 union addr_table_entry_struct_union
1291 rtx
GTY ((tag ("0"))) rtl
;
1292 char * GTY ((tag ("1"))) label
;
1294 GTY ((desc ("%1.kind"))) addr
;
1297 typedef unsigned int var_loc_view
;
1299 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
1300 so you can track variables that are in different places over
1301 their entire life. */
1302 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
1303 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
1304 const char *begin
; /* Label and addr_entry for start of range */
1305 addr_table_entry
*begin_entry
;
1306 const char *end
; /* Label for end of range */
1307 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
1308 Only on head of list. */
1309 char *vl_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of view list. Ditto. */
1310 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
1311 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
1312 var_loc_view vbegin
, vend
;
1314 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
1317 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
1319 /* True if it has been emitted into .debug_loc* / .debug_loclists*
1321 unsigned char emitted
: 1;
1322 /* True if hash field is index rather than hash value. */
1323 unsigned char num_assigned
: 1;
1324 /* True if .debug_loclists.dwo offset has been emitted for it already. */
1325 unsigned char offset_emitted
: 1;
1326 /* True if note_variable_value_in_expr has been called on it. */
1327 unsigned char noted_variable_value
: 1;
1328 /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
1333 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (poly_int64
);
1334 static dw_loc_descr_ref
uint_loc_descriptor (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
1336 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
1339 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
1341 const char *name
= get_DW_OP_name (op
);
1346 return "OP_<unknown>";
1349 /* Return TRUE iff we're to output location view lists as a separate
1350 attribute next to the location lists, as an extension compatible
1351 with DWARF 2 and above. */
1354 dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ()
1356 return debug_variable_location_views
== 1;
1359 /* Return TRUE iff we're to output location view lists as part of the
1360 location lists, as proposed for standardization after DWARF 5. */
1363 dwarf2out_locviews_in_loclist ()
1365 #ifndef DW_LLE_view_pair
1368 return debug_variable_location_views
== -1;
1372 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
1373 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
1374 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
1376 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1377 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
1378 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
1380 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
1382 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
1383 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1384 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1385 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
1386 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1387 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1388 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
1393 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
1396 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
1398 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
1400 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1401 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
1407 /* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
1410 dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node
*a
, dw_val_node
*b
)
1412 if (a
->val_class
!= b
->val_class
)
1414 switch (a
->val_class
)
1416 case dw_val_class_none
:
1418 case dw_val_class_addr
:
1419 return rtx_equal_p (a
->v
.val_addr
, b
->v
.val_addr
);
1421 case dw_val_class_offset
:
1422 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
1423 case dw_val_class_const
:
1424 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
1425 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
1426 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
1427 /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
1428 return a
->v
.val_unsigned
== b
->v
.val_unsigned
;
1430 case dw_val_class_loc
:
1431 return a
->v
.val_loc
== b
->v
.val_loc
;
1432 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
1433 return a
->v
.val_loc_list
== b
->v
.val_loc_list
;
1434 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
1435 return a
->v
.val_view_list
== b
->v
.val_view_list
;
1436 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
1437 return a
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== b
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
1438 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
1439 return a
->v
.val_fde_index
== b
->v
.val_fde_index
;
1440 case dw_val_class_symview
:
1441 return strcmp (a
->v
.val_symbolic_view
, b
->v
.val_symbolic_view
) == 0;
1442 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
1443 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
1444 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
1445 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
1446 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
1447 return strcmp (a
->v
.val_lbl_id
, b
->v
.val_lbl_id
) == 0;
1448 case dw_val_class_str
:
1449 return a
->v
.val_str
== b
->v
.val_str
;
1450 case dw_val_class_flag
:
1451 return a
->v
.val_flag
== b
->v
.val_flag
;
1452 case dw_val_class_file
:
1453 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
1454 return a
->v
.val_file
== b
->v
.val_file
;
1455 case dw_val_class_decl_ref
:
1456 return a
->v
.val_decl_ref
== b
->v
.val_decl_ref
;
1458 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1459 return (a
->v
.val_double
.high
== b
->v
.val_double
.high
1460 && a
->v
.val_double
.low
== b
->v
.val_double
.low
);
1462 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1463 return *a
->v
.val_wide
== *b
->v
.val_wide
;
1465 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1467 size_t a_len
= a
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* a
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1468 size_t b_len
= b
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* b
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1470 return (a_len
== b_len
1471 && !memcmp (a
->v
.val_vec
.array
, b
->v
.val_vec
.array
, a_len
));
1474 case dw_val_class_data8
:
1475 return memcmp (a
->v
.val_data8
, b
->v
.val_data8
, 8) == 0;
1477 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
1478 return (!strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
)
1479 && !strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
));
1481 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
1482 return (a
->v
.val_discr_value
.pos
== b
->v
.val_discr_value
.pos
1483 && a
->v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
== b
->v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
);
1484 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
1485 /* It makes no sense comparing two discriminant value lists. */
1491 /* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
1494 loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1496 if (a
->dw_loc_opc
!= b
->dw_loc_opc
)
1499 /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
1500 address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
1501 should be zero for other types of locations. */
1502 if (a
->dtprel
!= b
->dtprel
)
1505 return (dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd1
)
1506 && dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd2
));
1509 /* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
1512 loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1518 if (a
== NULL
|| b
== NULL
)
1520 if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a
, b
))
1529 /* Add a constant POLY_OFFSET to a location expression. */
1532 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, poly_int64 poly_offset
)
1534 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
1537 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
1539 if (known_eq (poly_offset
, 0))
1542 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1543 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
1546 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1547 if (!poly_offset
.is_constant (&offset
))
1549 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (poly_offset
);
1550 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
1555 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
1556 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
1557 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
1558 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
1559 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
1561 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
1562 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
1564 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
1565 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
1568 else if (offset
> 0)
1569 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
1574 = uint_loc_descriptor (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) offset
);
1575 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
1579 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
1582 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1583 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, poly_int64 offset
)
1585 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
1586 if (offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
1589 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
1592 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, const_offset
);
1596 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= new_reg_loc_descr (reg
, 0);
1597 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, offset
);
1602 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
1605 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, poly_int64 offset
)
1608 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
1609 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
1612 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
1613 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
1615 /* The number of bits that can be encoded by largest DW_FORM_dataN.
1616 In DWARF4 and earlier it is DW_FORM_data8 with 64 bits, in DWARF5
1617 DW_FORM_data16 with 128 bits. */
1618 #define DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS \
1619 (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 128 : 64)
1621 /* Utility inline function for construction of ops that were GNU extension
1623 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
1624 dwarf_OP (enum dwarf_location_atom op
)
1628 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
1629 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1630 return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
;
1633 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
1634 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1635 return DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
;
1638 case DW_OP_const_type
:
1639 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1640 return DW_OP_GNU_const_type
;
1643 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
1644 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1645 return DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
;
1648 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
1649 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1650 return DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
;
1654 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1655 return DW_OP_GNU_convert
;
1658 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
1659 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1660 return DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
;
1664 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1665 return DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
;
1669 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1670 return DW_OP_GNU_const_index
;
1679 /* Similarly for attributes. */
1680 static inline enum dwarf_attribute
1681 dwarf_AT (enum dwarf_attribute at
)
1685 case DW_AT_call_return_pc
:
1686 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1687 return DW_AT_low_pc
;
1690 case DW_AT_call_tail_call
:
1691 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1692 return DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
;
1695 case DW_AT_call_origin
:
1696 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1697 return DW_AT_abstract_origin
;
1700 case DW_AT_call_target
:
1701 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1702 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
;
1705 case DW_AT_call_target_clobbered
:
1706 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1707 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
;
1710 case DW_AT_call_parameter
:
1711 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1712 return DW_AT_abstract_origin
;
1715 case DW_AT_call_value
:
1716 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1717 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
;
1720 case DW_AT_call_data_value
:
1721 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1722 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
;
1725 case DW_AT_call_all_calls
:
1726 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1727 return DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
;
1730 case DW_AT_call_all_tail_calls
:
1731 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1732 return DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
;
1735 case DW_AT_dwo_name
:
1736 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1737 return DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name
;
1740 case DW_AT_addr_base
:
1741 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1742 return DW_AT_GNU_addr_base
;
1751 /* And similarly for tags. */
1752 static inline enum dwarf_tag
1753 dwarf_TAG (enum dwarf_tag tag
)
1757 case DW_TAG_call_site
:
1758 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1759 return DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
;
1762 case DW_TAG_call_site_parameter
:
1763 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1764 return DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
;
1773 /* And similarly for forms. */
1774 static inline enum dwarf_form
1775 dwarf_FORM (enum dwarf_form form
)
1780 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1781 return DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index
;
1785 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1786 return DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
;
1795 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref
);
1797 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
1799 static unsigned long
1800 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
1802 unsigned long size
= 1;
1804 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
1807 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
1809 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
1811 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
1813 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
1814 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
);
1833 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1836 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1841 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
1842 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1880 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1883 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1886 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1889 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1890 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1893 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1895 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
1896 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1897 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1899 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
1900 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
1909 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
1910 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
1911 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
1913 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
1914 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1915 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
1917 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
1918 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
1919 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1921 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
1922 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
1924 unsigned long op_size
= size_of_locs (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
1925 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (op_size
) + op_size
;
1928 case DW_OP_const_type
:
1929 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
1932 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1933 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
) + 1;
1934 switch (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
)
1936 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1937 size
+= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
1938 * loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
1940 case dw_val_class_const
:
1941 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1943 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1944 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1946 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1947 size
+= (get_full_len (*loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
)
1948 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
1955 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
1956 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
1959 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1960 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1961 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1964 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
1965 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
1968 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1969 size
+= 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1973 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
1974 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
1975 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
1976 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
1977 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1981 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1982 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1985 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
1995 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
1998 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2003 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
2004 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
2005 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
2007 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
2009 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
2014 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
2016 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2017 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
2023 /* Return the size of the value in a DW_AT_discr_value attribute. */
2026 size_of_discr_value (dw_discr_value
*discr_value
)
2028 if (discr_value
->pos
)
2029 return size_of_uleb128 (discr_value
->v
.uval
);
2031 return size_of_sleb128 (discr_value
->v
.sval
);
2034 /* Return the size of the value in a DW_AT_discr_list attribute. */
2037 size_of_discr_list (dw_discr_list_ref discr_list
)
2041 for (dw_discr_list_ref list
= discr_list
;
2043 list
= list
->dw_discr_next
)
2045 /* One byte for the discriminant value descriptor, and then one or two
2046 LEB128 numbers, depending on whether it's a single case label or a
2049 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
2050 if (list
->dw_discr_range
!= 0)
2051 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_upper_bound
);
2056 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
2057 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
2058 static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref
);
2060 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2061 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2062 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2063 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2064 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2065 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2068 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
2070 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2071 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2073 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2075 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2078 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2083 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
2084 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
2086 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2091 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2096 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
2097 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
2099 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2104 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
2105 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2112 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
2113 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2115 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2118 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2120 switch (val2
->val_class
)
2122 case dw_val_class_const
:
2123 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2125 case dw_val_class_vec
:
2127 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
2128 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
2132 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
2137 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
2140 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
2141 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
2144 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
2146 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
2148 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2150 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2151 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2155 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2156 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2158 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2160 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2164 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
2167 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
2168 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2169 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2170 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2171 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2173 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
2174 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2175 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2178 case dw_val_class_addr
:
2179 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
2180 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2195 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2196 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2197 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2198 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2199 only doing unwinding. */
2204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2207 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2210 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2215 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2216 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2250 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2254 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2255 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2256 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2257 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2258 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2259 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2263 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2267 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2268 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2269 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2270 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2271 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2273 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2277 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2279 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
2280 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2283 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2284 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2291 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
2293 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
2296 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2303 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2304 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2311 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2313 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2315 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
2316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
,
2317 "(index into .debug_addr)");
2323 unsigned long die_offset
2324 = get_ref_die_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2325 /* Make sure the offset has been computed and that we can encode it as
2327 gcc_assert (die_offset
> 0
2328 && die_offset
<= (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_call2
2331 dw2_asm_output_data ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_call2
) ? 2 : 4,
2336 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2337 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
2339 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2340 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
2341 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2342 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2343 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
2347 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
2348 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2350 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2351 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
2352 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2353 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2354 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
2355 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2359 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
2360 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2361 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1
->v
.val_loc
), NULL
);
2362 output_loc_sequence (val1
->v
.val_loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2365 case DW_OP_const_type
:
2366 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2368 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
), l
;
2370 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2371 switch (val2
->val_class
)
2373 case dw_val_class_const
:
2374 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2375 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2376 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2378 case dw_val_class_vec
:
2380 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
2381 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
2386 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2387 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
2392 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
2395 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
2396 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
2399 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
2401 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
2402 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l
, NULL
);
2405 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2407 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2408 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2412 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2413 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2415 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, first
, NULL
);
2416 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, second
, NULL
);
2419 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
2422 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
2423 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2425 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* l
, NULL
);
2426 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2427 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2428 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2430 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
2431 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2439 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
2440 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2442 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2443 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2445 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2447 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2448 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2449 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2451 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2452 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2455 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
2456 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2458 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2460 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2465 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
2466 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2467 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2468 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
2469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2472 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2474 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2478 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2481 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2482 o
= get_ref_die_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2483 dw2_asm_output_data (4, o
, NULL
);
2488 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2493 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
2494 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2495 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2496 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2497 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2498 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2501 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
2503 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2505 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2506 /* Output the opcode. */
2507 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2508 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2510 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2511 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2512 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2513 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2515 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2516 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2518 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2519 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2520 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2521 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
2525 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
2527 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2528 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2532 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2533 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
2536 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2538 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2539 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2541 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2544 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2546 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2548 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2549 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
2555 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2556 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2557 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2558 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2563 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2564 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2569 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2570 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2575 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
2576 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2577 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2585 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
2586 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2588 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2589 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
2595 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2596 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2597 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2598 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2599 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2604 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2606 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2607 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2610 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
2611 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2612 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2613 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2650 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2651 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
2656 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2657 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2658 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2659 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2661 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2662 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
2666 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
2667 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
2668 case DW_OP_const_type
:
2669 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
2670 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
2672 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
2673 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2674 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2675 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2676 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2677 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2678 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2679 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2680 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2685 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2691 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2695 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2696 /* Output the opcode. */
2697 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2699 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2700 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2701 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2702 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2704 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2706 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2707 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2708 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2709 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2711 /* Output the opcode. */
2712 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
2713 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
2715 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2717 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
2719 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2723 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
2724 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
2727 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2728 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, poly_int64 offset
)
2730 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
, *tmp
;
2732 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
2736 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2737 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2738 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
2739 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2740 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2741 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
2744 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
2749 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
2750 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
2753 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2754 build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
,
2755 poly_int64 offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
2757 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
;
2758 unsigned int dwarf_fp
2759 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2761 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
2762 if (cfa
->reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2764 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
2765 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
2766 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
2767 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
2770 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
2774 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2776 /* .debug_str support. */
2778 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
2779 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
2780 static void dwarf2out_early_finish (const char *);
2781 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
2782 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
2783 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
2784 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
2785 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
2786 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
2787 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2788 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2789 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
2790 static void dwarf2out_early_global_decl (tree
);
2791 static void dwarf2out_late_global_decl (tree
);
2792 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
2793 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool, bool);
2794 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
2796 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
2797 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*);
2798 static void dwarf2out_inline_entry (tree
);
2799 static void dwarf2out_size_function (tree
);
2800 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
2801 static void dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int);
2802 static void dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit (tree unit
);
2803 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
2804 static void dwarf2out_register_external_die (tree decl
, const char *sym
,
2805 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
);
2806 static bool dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl (tree decl
, const char **sym
,
2807 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*off
);
2809 /* The debug hooks structure. */
2811 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
2815 dwarf2out_early_finish
,
2816 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
2819 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
2820 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
2821 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
2822 dwarf2out_end_block
,
2823 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
2824 dwarf2out_source_line
,
2825 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
2826 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2827 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
2828 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
2830 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2831 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2833 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
2834 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
2835 dwarf2out_end_function
, /* end_function */
2836 dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit
,
2837 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
2838 dwarf2out_early_global_decl
,
2839 dwarf2out_late_global_decl
,
2840 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
2841 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
2842 dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl
,
2843 dwarf2out_register_external_die
,
2844 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
2845 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
2846 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
2847 something tries to reference them. */
2848 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
2849 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label
, /* label */
2850 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
2851 dwarf2out_var_location
,
2852 dwarf2out_inline_entry
, /* inline_entry */
2853 dwarf2out_size_function
, /* size_function */
2854 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
2856 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2857 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
2860 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_lineno_debug_hooks
=
2863 debug_nothing_charstar
,
2864 debug_nothing_charstar
,
2865 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
2866 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2867 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2868 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2870 debug_nothing_int_int
, /* begin_block */
2871 debug_nothing_int_int
, /* end_block */
2872 debug_true_const_tree
, /* ignore_block */
2873 dwarf2out_source_line
, /* source_line */
2874 debug_nothing_int_int_charstar
, /* begin_prologue */
2875 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
2876 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* begin_epilogue */
2877 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_epilogue */
2878 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
2879 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
2880 debug_nothing_tree
, /* register_main_translation_unit */
2881 debug_nothing_tree
, /* function_decl */
2882 debug_nothing_tree
, /* early_global_decl */
2883 debug_nothing_tree
, /* late_global_decl */
2884 debug_nothing_tree_int
, /* type_decl */
2885 debug_nothing_tree_tree_tree_bool_bool
,/* imported_module_or_decl */
2886 debug_false_tree_charstarstar_uhwistar
,/* die_ref_for_decl */
2887 debug_nothing_tree_charstar_uhwi
, /* register_external_die */
2888 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
2889 debug_nothing_tree
, /* outlining_inline_function */
2890 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label
, /* label */
2891 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
2892 debug_nothing_rtx_insn
, /* var_location */
2893 debug_nothing_tree
, /* inline_entry */
2894 debug_nothing_tree
, /* size_function */
2895 debug_nothing_void
, /* switch_text_section */
2896 debug_nothing_tree_tree
, /* set_name */
2897 0, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2898 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_ADDRESS
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
2901 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2902 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2903 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2905 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2906 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2907 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2908 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2910 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
2911 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
2912 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
2913 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
2914 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
2915 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
2916 yet. For Dwarf V5 or higher .debug_types doesn't exist any more,
2917 it is DW_UT_type unit type in .debug_info section. For late LTO
2918 debug there should be almost no types emitted so avoid enabling
2919 -fdebug-types-section there. */
2921 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 \
2922 && flag_debug_types_section \
2925 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2926 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2928 typedef long int dw_offset
;
2930 struct comdat_type_node
;
2932 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
2933 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
2934 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
2937 enum dw_line_info_opcode
{
2938 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
2941 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
2942 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
2946 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
2949 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
2952 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
2955 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
2956 LI_set_prologue_end
,
2957 LI_set_epilogue_begin
,
2959 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
2960 LI_set_discriminator
,
2962 /* Output a Fixed Advance PC; the target PC is the label index; the
2963 base PC is the previous LI_adv_address or LI_set_address entry.
2964 We only use this when emitting debug views without assembler
2965 support, at explicit user request. Ideally, we should only use
2966 it when the offset might be zero but we can't tell: it's the only
2967 way to maybe change the PC without resetting the view number. */
2971 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
2972 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
;
2974 } dw_line_info_entry
;
2977 struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
{
2978 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
2979 const char *end_label
;
2981 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
2982 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
2983 unsigned int file_num
;
2984 unsigned int line_num
;
2985 unsigned int column_num
;
2990 /* This denotes the NEXT view number.
2992 If it is 0, it is known that the NEXT view will be the first view
2995 If it is -1, we're forcing the view number to be reset, e.g. at a
2998 The meaning of other nonzero values depends on whether we're
2999 computing views internally or leaving it for the assembler to do
3000 so. If we're emitting them internally, view denotes the view
3001 number since the last known advance of PC. If we're leaving it
3002 for the assembler, it denotes the LVU label number that we're
3003 going to ask the assembler to assign. */
3006 /* This counts the number of symbolic views emitted in this table
3007 since the latest view reset. Its max value, over all tables,
3008 sets symview_upper_bound. */
3009 var_loc_view symviews_since_reset
;
3011 #define FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW(x) ((x) = (var_loc_view)-1)
3012 #define RESET_NEXT_VIEW(x) ((x) = (var_loc_view)0)
3013 #define FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P(x) ((x) == (var_loc_view)-1)
3014 #define RESETTING_VIEW_P(x) ((x) == (var_loc_view)0 || FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (x))
3016 vec
<dw_line_info_entry
, va_gc
> *entries
;
3019 /* This is an upper bound for view numbers that the assembler may
3020 assign to symbolic views output in this translation. It is used to
3021 decide how big a field to use to represent view numbers in
3022 symview-classed attributes. */
3024 static var_loc_view symview_upper_bound
;
3026 /* If we're keep track of location views and their reset points, and
3027 INSN is a reset point (i.e., it necessarily advances the PC), mark
3028 the next view in TABLE as reset. */
3031 maybe_reset_location_view (rtx_insn
*insn
, dw_line_info_table
*table
)
3033 if (!debug_internal_reset_location_views
)
3036 /* Maybe turn (part of?) this test into a default target hook. */
3039 if (targetm
.reset_location_view
)
3040 reset
= targetm
.reset_location_view (insn
);
3044 else if (JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (insn
))
3046 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == USE
3047 || GET_CODE (insn
) == CLOBBER
3048 || GET_CODE (insn
) == ASM_INPUT
3049 || asm_noperands (insn
) >= 0)
3051 else if (get_attr_min_length (insn
) > 0)
3054 if (reset
> 0 && !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
3055 RESET_NEXT_VIEW (table
->view
);
3058 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3059 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3060 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3062 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
3063 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3064 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3069 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3070 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3071 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3073 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"), for_user
)) die_struct
{
3074 union die_symbol_or_type_node
3076 const char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
3077 comdat_type_node
*GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
3079 GTY ((desc ("%0.comdat_type_p"))) die_id
;
3080 vec
<dw_attr_node
, va_gc
> *die_attr
;
3081 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3082 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3084 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3085 dw_offset die_offset
;
3086 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3088 unsigned int decl_id
;
3089 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3090 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3091 BOOL_BITFIELD die_perennial_p
: 1;
3092 BOOL_BITFIELD comdat_type_p
: 1; /* DIE has a type signature */
3093 /* For an external ref to die_symbol if die_offset contains an extra
3094 offset to that symbol. */
3095 BOOL_BITFIELD with_offset
: 1;
3096 /* Whether this DIE was removed from the DIE tree, for example via
3097 prune_unused_types. We don't consider those present from the
3098 DIE lookup routines. */
3099 BOOL_BITFIELD removed
: 1;
3100 /* Lots of spare bits. */
3104 /* Set to TRUE while dwarf2out_early_global_decl is running. */
3105 static bool early_dwarf
;
3106 static bool early_dwarf_finished
;
3107 class set_early_dwarf
{
3110 set_early_dwarf () : saved(early_dwarf
)
3112 gcc_assert (! early_dwarf_finished
);
3115 ~set_early_dwarf () { early_dwarf
= saved
; }
3118 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3119 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3120 c = die->die_child; \
3124 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3127 /* The pubname structure */
3129 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
3136 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges
{
3138 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
3139 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
3141 /* Index for the range list for DW_FORM_rnglistx. */
3142 unsigned int idx
: 31;
3143 /* True if this range might be possibly in a different section
3144 from previous entry. */
3145 unsigned int maybe_new_sec
: 1;
3148 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
3150 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
3152 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
3158 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label
{
3163 /* The comdat type node structure. */
3164 struct GTY(()) comdat_type_node
3166 dw_die_ref root_die
;
3167 dw_die_ref type_die
;
3168 dw_die_ref skeleton_die
;
3169 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
3170 comdat_type_node
*next
;
3173 /* A list of DIEs for which we can't determine ancestry (parent_die
3174 field) just yet. Later in dwarf2out_finish we will fill in the
3176 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
3178 /* The tree for which this DIE was created. We use this to
3179 determine ancestry later. */
3181 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3185 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
3189 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
3191 skeleton_chain_node
;
3193 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3194 implicitly generated for a type.
3196 Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
3197 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
3198 and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
3199 a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3200 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3201 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
3202 front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
3204 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3205 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3206 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3207 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3208 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3209 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3210 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3211 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3212 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3214 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3215 language, and compiler version. */
3217 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3218 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3219 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE \
3220 + (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 4 : 3))
3222 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
3223 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3224 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3225 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3227 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF skeleton compilation unit header. */
3228 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE \
3229 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 8 : 0))
3231 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3232 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3234 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3235 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3236 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3237 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3238 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3240 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3241 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3242 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3243 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3244 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3245 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3247 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3248 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3249 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3250 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3252 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3256 /* Use assembler views in line directives if available. */
3257 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3258 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_VIEW
3259 #define DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO 1
3261 #define DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO 0
3265 /* Return true if GCC configure detected assembler support for .loc. */
3268 dwarf2out_default_as_loc_support (void)
3270 return DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
;
3271 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
3272 # undef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3273 # pragma GCC poison DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3277 /* Return true if GCC configure detected assembler support for views
3278 in .loc directives. */
3281 dwarf2out_default_as_locview_support (void)
3283 return DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
;
3284 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
3285 # undef DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3286 # pragma GCC poison DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3290 /* A bit is set in ZERO_VIEW_P if we are using the assembler-supported
3291 view computation, and it refers to a view identifier for which we
3292 will not emit a label because it is known to map to a view number
3293 zero. We won't allocate the bitmap if we're not using assembler
3294 support for location views, but we have to make the variable
3295 visible for GGC and for code that will be optimized out for lack of
3296 support but that's still parsed and compiled. We could abstract it
3297 out with macros, but it's not worth it. */
3298 static GTY(()) bitmap zero_view_p
;
3300 /* Evaluate to TRUE iff N is known to identify the first location view
3301 at its PC. When not using assembler location view computation,
3302 that must be view number zero. Otherwise, ZERO_VIEW_P is allocated
3303 and views label numbers recorded in it are the ones known to be
3305 #define ZERO_VIEW_P(N) ((N) == (var_loc_view)0 \
3306 || (N) == (var_loc_view)-1 \
3308 && bitmap_bit_p (zero_view_p, (N))))
3310 /* Return true iff we're to emit .loc directives for the assembler to
3311 generate line number sections.
3313 When we're not emitting views, all we need from the assembler is
3314 support for .loc directives.
3316 If we are emitting views, we can only use the assembler's .loc
3317 support if it also supports views.
3319 When the compiler is emitting the line number programs and
3320 computing view numbers itself, it resets view numbers at known PC
3321 changes and counts from that, and then it emits view numbers as
3322 literal constants in locviewlists. There are cases in which the
3323 compiler is not sure about PC changes, e.g. when extra alignment is
3324 requested for a label. In these cases, the compiler may not reset
3325 the view counter, and the potential PC advance in the line number
3326 program will use an opcode that does not reset the view counter
3327 even if the PC actually changes, so that compiler and debug info
3328 consumer can keep view numbers in sync.
3330 When the compiler defers view computation to the assembler, it
3331 emits symbolic view numbers in locviewlists, with the exception of
3332 views known to be zero (forced resets, or reset after
3333 compiler-visible PC changes): instead of emitting symbols for
3334 these, we emit literal zero and assert the assembler agrees with
3335 the compiler's assessment. We could use symbolic views everywhere,
3336 instead of special-casing zero views, but then we'd be unable to
3337 optimize out locviewlists that contain only zeros. */
3340 output_asm_line_debug_info (void)
3342 return (dwarf2out_as_loc_support
3343 && (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
3344 || !debug_variable_location_views
));
3347 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3348 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3349 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3351 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3352 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
3354 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3355 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3357 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3358 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3359 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3360 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3361 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3363 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
3364 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
3365 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
3368 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3369 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3370 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3372 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3373 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
3375 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
3376 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
3378 /* A list of CU DIEs that have been separated. */
3379 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*cu_die_list
;
3381 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3382 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3384 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
3385 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
3386 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
3388 struct dwarf_file_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<dwarf_file_data
>
3390 typedef const char *compare_type
;
3392 static hashval_t
hash (dwarf_file_data
*);
3393 static bool equal (dwarf_file_data
*, const char *);
3396 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3397 static GTY(()) hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
> *file_table
;
3399 struct decl_die_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<die_node
>
3401 typedef tree compare_type
;
3403 static hashval_t
hash (die_node
*);
3404 static bool equal (die_node
*, tree
);
3406 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3407 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3408 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
> *decl_die_table
;
3410 struct GTY ((for_user
)) variable_value_struct
{
3411 unsigned int decl_id
;
3412 vec
<dw_die_ref
, va_gc
> *dies
;
3415 struct variable_value_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<variable_value_struct
>
3417 typedef tree compare_type
;
3419 static hashval_t
hash (variable_value_struct
*);
3420 static bool equal (variable_value_struct
*, tree
);
3422 /* A hash table of DIEs that contain DW_OP_GNU_variable_value with
3423 dw_val_class_decl_ref class, indexed by FUNCTION_DECLs which is
3424 DECL_CONTEXT of the referenced VAR_DECLs. */
3425 static GTY (()) hash_table
<variable_value_hasher
> *variable_value_hash
;
3427 struct block_die_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<die_struct
>
3429 static hashval_t
hash (die_struct
*);
3430 static bool equal (die_struct
*, die_struct
*);
3433 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
3434 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
3435 static GTY (()) hash_table
<block_die_hasher
> *common_block_die_table
;
3437 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
3443 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3444 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
3445 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
3446 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
3447 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
3448 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
3449 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
3450 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
3451 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
3452 NULL as second operand. */
3454 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3455 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3459 /* Variable location list. */
3460 struct GTY ((for_user
)) var_loc_list_def
{
3461 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3463 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
3464 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
3465 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
3466 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
3467 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
3468 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
3469 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3471 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
3472 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
3473 is after section switch. */
3474 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch
;
3476 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3477 unsigned int decl_id
;
3479 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3481 /* Call argument location list. */
3482 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node
{
3483 rtx
GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note
;
3484 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3485 tree
GTY (()) block
;
3487 rtx
GTY (()) symbol_ref
;
3488 struct call_arg_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3492 struct decl_loc_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<var_loc_list
>
3494 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
3496 static hashval_t
hash (var_loc_list
*);
3497 static bool equal (var_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
3500 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3501 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
> *decl_loc_table
;
3503 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
3504 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_locations
;
3505 static struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_loc_last
;
3507 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
3508 static int call_site_count
= -1;
3509 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
3510 static int tail_call_site_count
= -1;
3512 /* A cached location list. */
3513 struct GTY ((for_user
)) cached_dw_loc_list_def
{
3514 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
3515 unsigned int decl_id
;
3517 /* The cached location list. */
3518 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
3520 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list
;
3522 struct dw_loc_list_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<cached_dw_loc_list
>
3525 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
3527 static hashval_t
hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*);
3528 static bool equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
3531 /* Table of cached location lists. */
3532 static GTY (()) hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
> *cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
3534 /* A vector of references to DIE's that are uniquely identified by their tag,
3535 presence/absence of children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3536 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_die_ref
, va_gc
> *abbrev_die_table
;
3538 /* A hash map to remember the stack usage for DWARF procedures. The value
3539 stored is the stack size difference between before the DWARF procedure
3540 invokation and after it returned. In other words, for a DWARF procedure
3541 that consumes N stack slots and that pushes M ones, this stores M - N. */
3542 static hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, int> *dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
;
3544 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
3545 static unsigned int line_info_label_num
;
3547 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
3548 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
3549 assembly for the function. */
3550 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cur_line_info_table
;
3552 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
3553 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*text_section_line_info
;
3554 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cold_text_section_line_info
;
3556 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
3557 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_line_info_table
*, va_gc
> *separate_line_info
;
3559 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
3561 static bool info_section_emitted
;
3563 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3564 accessible names. */
3565 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubname_table
;
3567 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3568 accessible types. */
3569 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubtype_table
;
3571 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
3572 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
3573 static GTY (()) vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *macinfo_table
;
3575 /* True if .debug_macinfo or .debug_macros section is going to be
3577 #define have_macinfo \
3578 ((!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO || HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS) \
3579 && debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE \
3580 && !macinfo_table->is_empty ())
3582 /* Vector of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3583 static GTY (()) vec
<dw_ranges
, va_gc
> *ranges_table
;
3585 /* Vector of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
3586 static GTY (()) vec
<dw_ranges_by_label
, va_gc
> *ranges_by_label
;
3588 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3589 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
3591 /* Unique label counter. */
3592 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3594 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
3595 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
3597 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3598 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
3600 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3601 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3603 static GTY(()) vec
<die_arg_entry
, va_gc
> *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
3605 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
3606 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
3607 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
3608 we do it at the end of compilation. */
3609 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *generic_type_instances
;
3611 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3612 within the current function. */
3613 static poly_int64 frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
3614 static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
;
3616 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> base_types
;
3618 /* Flags to represent a set of attribute classes for attributes that represent
3619 a scalar value (bounds, pointers, ...). */
3622 dw_scalar_form_constant
= 0x01,
3623 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
= 0x02,
3624 dw_scalar_form_reference
= 0x04
3627 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3629 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
3630 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3631 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
3632 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3633 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3634 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3635 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
3636 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3637 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_node
*);
3638 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_node
*);
3639 static inline unsigned int AT_index (dw_attr_node
*);
3640 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3641 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_node
*);
3642 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3643 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_node
*);
3644 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3645 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_node
*);
3646 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3647 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3648 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
3649 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3650 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
3651 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3652 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_node
*);
3653 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_node
*);
3654 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3655 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3656 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_node
*);
3657 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*);
3658 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*, int);
3659 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3660 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_node
*);
3661 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3663 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3664 static void add_AT_view_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3665 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3666 static addr_table_entry
*add_addr_table_entry (void *, enum ate_kind
);
3667 static void remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*);
3668 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
, bool);
3669 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_node
*);
3670 static void add_AT_symview (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3671 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3672 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3673 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3674 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3675 unsigned long, bool);
3676 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_node
*);
3677 static dw_attr_node
*get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3678 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3679 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3680 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3681 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3682 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3683 static bool is_c (void);
3684 static bool is_cxx (void);
3685 static bool is_cxx (const_tree
);
3686 static bool is_fortran (void);
3687 static bool is_ada (void);
3688 static bool remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3689 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3690 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3691 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3692 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3693 static dw_die_ref
strip_naming_typedef (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3694 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
3695 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3696 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3697 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
3698 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3699 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *, var_loc_view
);
3700 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3701 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3702 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3703 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_node
*, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3704 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3705 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3706 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3707 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3708 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_node
*,
3709 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3710 struct checksum_attributes
;
3711 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
3712 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3713 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3714 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
3715 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3716 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
3717 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_node
*, dw_attr_node
*, int *);
3718 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3719 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3720 static inline bool is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref
);
3721 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
3722 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
3723 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
3724 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
3725 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
3726 static dw_die_ref
copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3727 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3728 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3729 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
3730 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
3733 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
3734 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
3736 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3737 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3738 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3739 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3740 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3741 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
3742 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3743 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3744 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3745 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3746 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3747 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_node
*);
3748 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_node
*);
3749 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3750 static void output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long, dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3752 static void output_compilation_unit_header (enum dwarf_unit_type
);
3753 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int, const unsigned char *);
3754 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*, bool);
3755 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3756 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3757 static void add_enumerator_pubname (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3759 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3760 static void output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3761 static void output_aranges (void);
3762 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
, bool = false);
3763 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
3765 static void output_ranges (void);
3766 static dw_line_info_table
*new_line_info_table (void);
3767 static void output_line_info (bool);
3768 static void output_file_names (void);
3769 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
, bool);
3770 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3771 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3772 static int decl_quals (const_tree
);
3773 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3774 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3776 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
3777 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
3778 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
3779 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
3780 enum var_init_status
);
3781 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3782 enum var_init_status
);
3783 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, poly_int64
,
3784 enum var_init_status
);
3785 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
3786 static bool resolve_one_addr (rtx
*);
3787 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3788 enum var_init_status
);
3789 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, machine_mode mode
,
3790 enum var_init_status
);
3791 struct loc_descr_context
;
3792 static void add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
);
3793 static void add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
);
3794 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int,
3795 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3796 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int,
3797 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3798 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
3799 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3800 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3801 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
3803 static dw_loc_descr_ref
field_byte_offset (const_tree
, struct vlr_context
*,
3805 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3807 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3808 struct vlr_context
*);
3809 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3810 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3811 static void insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&, unsigned char *, int);
3812 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
3813 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3814 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
3815 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3816 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3817 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3818 static void add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3819 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3820 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3821 static void add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
, int,
3822 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3823 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
,
3824 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3825 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
3826 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3827 static void add_alignment_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3828 static inline void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3829 struct vlr_context
*);
3830 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3831 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3832 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3833 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3834 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3835 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool = false);
3836 static void add_discr_value (dw_die_ref
, dw_discr_value
*);
3837 static void add_discr_list (dw_die_ref
, dw_discr_list_ref
);
3838 static inline dw_discr_list_ref
AT_discr_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3839 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3840 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3841 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3842 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3843 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3844 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3845 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
3846 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
3848 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3850 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3851 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
3853 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3855 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3856 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3857 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
3858 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3859 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3860 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3861 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3862 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3863 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3864 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3865 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3866 static void gen_field_die (tree
, struct vlr_context
*, dw_die_ref
);
3867 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3868 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3869 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3870 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3871 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
3872 enum debug_info_usage
);
3873 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3874 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3875 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3876 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3877 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, bool = true);
3878 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
3879 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
3880 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3881 static dw_die_ref
gen_namelist_decl (tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3882 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, struct vlr_context
*, dw_die_ref
);
3883 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
3884 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
3885 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3886 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3887 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
3888 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3889 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3890 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
3891 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3892 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3893 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3894 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3895 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *, var_loc_view
,
3896 const char *, var_loc_view
, const char *);
3897 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3898 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3899 static bool want_pubnames (void);
3901 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3902 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3903 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3904 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3905 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3906 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3907 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3908 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
3909 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_node
*);
3910 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_node
*);
3911 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3912 const char *, const char *);
3913 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3914 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
3915 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
3916 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
3917 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
3918 static void resolve_variable_values (void);
3920 static const char *comp_dir_string (void);
3922 static void hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
, inchash::hash
&);
3924 /* enum for tracking thread-local variables whose address is really an offset
3925 relative to the TLS pointer, which will need link-time relocation, but will
3926 not need relocation by the DWARF consumer. */
3934 /* Return the operator to use for an address of a variable. For dtprel_true, we
3935 use DW_OP_const*. For regular variables, which need both link-time
3936 relocation and consumer-level relocation (e.g., to account for shared objects
3937 loaded at a random address), we use DW_OP_addr*. */
3939 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
3940 dw_addr_op (enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3942 if (dtprel
== dtprel_true
)
3943 return (dwarf_split_debug_info
? dwarf_OP (DW_OP_constx
)
3944 : (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
));
3946 return dwarf_split_debug_info
? dwarf_OP (DW_OP_addrx
) : DW_OP_addr
;
3949 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated address location description. If
3950 dwarf_split_debug_info is true, then record the address with the appropriate
3952 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3953 new_addr_loc_descr (rtx addr
, enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3955 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
= new_loc_descr (dw_addr_op (dtprel
), 0, 0);
3957 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
3958 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
3959 ref
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
3960 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
3961 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
3962 = add_addr_table_entry (addr
,
3963 dtprel
? ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
: ate_kind_rtx
);
3965 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3970 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3972 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3973 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3975 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3976 #define DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info.dwo"
3978 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
3979 #define DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_info"
3981 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3982 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_info.dwo"
3984 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3985 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3987 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
3988 #define DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_abbrev"
3990 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3991 #define DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev.dwo"
3993 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3994 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_abbrev.dwo"
3996 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3997 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3999 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
4000 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION ".debug_addr"
4002 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4003 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4005 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION
4006 #define DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macinfo"
4008 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
4009 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo.dwo"
4011 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
4012 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macinfo.dwo"
4014 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
4015 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
4017 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION
4018 #define DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macro"
4020 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
4021 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro.dwo"
4023 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
4024 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macro.dwo"
4026 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4027 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4029 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
4030 #define DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line"
4032 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
4033 #define DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line.dwo"
4035 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_LINE_SECTION
4036 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line.dwo"
4038 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4039 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4041 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
4042 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc.dwo"
4044 #ifndef DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION
4045 #define DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION ".debug_loclists"
4047 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION
4048 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION ".debug_loclists.dwo"
4050 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4051 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION \
4052 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
4053 ? ".debug_gnu_pubnames" : ".debug_pubnames")
4055 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
4056 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION \
4057 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
4058 ? ".debug_gnu_pubtypes" : ".debug_pubtypes")
4060 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4061 #define DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets"
4063 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4064 #define DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets.dwo"
4066 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4067 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str_offsets.dwo"
4069 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4070 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4072 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION
4073 #define DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str"
4075 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
4076 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION ".debug_str.dwo"
4078 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION
4079 #define DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str.dwo"
4081 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4082 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4084 #ifndef DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION
4085 #define DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION ".debug_rnglists"
4087 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION
4088 #define DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION ".debug_line_str"
4090 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION
4091 #define DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line_str"
4094 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4095 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4096 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4099 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4100 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4101 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
4102 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4105 /* Section flags for .debug_str.dwo section. */
4106 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE)
4108 /* Attribute used to refer to the macro section. */
4109 #define DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE (dwarf_version >= 5 ? DW_AT_macros \
4110 : dwarf_strict ? DW_AT_macro_info : DW_AT_GNU_macros)
4112 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4113 the section names themselves. */
4115 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4116 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4118 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4119 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4121 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4122 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4124 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4125 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_line"
4127 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4128 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4130 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4131 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_info"
4133 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4134 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4136 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4137 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_abbrev"
4139 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
4140 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_addr"
4142 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4143 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4145 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4146 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4148 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4149 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4151 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
4152 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
4154 #define SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV 1
4155 #define SKELETON_TYPE_DIE_ABBREV 2
4157 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4158 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4159 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4160 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4161 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4163 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4164 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4165 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4166 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4167 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4168 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4169 static char debug_skeleton_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4170 static char debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4171 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4172 static char debug_addr_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4173 static char debug_skeleton_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4174 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4175 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4176 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4177 static char ranges_base_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4179 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4180 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4182 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4183 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4185 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4186 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4188 #ifndef BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
4189 #define BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL "LBI"
4191 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4192 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4194 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4195 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4199 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
4201 comp_unit_die (void)
4203 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
4204 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
4205 return single_comp_unit_die
;
4208 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4209 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4211 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4214 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4216 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4219 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4222 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
4224 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4225 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4226 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4229 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4233 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4235 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4237 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4238 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4239 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4240 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4242 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4243 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4244 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4249 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4252 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
4254 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4256 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4257 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4260 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
4263 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
4265 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
4268 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
4270 static unsigned long int
4271 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
4273 if (ref
->die_offset
)
4274 return ref
->die_offset
;
4275 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev
)
4277 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
4278 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
4280 return ref
->die_offset
;
4283 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
4285 static unsigned long int
4286 get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
4288 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
4289 return ref
->die_offset
;
4292 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4295 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4297 const char *name
= get_DW_TAG_name (tag
);
4302 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4305 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4308 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4314 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4315 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
4316 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
4318 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4319 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4322 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4323 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
4324 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
4326 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4327 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4331 name
= get_DW_AT_name (attr
);
4336 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4339 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4342 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4344 const char *name
= get_DW_FORM_name (form
);
4349 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4352 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4353 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4354 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4355 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4359 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
4361 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4364 /* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN can point to itself; ignore that if
4365 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4366 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4369 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4370 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4371 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4373 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4376 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4377 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4381 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4383 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4385 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4386 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4388 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4389 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4391 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4392 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4397 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4400 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_node
*attr
)
4402 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4408 /* Check we do not add duplicate attrs. Can't use get_AT here
4409 because that recurses to the specification/abstract origin DIE. */
4412 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
4413 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= attr
->dw_attr
);
4416 vec_safe_reserve (die
->die_attr
, 1);
4417 vec_safe_push (die
->die_attr
, *attr
);
4420 static inline enum dw_val_class
4421 AT_class (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4423 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4426 /* Return the index for any attribute that will be referenced with a
4427 DW_FORM_addrx/GNU_addr_index or DW_FORM_strx/GNU_str_index. String
4428 indices are stored in dw_attr_val.v.val_str for reference counting
4431 static inline unsigned int
4432 AT_index (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4434 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4435 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->index
;
4436 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
4437 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
->index
;
4441 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4444 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4448 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4449 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4450 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4451 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4452 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4455 static inline unsigned
4456 AT_flag (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4458 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4459 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4462 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4465 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4469 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4470 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4471 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4472 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4473 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4476 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4477 AT_int (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4479 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
4480 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const_implicit
));
4481 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4484 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4487 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4488 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4492 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4493 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4494 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4495 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4496 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4499 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4500 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4502 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
4503 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
));
4504 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4507 /* Add an unsigned wide integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4510 add_AT_wide (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4515 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4516 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
4517 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4518 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
4519 *attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= w
;
4520 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4523 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4526 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4527 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
4531 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4532 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
4533 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4534 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
4535 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
4536 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4539 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4542 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4543 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4547 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4548 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4549 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4550 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4551 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4552 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4553 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4556 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
4559 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4560 unsigned char data8
[8])
4564 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4565 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
4566 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4567 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
4568 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4571 /* Add DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc to a DIE. When using
4572 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
4573 final executable have force_direct set to avoid using indexed
4577 add_AT_low_high_pc (dw_die_ref die
, const char *lbl_low
, const char *lbl_high
,
4583 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_low
);
4584 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_low_pc
;
4585 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4586 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
4587 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4588 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
4589 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
4591 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4592 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4594 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_high_pc
;
4595 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
4596 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4598 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_high_pc
;
4599 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_high
);
4600 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
4601 if (attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_lbl_id
4602 && dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4603 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
4604 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
4606 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4607 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4610 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4613 indirect_string_hasher::hash (indirect_string_node
*x
)
4615 return htab_hash_string (x
->str
);
4619 indirect_string_hasher::equal (indirect_string_node
*x1
, const char *x2
)
4621 return strcmp (x1
->str
, x2
) == 0;
4624 /* Add STR to the given string hash table. */
4626 static struct indirect_string_node
*
4627 find_AT_string_in_table (const char *str
,
4628 hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *table
,
4629 enum insert_option insert
= INSERT
)
4631 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4633 indirect_string_node
**slot
4634 = table
->find_slot_with_hash (str
, htab_hash_string (str
), insert
);
4637 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<indirect_string_node
> ();
4638 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4648 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
4650 static struct indirect_string_node
*
4651 find_AT_string (const char *str
, enum insert_option insert
= INSERT
)
4653 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4654 debug_str_hash
= hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
4656 return find_AT_string_in_table (str
, debug_str_hash
, insert
);
4659 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4662 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4665 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4667 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
4669 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4670 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4671 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4672 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4673 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4676 static inline const char *
4677 AT_string (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4679 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4680 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4683 /* Call this function directly to bypass AT_string_form's logic to put
4684 the string inline in the die. */
4687 set_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4689 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4690 /* Already indirect is a no op. */
4691 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
4692 || node
->form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
4693 || node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
4695 gcc_assert (node
->label
);
4698 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4699 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4700 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4702 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
4704 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4705 node
->index
= NOT_INDEXED
;
4709 node
->form
= dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
);
4710 node
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
4714 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish, called to reset indirect
4715 string decisions done for early LTO dwarf output before fat object
4719 reset_indirect_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, void *)
4721 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
4722 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
|| node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
4726 node
->form
= (dwarf_form
) 0;
4732 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4733 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4735 static enum dwarf_form
4736 find_string_form (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4743 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4745 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4746 always better to put it inline. */
4747 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4748 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4750 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4751 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4753 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
4754 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4755 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
4756 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4758 set_indirect_string (node
);
4763 /* Find out whether the string referenced from the attribute should be
4764 output inline in DIE or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4766 static enum dwarf_form
4767 AT_string_form (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4769 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4770 return find_string_form (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
);
4773 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4776 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4779 gcc_checking_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
4781 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
4782 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
4783 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
4786 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4787 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4788 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4789 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4790 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4791 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4794 /* Change DIE reference REF to point to NEW_DIE instead. */
4797 change_AT_die_ref (dw_attr_node
*ref
, dw_die_ref new_die
)
4799 gcc_assert (ref
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4800 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= new_die
;
4801 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4804 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4805 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4808 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4810 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4811 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
4812 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4815 static inline dw_die_ref
4816 AT_ref (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4818 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4819 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4823 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4825 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4826 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4832 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*a
, int i
)
4834 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4835 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4838 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4841 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4845 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4846 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4847 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4848 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4849 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4852 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4853 AT_loc (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4855 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
4856 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4860 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4864 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
&& !HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
)
4867 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4868 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4869 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4870 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4871 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4872 have_location_lists
= true;
4875 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4876 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4878 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4879 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4882 /* Add a view list attribute to DIE. It must have a DW_AT_location
4883 attribute, because the view list complements the location list. */
4886 add_AT_view_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4890 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
&& !HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
)
4893 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4894 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_view_list
;
4895 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4896 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_view_list
= die
;
4897 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4898 gcc_checking_assert (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
));
4899 gcc_assert (have_location_lists
);
4902 /* Return a pointer to the location list referenced by the attribute.
4903 If the named attribute is a view list, look up the corresponding
4904 DW_AT_location attribute and return its location list. */
4906 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
4907 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4910 switch (AT_class (a
))
4912 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
4913 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4914 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
4917 l
= get_AT (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_view_list
, DW_AT_location
);
4920 gcc_checking_assert (l
+ 1 == a
);
4921 return AT_loc_list_ptr (l
);
4928 /* Return the location attribute value associated with a view list
4931 static inline dw_val_node
*
4932 view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (dw_val_node
*val
)
4934 gcc_assert (val
->val_class
== dw_val_class_view_list
);
4935 dw_attr_node
*loc
= get_AT (val
->v
.val_view_list
, DW_AT_location
);
4938 gcc_checking_assert (&(loc
+ 1)->dw_attr_val
== val
);
4939 gcc_assert (AT_class (loc
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4940 return &loc
->dw_attr_val
;
4943 struct addr_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<addr_table_entry
>
4945 static hashval_t
hash (addr_table_entry
*);
4946 static bool equal (addr_table_entry
*, addr_table_entry
*);
4949 /* Table of entries into the .debug_addr section. */
4951 static GTY (()) hash_table
<addr_hasher
> *addr_index_table
;
4953 /* Hash an address_table_entry. */
4956 addr_hasher::hash (addr_table_entry
*a
)
4958 inchash::hash hstate
;
4964 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4967 case ate_kind_label
:
4968 return htab_hash_string (a
->addr
.label
);
4972 inchash::add_rtx (a
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
4973 return hstate
.end ();
4976 /* Determine equality for two address_table_entries. */
4979 addr_hasher::equal (addr_table_entry
*a1
, addr_table_entry
*a2
)
4981 if (a1
->kind
!= a2
->kind
)
4986 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4987 return rtx_equal_p (a1
->addr
.rtl
, a2
->addr
.rtl
);
4988 case ate_kind_label
:
4989 return strcmp (a1
->addr
.label
, a2
->addr
.label
) == 0;
4995 /* Initialize an addr_table_entry. */
4998 init_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*e
, enum ate_kind kind
, void *addr
)
5004 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
5005 e
->addr
.rtl
= (rtx
) addr
;
5007 case ate_kind_label
:
5008 e
->addr
.label
= (char *) addr
;
5012 e
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
5015 /* Add attr to the address table entry to the table. Defer setting an
5016 index until output time. */
5018 static addr_table_entry
*
5019 add_addr_table_entry (void *addr
, enum ate_kind kind
)
5021 addr_table_entry
*node
;
5022 addr_table_entry finder
;
5024 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
);
5025 if (! addr_index_table
)
5026 addr_index_table
= hash_table
<addr_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
5027 init_addr_table_entry (&finder
, kind
, addr
);
5028 addr_table_entry
**slot
= addr_index_table
->find_slot (&finder
, INSERT
);
5030 if (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
5032 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<addr_table_entry
> ();
5033 init_addr_table_entry (node
, kind
, addr
);
5043 /* Remove an entry from the addr table by decrementing its refcount.
5044 Strictly, decrementing the refcount would be enough, but the
5045 assertion that the entry is actually in the table has found
5049 remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*entry
)
5051 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& addr_index_table
);
5052 /* After an index is assigned, the table is frozen. */
5053 gcc_assert (entry
->refcount
> 0 && entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5057 /* Given a location list, remove all addresses it refers to from the
5061 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
5063 for (; descr
; descr
= descr
->dw_loc_next
)
5064 if (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
5066 gcc_assert (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5067 remove_addr_table_entry (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
5071 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
5072 htab_traverse. Assign an addr_table_entry its index. All entries
5073 must be collected into the table when this function is called,
5074 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
5075 in the same order for each run. */
5078 index_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
5080 addr_table_entry
*node
= *h
;
5082 /* Don't index unreferenced nodes. */
5083 if (node
->refcount
== 0)
5086 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5087 node
->index
= *index
;
5093 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. When using
5094 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
5095 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
5096 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
5099 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
,
5104 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5105 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5106 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5107 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
5108 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= add_addr_table_entry (addr
, ate_kind_rtx
);
5110 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5111 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5114 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5117 AT_addr (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5119 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5120 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5123 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5126 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5127 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
5131 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5132 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
5133 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5134 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
5135 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5138 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5140 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5141 AT_file (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5143 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
5144 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file_implicit
));
5145 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
5148 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
5151 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5152 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
5156 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5157 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
5158 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5159 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
5160 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
5161 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5164 /* Add a symbolic view identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5167 add_AT_symview (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5168 const char *view_label
)
5172 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5173 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_symview
;
5174 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5175 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_symbolic_view
= xstrdup (view_label
);
5176 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5179 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5182 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5187 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5188 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5189 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5190 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5191 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
5192 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
5193 = add_addr_table_entry (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
,
5195 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5198 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5199 debug_line section. */
5202 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5207 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5208 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5209 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5210 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5211 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5214 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5215 debug_macinfo section. */
5218 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5223 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5224 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5225 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5226 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5227 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5230 /* Add a range_list attribute value to a DIE. When using
5231 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
5232 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
5233 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
5235 #define UNRELOCATED_OFFSET ((addr_table_entry *) 1)
5236 #define RELOCATED_OFFSET (NULL)
5239 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5240 long unsigned int offset
, bool force_direct
)
5244 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5245 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5246 /* For the range_list attribute, use val_entry to store whether the
5247 offset should follow split-debug-info or normal semantics. This
5248 value is read in output_range_list_offset. */
5249 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
5250 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= UNRELOCATED_OFFSET
;
5252 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= RELOCATED_OFFSET
;
5253 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5254 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5257 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
5259 static inline const char *
5260 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5262 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
5263 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
5266 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
5268 static inline const char *
5269 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5271 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
5272 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
5275 static inline const char *
5276 AT_lbl (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5278 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5279 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5280 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
5281 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loclistsptr
5282 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_high_pc
));
5283 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5286 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5288 static dw_attr_node
*
5289 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5293 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5298 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5299 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5301 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5302 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5306 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5311 /* Returns the parent of the declaration of DIE. */
5314 get_die_parent (dw_die_ref die
)
5321 if ((t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
5322 || (t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
)))
5325 return die
->die_parent
;
5328 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5329 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5330 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5332 static inline const char *
5333 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5335 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5337 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5340 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5341 NULL if it is not present. */
5343 static inline const char *
5344 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5346 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5348 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5351 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5352 if it is not present. */
5355 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5357 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5359 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5362 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5363 if it is not present. */
5365 static inline unsigned
5366 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5368 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5370 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5373 static inline dw_die_ref
5374 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5376 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5378 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5381 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5382 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5384 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5386 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
5389 /* Return TRUE if the language is C. */
5394 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5396 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5397 || lang
== DW_LANG_C11
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
);
5402 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5407 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5409 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
5410 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
);
5413 /* Return TRUE if DECL was created by the C++ frontend. */
5416 is_cxx (const_tree decl
)
5420 const_tree context
= get_ultimate_context (decl
);
5421 if (context
&& TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
))
5422 return strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
), "GNU C++", 7) == 0;
5427 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5432 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5434 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5435 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5436 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
5437 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran03
5438 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran08
);
5442 is_fortran (const_tree decl
)
5446 const_tree context
= get_ultimate_context (decl
);
5447 if (context
&& TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
))
5448 return (strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
),
5449 "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0
5450 || strcmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
),
5453 return is_fortran ();
5456 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5461 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5463 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5466 /* Return TRUE if the language is D. */
5471 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5473 return lang
== DW_LANG_D
;
5476 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. Return TRUE if removal
5480 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5488 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5489 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5491 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5492 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5493 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5495 /* vec::ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5497 die
->die_attr
->ordered_remove (ix
);
5503 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5504 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5507 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5509 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5510 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
5513 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
5517 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
5518 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
5519 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
5520 child
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5523 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
5524 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
5527 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5529 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
5531 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5532 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
5534 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5535 if (prev
== old_child
)
5537 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
5538 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
5542 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
5543 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
5545 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
5546 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
5547 old_child
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5550 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
5553 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
5556 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
5557 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
5558 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
5561 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5565 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5571 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
5573 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
5575 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
5576 c
->die_parent
= NULL
;
5577 /* Might have removed every child. */
5578 if (die
->die_child
== NULL
)
5582 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
5585 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5588 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5590 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5591 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
5593 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5595 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5598 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
5599 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5602 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5603 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5606 /* Like add_child_die, but put CHILD_DIE after AFTER_DIE. */
5609 add_child_die_after (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
,
5610 dw_die_ref after_die
)
5616 && die
!= child_die
);
5618 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5619 child_die
->die_sib
= after_die
->die_sib
;
5620 after_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5621 if (die
->die_child
== after_die
)
5622 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5625 /* Unassociate CHILD from its parent, and make its parent be
5629 reparent_child (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
5631 for (dw_die_ref p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
5632 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
5634 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
5637 add_child_die (new_parent
, child
);
5640 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5641 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5642 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5645 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5647 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5648 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5649 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5651 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5657 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5658 || (child
->die_parent
5659 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5661 reparent_child (child
, parent
);
5664 /* Create and return a new die with TAG_VALUE as tag. */
5666 static inline dw_die_ref
5667 new_die_raw (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
)
5669 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<die_node
> ();
5670 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5674 /* Create and return a new die with a parent of PARENT_DIE. If
5675 PARENT_DIE is NULL, the new DIE is placed in limbo and an
5676 associated tree T must be supplied to determine parenthood
5679 static inline dw_die_ref
5680 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5682 dw_die_ref die
= new_die_raw (tag_value
);
5684 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5685 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5688 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5690 /* No DIEs created after early dwarf should end up in limbo,
5691 because the limbo list should not persist past LTO
5693 if (tag_value
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5694 /* These are allowed because they're generated while
5695 breaking out COMDAT units late. */
5696 && tag_value
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
5697 && tag_value
!= DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
5699 /* Allow nested functions to live in limbo because they will
5700 only temporarily live there, as decls_for_scope will fix
5702 && (TREE_CODE (t
) != FUNCTION_DECL
5703 || !decl_function_context (t
))
5704 /* Same as nested functions above but for types. Types that
5705 are local to a function will be fixed in
5707 && (!RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (t
)
5708 || !TYPE_CONTEXT (t
)
5709 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (t
)) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
5710 /* FIXME debug-early: Allow late limbo DIE creation for LTO,
5711 especially in the ltrans stage, but once we implement LTO
5712 dwarf streaming, we should remove this exception. */
5715 fprintf (stderr
, "symbol ended up in limbo too late:");
5716 debug_generic_stmt (t
);
5720 limbo_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
5721 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5722 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5723 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5724 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5730 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5732 static inline dw_die_ref
5733 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5735 dw_die_ref die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5736 if (die
&& die
->removed
)
5738 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = NULL
;
5744 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
5745 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
5746 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
5748 static inline dw_die_ref
5749 strip_naming_typedef (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5752 && TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
5754 && type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
5755 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
5756 type_die
= get_AT_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_type
);
5760 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
5761 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
5762 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
5763 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
5764 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
5765 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
5767 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
5768 a naming typedef is. */
5770 static inline dw_die_ref
5771 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
5773 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
5774 return strip_naming_typedef (type
, die
);
5777 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5780 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5782 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5785 static dw_die_ref
maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (tree
);
5786 struct GTY(()) sym_off_pair
5788 const char * GTY((skip
)) sym
;
5789 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
;
5791 static GTY(()) hash_map
<tree
, sym_off_pair
> *external_die_map
;
5793 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5796 decl_die_hasher::hash (die_node
*x
)
5798 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
5801 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5804 decl_die_hasher::equal (die_node
*x
, tree y
)
5806 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
5809 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5811 static inline dw_die_ref
5812 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5814 dw_die_ref
*die
= decl_die_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
),
5819 return maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (decl
);
5822 if ((*die
)->removed
)
5824 decl_die_table
->clear_slot (die
);
5831 /* Return the DIE associated with BLOCK. */
5833 static inline dw_die_ref
5834 lookup_block_die (tree block
)
5836 dw_die_ref die
= BLOCK_DIE (block
);
5837 if (!die
&& in_lto_p
)
5838 return maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (block
);
5842 /* Associate DIE with BLOCK. */
5845 equate_block_to_die (tree block
, dw_die_ref die
)
5847 BLOCK_DIE (block
) = die
;
5852 /* For DECL which might have early dwarf output query a SYMBOL + OFFSET
5853 style reference. Return true if we found one refering to a DIE for
5854 DECL, otherwise return false. */
5857 dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl (tree decl
, const char **sym
,
5858 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*off
)
5864 /* During WPA stage and incremental linking we use a hash-map
5865 to store the decl <-> label + offset map. */
5866 if (!external_die_map
)
5868 sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (decl
);
5876 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
5877 die
= lookup_block_die (decl
);
5879 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
5883 /* Similar to get_ref_die_offset_label, but using the "correct"
5885 *off
= die
->die_offset
;
5886 while (die
->die_parent
)
5887 die
= die
->die_parent
;
5888 /* For the containing CU DIE we compute a die_symbol in
5889 compute_comp_unit_symbol. */
5890 gcc_assert (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
5891 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
!= NULL
);
5892 *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
5896 /* Add a reference of kind ATTR_KIND to a DIE at SYMBOL + OFFSET to DIE. */
5899 add_AT_external_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5900 const char *symbol
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5902 /* Create a fake DIE that contains the reference. Don't use
5903 new_die because we don't want to end up in the limbo list. */
5904 /* ??? We probably want to share these, thus put a ref to the DIE
5905 we create here to the external_die_map entry. */
5906 dw_die_ref ref
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
5907 ref
->die_id
.die_symbol
= symbol
;
5908 ref
->die_offset
= offset
;
5909 ref
->with_offset
= 1;
5910 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, ref
);
5913 /* Create a DIE for DECL if required and add a reference to a DIE
5914 at SYMBOL + OFFSET which contains attributes dumped early. */
5917 dwarf2out_register_external_die (tree decl
, const char *sym
,
5918 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
5920 if (debug_info_level
== DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
)
5923 if (!external_die_map
)
5924 external_die_map
= hash_map
<tree
, sym_off_pair
>::create_ggc (1000);
5925 gcc_checking_assert (!external_die_map
->get (decl
));
5926 sym_off_pair p
= { IDENTIFIER_POINTER (get_identifier (sym
)), off
};
5927 external_die_map
->put (decl
, p
);
5930 /* If we have a registered external DIE for DECL return a new DIE for
5931 the concrete instance with an appropriate abstract origin. */
5934 maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (tree decl
)
5936 if (!external_die_map
)
5938 sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (decl
);
5942 const char *sym
= desc
->sym
;
5943 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
= desc
->off
;
5946 dw_die_ref die
= (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
5947 ? lookup_block_die (decl
) : lookup_decl_die (decl
));
5952 dw_die_ref parent
= NULL
;
5953 /* Need to lookup a DIE for the decls context - the containing
5954 function or translation unit. */
5955 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
5957 ctx
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (decl
);
5958 /* ??? We do not output DIEs for all scopes thus skip as
5959 many DIEs as needed. */
5960 while (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == BLOCK
5961 && !lookup_block_die (ctx
))
5962 ctx
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (ctx
);
5965 ctx
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
5966 /* Peel types in the context stack. */
5967 while (ctx
&& TYPE_P (ctx
))
5968 ctx
= TYPE_CONTEXT (ctx
);
5969 /* Likewise namespaces in case we do not want to emit DIEs for them. */
5970 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
5971 while (ctx
&& TREE_CODE (ctx
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
5972 ctx
= DECL_CONTEXT (ctx
);
5975 if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == BLOCK
)
5976 parent
= lookup_block_die (ctx
);
5977 else if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
5978 /* Keep the 1:1 association during WPA. */
5980 && flag_incremental_link
!= INCREMENTAL_LINK_LTO
)
5981 /* Otherwise all late annotations go to the main CU which
5982 imports the original CUs. */
5983 parent
= comp_unit_die ();
5984 else if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == FUNCTION_DECL
5985 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
5986 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
5987 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != RESULT_DECL
5988 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != BLOCK
)
5989 /* Leave function local entities parent determination to when
5990 we process scope vars. */
5993 parent
= lookup_decl_die (ctx
);
5996 /* In some cases the FEs fail to set DECL_CONTEXT properly.
5997 Handle this case gracefully by globalizing stuff. */
5998 parent
= comp_unit_die ();
5999 /* Create a DIE "stub". */
6000 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
6002 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
6004 die
= comp_unit_die ();
6005 /* We re-target all CU decls to the LTRANS CU DIE, so no need
6006 to create a DIE for the original CUs. */
6009 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
6010 if (is_fortran (decl
))
6011 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, parent
, decl
);
6013 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, parent
, decl
);
6016 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, parent
, decl
);
6019 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, parent
, decl
);
6022 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, parent
, decl
);
6025 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, parent
, decl
);
6028 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, parent
, decl
);
6031 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, parent
, decl
);
6034 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, parent
, decl
);
6039 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
6040 equate_block_to_die (decl
, die
);
6042 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, die
);
6044 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
6046 /* Add a reference to the DIE providing early debug at $sym + off. */
6047 add_AT_external_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, sym
, off
);
6052 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
6055 decl_loc_hasher::hash (var_loc_list
*x
)
6057 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
6060 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
6064 decl_loc_hasher::equal (var_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
6066 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
6069 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
6071 static inline var_loc_list
*
6072 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
6074 if (!decl_loc_table
)
6076 return decl_loc_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
6079 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
6082 dw_loc_list_hasher::hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
)
6084 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
6087 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
6091 dw_loc_list_hasher::equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
6093 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
6096 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
6099 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
6101 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6103 *decl_die_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
) = decl_die
;
6104 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6107 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
6109 static HOST_WIDE_INT
6110 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
6112 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
6115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
6116 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
6117 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
6120 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
6123 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
6125 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
6126 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
6128 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
6131 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
6132 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
6134 static rtx_expr_list
*
6135 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
6137 if (bitsize
> 0 && bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
6138 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
6140 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
6145 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
6146 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
6149 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
6150 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
6154 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
6156 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
6161 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
6162 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
6163 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
6164 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
6165 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
6166 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
6167 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
6168 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
6169 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
6172 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
6173 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
6174 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
6177 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
6181 /* First copy all nodes preceding the current bitpos. */
6182 while (src
!= inner
)
6184 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
6185 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
6186 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6187 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
6190 /* Add padding if needed. */
6191 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
6193 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
6194 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6195 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6197 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
6200 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
6201 just update the location for it and return. */
6202 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
6205 /* Add the piece that changed. */
6206 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6207 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6208 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
6209 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
6212 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
6215 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
6217 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
6220 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
6221 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
6224 /* Add padding if needed. */
6225 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
6229 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6230 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6234 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
6237 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
6238 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
6239 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6240 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
6244 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
6246 static struct var_loc_node
*
6247 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
, var_loc_view view
)
6249 unsigned int decl_id
;
6251 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
6252 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
6254 if (VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl
))
6256 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
6257 if (handled_component_p (realdecl
)
6258 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl
) == MEM_REF
6259 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl
, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
))
6262 tree innerdecl
= get_ref_base_and_extent_hwi (realdecl
, &bitpos
,
6263 &bitsize
, &reverse
);
6265 || !DECL_P (innerdecl
)
6266 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
6267 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
6269 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256)
6275 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6277 = decl_loc_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
6280 temp
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_list
> ();
6281 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6287 /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
6288 even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
6290 && temp
->first
== temp
->last
6291 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
6292 && NOTE_P (temp
->first
->loc
)
6293 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp
->first
->loc
) == decl
6294 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
6295 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
)
6296 && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
))
6297 == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
6298 && prev_real_insn (as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (temp
->first
->loc
)) == NULL_RTX
6300 || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
),
6301 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
))
6302 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->first
->loc
)
6303 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))))
6305 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6306 temp
->first
->next
= loc
;
6308 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6310 else if (temp
->last
)
6312 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
6313 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
6314 HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
= 0;
6318 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
6320 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
6322 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
6325 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
6326 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
6328 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
6329 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
6333 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
6334 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
6336 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0 && last
->view
== view
)
6338 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
6339 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
6340 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
6342 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
6343 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
6346 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
6347 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
6349 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
6352 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0 || last
->view
!= view
);
6356 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
6357 || (temp
->first
->next
== temp
->last
6358 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
));
6359 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
6360 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6364 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
6365 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
6366 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
6367 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
6368 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
6369 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
6370 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
6372 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
6373 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
6374 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
6375 we have nothing to do. */
6376 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
6377 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
6378 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
6379 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
6380 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
6381 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
6382 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
6383 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
6384 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
6386 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
6387 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
6388 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
6392 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
6395 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6396 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
6397 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6399 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
6400 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
6402 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
6403 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
6404 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
6412 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6415 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6420 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
6421 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
6422 the DIE internal representation. */
6423 static int print_indent
;
6425 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
6428 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
6430 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
6433 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
6436 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
6440 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
6441 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
6445 print_discr_value (FILE *outfile
, dw_discr_value
*discr_value
)
6447 if (discr_value
->pos
)
6448 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, discr_value
->v
.sval
);
6450 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, discr_value
->v
.uval
);
6453 static void print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
, FILE *);
6455 /* Print the value associated to the VAL DWARF value node to OUTFILE. If
6456 RECURSE, output location descriptor operations. */
6459 print_dw_val (dw_val_node
*val
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
6461 switch (val
->val_class
)
6463 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6464 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
6466 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6467 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
6469 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6470 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
6471 if (val
->v
.val_loc
== NULL
)
6472 fprintf (outfile
, " -> <null>\n");
6475 fprintf (outfile
, ":\n");
6477 print_loc_descr (val
->v
.val_loc
, outfile
);
6482 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6483 fprintf (outfile
, " #\n");
6485 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)\n", (void *) val
->v
.val_loc
);
6488 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6489 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
6490 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->ll_symbol
);
6492 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
6493 val
= view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (val
);
6494 fprintf (outfile
, "location list with views -> labels:%s and %s",
6495 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->ll_symbol
,
6496 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->vl_symbol
);
6498 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6499 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
6501 case dw_val_class_const
:
6502 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
6503 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, val
->v
.val_int
);
6505 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6506 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
6507 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, val
->v
.val_unsigned
);
6509 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6510 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
6511 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
6512 val
->v
.val_double
.high
,
6513 val
->v
.val_double
.low
);
6515 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6517 int i
= val
->v
.val_wide
->get_len ();
6518 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (");
6520 if (val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
- 1) == 0)
6521 fprintf (outfile
, "0x");
6522 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6523 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (--i
));
6525 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_PADDED_HEX
,
6526 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
));
6527 fprintf (outfile
, ")");
6530 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6531 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
6533 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6534 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", val
->v
.val_flag
);
6536 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6537 if (val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= NULL
)
6539 dw_die_ref die
= val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
6541 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
6543 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
6544 print_signature (outfile
,
6545 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
6547 else if (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
6549 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
6550 if (die
->with_offset
)
6551 fprintf (outfile
, " + %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6554 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6555 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6556 fprintf (outfile
, " #");
6558 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) die
);
6561 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
6563 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
6564 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
6565 val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
, val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
);
6567 case dw_val_class_symview
:
6568 fprintf (outfile
, "view: %s", val
->v
.val_symbolic_view
);
6570 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6571 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6572 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6573 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
6574 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6575 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", val
->v
.val_lbl_id
);
6577 case dw_val_class_str
:
6578 if (val
->v
.val_str
->str
!= NULL
)
6579 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", val
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6581 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
6583 case dw_val_class_file
:
6584 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
6585 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", val
->v
.val_file
->filename
,
6586 val
->v
.val_file
->emitted_number
);
6588 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6592 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
6593 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", val
->v
.val_data8
[i
]);
6596 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
6597 print_discr_value (outfile
, &val
->v
.val_discr_value
);
6599 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
6600 for (dw_discr_list_ref node
= val
->v
.val_discr_list
;
6602 node
= node
->dw_discr_next
)
6604 if (node
->dw_discr_range
)
6606 fprintf (outfile
, " .. ");
6607 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
6608 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_upper_bound
);
6611 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
6613 if (node
->dw_discr_next
!= NULL
)
6614 fprintf (outfile
, " | ");
6621 /* Likewise, for a DIE attribute. */
6624 print_attribute (dw_attr_node
*a
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
6626 print_dw_val (&a
->dw_attr_val
, recurse
, outfile
);
6630 /* Print the list of operands in the LOC location description to OUTFILE. This
6631 routine is a debugging aid only. */
6634 print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, FILE *outfile
)
6636 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= loc
;
6640 print_spaces (outfile
);
6641 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>\n");
6645 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
6647 print_spaces (outfile
);
6648 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6649 fprintf (outfile
, "#");
6651 fprintf (outfile
, "(%p)", (void *) l
);
6652 fprintf (outfile
, " %s",
6653 dwarf_stack_op_name (l
->dw_loc_opc
));
6654 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
6656 fprintf (outfile
, " ");
6657 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, false, outfile
);
6659 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
6661 fprintf (outfile
, ", ");
6662 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, false, outfile
);
6664 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6668 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
6669 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6672 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
6678 print_spaces (outfile
);
6679 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s ",
6680 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6681 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6682 fprintf (outfile
, "#\n");
6684 fprintf (outfile
, "(%p)\n", (void*) die
);
6685 print_spaces (outfile
);
6686 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
6687 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6688 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
6690 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
6692 print_spaces (outfile
);
6693 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
6694 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
6695 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6698 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6700 print_spaces (outfile
);
6701 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
6703 print_attribute (a
, true, outfile
);
6704 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6707 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6710 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
6713 if (print_indent
== 0)
6714 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6717 /* Print the list of operations in the LOC location description. */
6720 debug_dwarf_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
6722 print_loc_descr (loc
, stderr
);
6725 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
6728 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6730 print_die (die
, stderr
);
6734 debug (die_struct
&ref
)
6736 print_die (&ref
, stderr
);
6740 debug (die_struct
*ptr
)
6745 fprintf (stderr
, "<nil>\n");
6749 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
6750 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6756 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
6759 /* Verify the DIE tree structure. */
6762 verify_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6764 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6765 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
6766 && die
->die_sib
== NULL
)
6768 /* Verify the die_sib list is cyclic. */
6775 while (x
&& !x
->die_mark
);
6776 gcc_assert (x
== die
);
6780 /* Verify all dies have the same parent. */
6781 gcc_assert (x
->die_parent
== die
->die_parent
);
6784 /* Verify the child has the proper parent and recurse. */
6785 gcc_assert (x
->die_child
->die_parent
== x
);
6786 verify_die (x
->die_child
);
6791 while (x
&& x
->die_mark
);
6794 /* Sanity checks on DIEs. */
6797 check_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6801 bool inline_found
= false;
6802 int n_location
= 0, n_low_pc
= 0, n_high_pc
= 0, n_artificial
= 0;
6803 int n_decl_line
= 0, n_decl_column
= 0, n_decl_file
= 0;
6804 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6809 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
)
6810 inline_found
= true;
6812 case DW_AT_location
:
6821 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6824 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6827 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6830 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6837 if (n_location
> 1 || n_low_pc
> 1 || n_high_pc
> 1 || n_artificial
> 1
6838 || n_decl_column
> 1 || n_decl_line
> 1 || n_decl_file
> 1)
6840 fprintf (stderr
, "Duplicate attributes in DIE:\n");
6841 debug_dwarf_die (die
);
6846 /* A debugging information entry that is a member of an abstract
6847 instance tree [that has DW_AT_inline] should not contain any
6848 attributes which describe aspects of the subroutine which vary
6849 between distinct inlined expansions or distinct out-of-line
6851 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6852 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_low_pc
6853 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_high_pc
6854 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_location
6855 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
6856 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_call_all_calls
6857 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
);
6861 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6862 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
6863 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
6865 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
6868 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
6871 inchash::hash hstate
;
6874 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
6876 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
6877 hash
= hstate
.end();
6881 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
6884 attr_checksum (dw_attr_node
*at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6886 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6889 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
6891 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6892 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6893 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6896 switch (AT_class (at
))
6898 case dw_val_class_const
:
6899 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
6900 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
6902 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6903 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
6904 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
6906 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6907 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
6909 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6910 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
6911 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
6912 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
6914 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6915 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
6916 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6917 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
6919 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6920 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
6922 case dw_val_class_str
:
6923 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
6926 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6928 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6929 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
6932 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6933 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6936 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6937 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
6938 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
6941 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6942 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
6945 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6946 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
6947 case dw_val_class_symview
:
6948 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6949 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6950 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6951 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
6952 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6955 case dw_val_class_file
:
6956 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
6957 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
6960 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6961 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
6969 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6972 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6978 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6981 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
6984 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6986 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
6988 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6989 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
6991 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
6995 #undef CHECKSUM_BLOCK
6996 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6998 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
6999 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
7000 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
7001 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
7002 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
7003 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
7004 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
7005 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
7007 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
7010 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7017 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
7019 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
7020 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
7029 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
7032 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7036 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
7039 /* More bytes to follow. */
7047 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
7048 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
7051 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7055 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
7057 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
7058 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
7059 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
7062 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
7064 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7068 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7069 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7071 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
7072 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
7074 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
7077 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
7080 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7082 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
7083 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
7084 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
7086 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7087 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
7091 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
7094 inchash::hash hstate
;
7097 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dtprel
);
7098 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
7099 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
7100 hash
= hstate
.end ();
7102 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
7106 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
7109 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_node
*at
,
7110 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7112 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7115 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7117 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
7119 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
7120 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
7121 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
7122 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
7123 is complete or not. */
7124 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
7125 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
7126 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
7127 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
7128 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
7129 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
7130 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
7132 dw_attr_node
*name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7134 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
7136 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7140 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
7141 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7142 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7143 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7144 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
7145 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
7150 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
7151 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
7152 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
7153 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
7155 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
7156 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7157 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
7161 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7165 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7166 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
7167 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7168 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7169 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7170 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
7175 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
7176 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7178 switch (AT_class (at
))
7180 case dw_val_class_const
:
7181 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
7182 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7183 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
7186 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7187 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
7188 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7189 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
7192 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7193 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7194 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
7195 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
7198 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
7199 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7200 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
7201 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7202 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
7203 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
7204 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
7207 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7208 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7209 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7210 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
);
7211 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
7212 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7213 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
7216 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
7218 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
7221 case dw_val_class_str
:
7222 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7223 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
7226 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7228 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
7229 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7230 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
7233 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7234 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7235 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7238 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7239 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
7240 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
7243 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7244 case dw_val_class_symview
:
7245 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7246 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7247 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7248 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
7249 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
7252 case dw_val_class_file
:
7253 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
7254 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7255 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
7258 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7259 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
7267 struct checksum_attributes
7269 dw_attr_node
*at_name
;
7270 dw_attr_node
*at_type
;
7271 dw_attr_node
*at_friend
;
7272 dw_attr_node
*at_accessibility
;
7273 dw_attr_node
*at_address_class
;
7274 dw_attr_node
*at_alignment
;
7275 dw_attr_node
*at_allocated
;
7276 dw_attr_node
*at_artificial
;
7277 dw_attr_node
*at_associated
;
7278 dw_attr_node
*at_binary_scale
;
7279 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_offset
;
7280 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_size
;
7281 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_stride
;
7282 dw_attr_node
*at_byte_size
;
7283 dw_attr_node
*at_byte_stride
;
7284 dw_attr_node
*at_const_value
;
7285 dw_attr_node
*at_containing_type
;
7286 dw_attr_node
*at_count
;
7287 dw_attr_node
*at_data_location
;
7288 dw_attr_node
*at_data_member_location
;
7289 dw_attr_node
*at_decimal_scale
;
7290 dw_attr_node
*at_decimal_sign
;
7291 dw_attr_node
*at_default_value
;
7292 dw_attr_node
*at_digit_count
;
7293 dw_attr_node
*at_discr
;
7294 dw_attr_node
*at_discr_list
;
7295 dw_attr_node
*at_discr_value
;
7296 dw_attr_node
*at_encoding
;
7297 dw_attr_node
*at_endianity
;
7298 dw_attr_node
*at_explicit
;
7299 dw_attr_node
*at_is_optional
;
7300 dw_attr_node
*at_location
;
7301 dw_attr_node
*at_lower_bound
;
7302 dw_attr_node
*at_mutable
;
7303 dw_attr_node
*at_ordering
;
7304 dw_attr_node
*at_picture_string
;
7305 dw_attr_node
*at_prototyped
;
7306 dw_attr_node
*at_small
;
7307 dw_attr_node
*at_segment
;
7308 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length
;
7309 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length_bit_size
;
7310 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length_byte_size
;
7311 dw_attr_node
*at_threads_scaled
;
7312 dw_attr_node
*at_upper_bound
;
7313 dw_attr_node
*at_use_location
;
7314 dw_attr_node
*at_use_UTF8
;
7315 dw_attr_node
*at_variable_parameter
;
7316 dw_attr_node
*at_virtuality
;
7317 dw_attr_node
*at_visibility
;
7318 dw_attr_node
*at_vtable_elem_location
;
7321 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
7324 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
7329 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7340 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
7342 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
7343 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
7345 case DW_AT_address_class
:
7346 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
7348 case DW_AT_alignment
:
7349 attrs
->at_alignment
= a
;
7351 case DW_AT_allocated
:
7352 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
7354 case DW_AT_artificial
:
7355 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
7357 case DW_AT_associated
:
7358 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
7360 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
7361 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
7363 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
7364 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
7366 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
7367 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
7369 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
7370 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
7372 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
7373 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
7375 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
7376 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
7378 case DW_AT_const_value
:
7379 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
7381 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
7382 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
7385 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
7387 case DW_AT_data_location
:
7388 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
7390 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
7391 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
7393 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
7394 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
7396 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
7397 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
7399 case DW_AT_default_value
:
7400 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
7402 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
7403 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
7406 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
7408 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
7409 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
7411 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
7412 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
7414 case DW_AT_encoding
:
7415 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
7417 case DW_AT_endianity
:
7418 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
7420 case DW_AT_explicit
:
7421 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
7423 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
7424 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
7426 case DW_AT_location
:
7427 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
7429 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
7430 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
7433 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
7435 case DW_AT_ordering
:
7436 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
7438 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
7439 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
7441 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
7442 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
7445 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
7448 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
7450 case DW_AT_string_length
:
7451 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
7453 case DW_AT_string_length_bit_size
:
7454 attrs
->at_string_length_bit_size
= a
;
7456 case DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
:
7457 attrs
->at_string_length_byte_size
= a
;
7459 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
7460 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
7462 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
7463 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
7465 case DW_AT_use_location
:
7466 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
7468 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
7469 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
7471 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
7472 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
7474 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7475 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
7477 case DW_AT_visibility
:
7478 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
7480 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
7481 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
7489 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
7492 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7496 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
7498 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
7499 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
7501 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
7503 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7505 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
7506 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
7508 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
7509 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
7510 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
7511 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
7512 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
7513 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
7514 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
7515 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
7516 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
7517 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
7518 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
7519 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
7520 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
7521 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
7522 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
7523 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
7524 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
7525 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
7526 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
7527 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
7528 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
7529 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
7530 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
7531 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
7532 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
7533 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
7534 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
7535 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
7536 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
7537 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
7538 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
7539 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
7540 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
7541 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
7542 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
7543 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
7544 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
7545 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length_bit_size
);
7546 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length_byte_size
);
7547 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
7548 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
7549 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
7550 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
7551 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
7552 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
7553 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
7554 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
7555 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
7556 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
7557 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_alignment
);
7559 /* Checksum the child DIEs. */
7562 dw_attr_node
*name_attr
;
7565 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
7566 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
7568 /* Ignore instantiations of member type and function templates. */
7570 else if (name_attr
!= NULL
7571 && (is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
))
7573 /* Use a shallow checksum for named nested types and member
7575 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
7576 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
7577 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
7581 /* Use a deep checksum for other children. */
7582 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
7583 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
7585 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
7587 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7589 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
7592 /* Add a type name and tag to a hash. */
7594 die_odr_checksum (int tag
, const char *name
, md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7596 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
7597 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
7601 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
7602 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
7603 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
7604 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
7606 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
7607 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
7608 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
7609 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
7610 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
7611 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
7612 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
7615 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
7619 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7624 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
7625 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7626 parent
= get_die_parent (die
);
7628 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
7629 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
7630 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
7632 if (is_cxx () && name
!= NULL
)
7634 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7636 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
7638 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
7640 /* Checksum the current DIE. */
7641 die_odr_checksum (die
->die_tag
, name
, &ctx
);
7642 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7644 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
7647 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
7649 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7651 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
7653 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
7655 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
7657 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
7658 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7659 unmark_all_dies (die
);
7660 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7662 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
7663 type node together. */
7664 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
7665 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
7666 die
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7667 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
7668 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
7670 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
7674 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7675 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
7679 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
7681 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
7683 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
7684 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
7685 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
7688 /* Do the values look the same? */
7690 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
7692 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
7695 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
7698 switch (v1
->val_class
)
7700 case dw_val_class_const
:
7701 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
7702 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
7703 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7704 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
7705 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
7706 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7707 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
7708 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
7709 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
7710 return *v1
->v
.val_wide
== *v2
->v
.val_wide
;
7711 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7712 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
7713 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
7715 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
7716 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
7719 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7720 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
7721 case dw_val_class_str
:
7722 return !strcmp (v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
7724 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7725 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
7726 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
7727 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
7729 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
7731 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7732 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
7734 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7735 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
7737 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
7738 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
7740 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
7742 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7743 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
7745 case dw_val_class_symview
:
7746 return strcmp (v1
->v
.val_symbolic_view
, v2
->v
.val_symbolic_view
) == 0;
7748 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7749 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
7750 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7751 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7752 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7753 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
7754 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
7757 case dw_val_class_file
:
7758 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
7759 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
7761 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7762 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
7769 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
7772 same_attr_p (dw_attr_node
*at1
, dw_attr_node
*at2
, int *mark
)
7774 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
7777 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
7778 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
7779 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
7782 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
7785 /* Do the dies look the same? */
7788 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
7794 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
7796 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
7797 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7799 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
7802 if (vec_safe_length (die1
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die2
->die_attr
))
7805 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
7806 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, &(*die2
->die_attr
)[ix
], mark
))
7809 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
7810 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
7819 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
7823 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
7825 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
7835 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
7836 children, and set die_symbol. */
7839 compute_comp_unit_symbol (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
7841 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7842 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
7843 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
7846 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7849 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
7850 the name filename of the unit. */
7852 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7854 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7855 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
7856 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7858 /* When we this for comp_unit_die () we have a DW_AT_name that might
7859 not start with a letter but with anything valid for filenames and
7860 clean_symbol_name doesn't fix that up. Prepend 'g' if the first
7861 character is not a letter. */
7862 sprintf (name
, "%s%s.", ISALPHA (*base
) ? "" : "g", base
);
7863 clean_symbol_name (name
);
7865 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
7866 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
7868 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
7872 unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
7875 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
7878 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7880 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7882 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
7883 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
7884 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
7885 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
7886 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
7887 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
7888 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
7889 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
7890 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
7891 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
7892 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
7893 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
7894 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
7895 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
7896 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
7897 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
7898 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
7899 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
7900 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
7901 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
7908 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
7911 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7913 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
7914 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
);
7917 /* Returns true iff C is a unit DIE of some sort. */
7920 is_unit_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7922 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
7923 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_partial_unit
7924 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_type_unit
7925 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
);
7928 /* Returns true iff C is a namespace DIE. */
7931 is_namespace_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7933 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
;
7936 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a template parameter. */
7939 is_template_parameter (dw_die_ref die
)
7941 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7943 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
7944 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
7945 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
7946 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
7953 /* Return non-zero if this DIE represents a template instantiation. */
7956 is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref die
)
7960 if (!is_type_die (die
) && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7962 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (is_template_parameter (c
)) return true);
7967 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
7969 char buf
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7971 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
7972 return xstrdup (buf
);
7975 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
7978 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7983 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7984 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
7990 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
7993 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
7995 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7999 return local_scope_p (decl
);
8002 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
8006 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die
)
8010 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
&& ! is_declaration_die (die
))
8012 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (contains_subprogram_definition (c
)) return 1);
8016 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
8017 COMDAT .debug_types section or .debug_info section with DW_UT_*type
8021 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
8023 switch (die
->die_tag
)
8025 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
8026 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
8027 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
8028 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
8029 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, types nested in a
8030 subprogram, or types that contain subprogram definitions. */
8031 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
8032 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
8033 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
)
8034 || contains_subprogram_definition (die
))
8037 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
8038 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
8039 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
8040 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
8041 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
8042 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
8043 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
8044 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
8045 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
8046 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
8047 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
8048 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
8049 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
8050 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
8051 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
8052 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
8058 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
8061 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8063 dw_die_ref clone
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
8067 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8068 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
8073 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
8076 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
8079 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
8081 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree (c
)));
8086 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
8089 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
8096 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
8097 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
8098 return clone_die (die
);
8100 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
8101 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8104 clone
= clone_die (decl
);
8105 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
8106 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
8110 clone
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
8112 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8114 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
8115 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
8116 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
8120 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
8121 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8122 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8123 case DW_AT_external
:
8126 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8127 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
8128 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
8129 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
8131 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8132 case DW_AT_alignment
:
8138 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
8139 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
8141 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
8146 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
8148 struct decl_table_entry
8154 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
8156 /* Hashtable helpers. */
8158 struct decl_table_entry_hasher
: free_ptr_hash
<decl_table_entry
>
8160 typedef die_struct
*compare_type
;
8161 static inline hashval_t
hash (const decl_table_entry
*);
8162 static inline bool equal (const decl_table_entry
*, const die_struct
*);
8166 decl_table_entry_hasher::hash (const decl_table_entry
*entry
)
8168 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
8172 decl_table_entry_hasher::equal (const decl_table_entry
*entry1
,
8173 const die_struct
*entry2
)
8175 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
8178 typedef hash_table
<decl_table_entry_hasher
> decl_hash_type
;
8180 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
8181 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
8182 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
8183 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
8186 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
,
8187 decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8189 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
8190 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
8192 decl_table_entry
**slot
= NULL
;
8193 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
8195 /* If DIE refers to a stub unfold that so we get the appropriate
8196 DIE registered as orig in decl_table. */
8197 if (dw_die_ref c
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_signature
))
8202 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
8203 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
, htab_hash_pointer (die
),
8205 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8211 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
8212 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8220 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
8223 if (!is_unit_die (parent
))
8224 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
8227 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8228 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
8232 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
8238 /* Copy the declaration context to the new type unit DIE. This includes
8239 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
8240 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
8241 attached to the specification, and returns a pointer to the original
8242 parent of the declaration DIE. Returns NULL otherwise. */
8245 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
8248 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
8249 dw_die_ref orig_parent
= NULL
;
8251 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8260 /* The original DIE will be changed to a declaration, and must
8261 be moved to be a child of the original declaration DIE. */
8262 orig_parent
= decl
->die_parent
;
8264 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
8265 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
8266 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
8267 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8269 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8271 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8273 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
8274 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
8275 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
8276 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
8279 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree (c
)));
8282 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
8283 && !is_unit_die (decl
->die_parent
))
8285 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
8286 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
8288 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
8289 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
8296 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
8297 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
8300 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
8302 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
8305 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
8307 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
8309 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
8310 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
8314 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
8315 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
8316 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
8319 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
8321 skeleton_chain_node node
;
8324 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
8325 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
8327 node
.parent
= parent
;
8329 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
8333 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
8336 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
8338 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
8339 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
8341 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
8343 /* Instantiated templates do not need to be cloned into the
8344 type unit. Just move the DIE and its children back to
8345 the skeleton tree (in the main CU). */
8346 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8347 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8350 else if (c
->comdat_type_p
)
8352 /* This is the skeleton of earlier break_out_comdat_types
8353 type. Clone the existing DIE, but keep the children
8354 under the original (which is in the main CU). */
8355 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
8357 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
8358 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
8359 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8365 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
8366 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
8367 all the original's children, where the original came from
8368 (which is about to be moved to the type unit). */
8369 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
8370 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
8372 /* If the original has a DW_AT_object_pointer attribute,
8373 it would now point to a child DIE just moved to the
8374 cloned tree, so we need to remove that attribute from
8376 remove_AT (c
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
8378 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
8379 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
8380 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8381 node
.old_die
= clone
;
8386 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
8387 } while (next
!= NULL
);
8390 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
8393 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
8395 skeleton_chain_node node
;
8398 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
8401 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
8402 and is not an instantiation of a template, always leave
8403 at least a declaration in its place. */
8404 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
8405 && is_type_die (die
->die_parent
)
8406 && !is_template_instantiation (die
))
8407 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8409 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
8410 return node
.new_die
;
8413 /* Remove the CHILD DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
8414 declaration. The original DIE is moved to a new compile unit so that
8415 existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the
8416 original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the
8417 original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the
8421 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref child
,
8424 dw_die_ref skeleton
, orig_parent
;
8426 /* Copy the declaration context to the type unit DIE. If the returned
8427 ORIG_PARENT is not NULL, the skeleton needs to be added as a child of
8429 orig_parent
= copy_declaration_context (unit
, child
);
8431 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
8432 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
8433 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
8436 skeleton
->comdat_type_p
= true;
8437 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8439 /* If the original DIE was a specification, we need to put
8440 the skeleton under the parent DIE of the declaration.
8441 This leaves the original declaration in the tree, but
8442 it will be pruned later since there are no longer any
8443 references to it. */
8444 if (orig_parent
!= NULL
)
8446 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
8447 add_child_die (orig_parent
, skeleton
);
8450 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
8457 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (dw_die_ref die
,
8458 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8459 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
);
8461 /* Helper for copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies. Make a copy of the DIE DWARF
8462 procedure, put it under TYPE_NODE and return the copy. Continue looking for
8463 DWARF procedure references in the DW_AT_location attribute. */
8466 copy_dwarf_procedure (dw_die_ref die
,
8467 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8468 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8470 gcc_assert (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
);
8472 /* DWARF procedures are not supposed to have children... */
8473 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
== NULL
);
8475 /* ... and they are supposed to have only one attribute: DW_AT_location. */
8476 gcc_assert (vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) == 1
8477 && ((*die
->die_attr
)[0].dw_attr
== DW_AT_location
));
8479 /* Do not copy more than once DWARF procedures. */
8481 dw_die_ref
&die_copy
= copied_dwarf_procs
.get_or_insert (die
, &existed
);
8485 die_copy
= clone_die (die
);
8486 add_child_die (type_node
->root_die
, die_copy
);
8487 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (die_copy
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8491 /* Helper for copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies. Look for references to DWARF
8492 procedures in DIE's attributes. */
8495 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (dw_die_ref die
,
8496 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8497 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8502 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, i
, a
)
8504 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8506 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_loc
)
8509 for (loc
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8511 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
8515 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
8516 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
8517 == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
8518 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
8519 = copy_dwarf_procedure (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
,
8521 copied_dwarf_procs
);
8530 /* Copy DWARF procedures that are referenced by the DIE tree to TREE_NODE and
8531 rewrite references to point to the copies.
8533 References are looked for in DIE's attributes and recursively in all its
8534 children attributes that are location descriptions. COPIED_DWARF_PROCS is a
8535 mapping from old DWARF procedures to their copy. It is used not to copy
8536 twice the same DWARF procedure under TYPE_NODE. */
8539 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (dw_die_ref die
,
8540 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8541 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8545 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (die
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8546 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (c
,
8548 copied_dwarf_procs
));
8551 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types or .debug_info
8552 DW_UT_*type sections for each type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT
8556 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
8560 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
8561 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
8562 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
8564 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
8568 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
8571 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
8572 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
8574 dw_die_ref replacement
;
8575 comdat_type_node
*type_node
;
8577 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
8578 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
8580 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree. */
8581 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
8582 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
8583 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
8585 /* Add the new unit's type DIE into the comdat type list. */
8586 type_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<comdat_type_node
> ();
8587 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
8588 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
8589 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
8591 /* Generate the type signature. */
8592 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
8594 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
8595 declaration into the new type unit DIE, then remove this DIE
8596 from the main CU (or replace it with a skeleton if necessary). */
8597 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (unit
, c
, prev
);
8598 type_node
->skeleton_die
= replacement
;
8600 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
8601 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
8603 /* Types can reference DWARF procedures for type size or data location
8604 expressions. Calls in DWARF expressions cannot target procedures
8605 that are not in the same section. So we must copy DWARF procedures
8606 along with this type and then rewrite references to them. */
8607 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> copied_dwarf_procs
;
8608 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (c
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8610 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
8613 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
8614 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
8615 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
8616 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
8618 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
8619 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
8621 } while (next
!= NULL
);
8624 /* Like clone_tree, but copy DW_TAG_subprogram DIEs as declarations.
8625 Enter all the cloned children into the hash table decl_table. */
8628 clone_tree_partial (dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8632 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
8633 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
8635 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8636 clone
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8638 clone
= clone_die (die
);
8640 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
,
8641 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
8643 /* Assert that DIE isn't in the hash table yet. If it would be there
8644 before, the ancestors would be necessarily there as well, therefore
8645 clone_tree_partial wouldn't be called. */
8646 gcc_assert (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
);
8648 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8650 entry
->copy
= clone
;
8653 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8654 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
,
8655 add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
8660 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
8661 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
8665 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8671 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8673 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8675 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
8676 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
8677 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
8679 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || targ
->comdat_type_p
)
8682 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (targ
,
8683 htab_hash_pointer (targ
),
8686 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8688 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
8689 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
8691 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
8695 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
8696 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_die (targ
);
8698 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
8699 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
8700 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
8701 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
8702 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8707 /* If TARG is not a declaration DIE, we need to copy its
8709 if (!is_declaration_die (targ
))
8713 add_child_die (copy
,
8714 clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
8717 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
8721 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
8722 into the new type unit. */
8723 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
8724 && !is_unit_die (targ
->die_parent
))
8725 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
8728 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
8729 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
8731 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
8732 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
8733 get visited otherwise. */
8736 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
8737 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
8738 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
8739 while (parent
->die_parent
8740 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
8742 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
8743 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
8745 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
8751 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
8754 /* Collect skeleton dies in DIE created by break_out_comdat_types already
8755 and record them in DECL_TABLE. */
8758 collect_skeleton_dies (dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8762 if (dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_signature
))
8764 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
8765 gcc_assert (targ
->die_mark
== 0 && targ
->comdat_type_p
);
8766 decl_table_entry
**slot
8767 = decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (targ
,
8768 htab_hash_pointer (targ
),
8770 gcc_assert (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
);
8771 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been already copied
8772 by remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton. */
8773 decl_table_entry
*entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8778 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, collect_skeleton_dies (c
, decl_table
));
8781 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
8782 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
8783 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
8784 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
8785 don't have an external reference. */
8788 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
8791 decl_hash_type
decl_table (10);
8792 collect_skeleton_dies (unit
, &decl_table
);
8793 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, &decl_table
);
8797 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
8798 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
8799 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
8802 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
8806 if (! die
->die_child
)
8809 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
8810 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
8812 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
8815 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
8818 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
8824 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8825 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8826 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
8828 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
8831 /* During assign_location_list_indexes and output_loclists_offset the
8832 current index, after it the number of assigned indexes (i.e. how
8833 large the .debug_loclists* offset table should be). */
8834 static unsigned int loc_list_idx
;
8836 /* Output all location list offsets for the DIE and its children. */
8839 output_loclists_offsets (dw_die_ref die
)
8845 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8846 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8848 dw_loc_list_ref l
= AT_loc_list (a
);
8849 if (l
->offset_emitted
)
8851 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l
->ll_symbol
,
8852 loc_section_label
, NULL
);
8853 gcc_assert (l
->hash
== loc_list_idx
);
8855 l
->offset_emitted
= true;
8858 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_loclists_offsets (c
));
8861 /* Recursively set indexes of location lists. */
8864 assign_location_list_indexes (dw_die_ref die
)
8870 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8871 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8873 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
8874 if (!list
->num_assigned
)
8876 list
->num_assigned
= true;
8877 list
->hash
= loc_list_idx
++;
8881 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_location_list_indexes (c
));
8884 /* We want to limit the number of external references, because they are
8885 larger than local references: a relocation takes multiple words, and
8886 even a sig8 reference is always eight bytes, whereas a local reference
8887 can be as small as one byte (though DW_FORM_ref is usually 4 in GCC).
8888 So if we encounter multiple external references to the same type DIE, we
8889 make a local typedef stub for it and redirect all references there.
8891 This is the element of the hash table for keeping track of these
8901 /* Hashtable helpers. */
8903 struct external_ref_hasher
: free_ptr_hash
<external_ref
>
8905 static inline hashval_t
hash (const external_ref
*);
8906 static inline bool equal (const external_ref
*, const external_ref
*);
8910 external_ref_hasher::hash (const external_ref
*r
)
8912 dw_die_ref die
= r
->type
;
8915 /* We can't use the address of the DIE for hashing, because
8916 that will make the order of the stub DIEs non-deterministic. */
8917 if (! die
->comdat_type_p
)
8918 /* We have a symbol; use it to compute a hash. */
8919 h
= htab_hash_string (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8922 /* We have a type signature; use a subset of the bits as the hash.
8923 The 8-byte signature is at least as large as hashval_t. */
8924 comdat_type_node
*type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8925 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
8931 external_ref_hasher::equal (const external_ref
*r1
, const external_ref
*r2
)
8933 return r1
->type
== r2
->type
;
8936 typedef hash_table
<external_ref_hasher
> external_ref_hash_type
;
8938 /* Return a pointer to the external_ref for references to DIE. */
8940 static struct external_ref
*
8941 lookup_external_ref (external_ref_hash_type
*map
, dw_die_ref die
)
8943 struct external_ref ref
, *ref_p
;
8944 external_ref
**slot
;
8947 slot
= map
->find_slot (&ref
, INSERT
);
8948 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8951 ref_p
= XCNEW (struct external_ref
);
8957 /* Subroutine of optimize_external_refs, below.
8959 If we see a type skeleton, record it as our stub. If we see external
8960 references, remember how many we've seen. */
8963 optimize_external_refs_1 (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*map
)
8968 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
8970 if (is_type_die (die
)
8971 && (c
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_signature
)))
8973 /* This is a local skeleton; use it for local references. */
8974 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
8978 /* Scan the DIE references, and remember any that refer to DIEs from
8979 other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
8980 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8981 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
8982 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0
8985 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
8989 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_external_refs_1 (c
, map
));
8992 /* htab_traverse callback function for optimize_external_refs, below. SLOT
8993 points to an external_ref, DATA is the CU we're processing. If we don't
8994 already have a local stub, and we have multiple refs, build a stub. */
8997 dwarf2_build_local_stub (external_ref
**slot
, dw_die_ref data
)
8999 struct external_ref
*ref_p
= *slot
;
9001 if (ref_p
->stub
== NULL
&& ref_p
->n_refs
> 1 && !dwarf_strict
)
9003 /* We have multiple references to this type, so build a small stub.
9004 Both of these forms are a bit dodgy from the perspective of the
9005 DWARF standard, since technically they should have names. */
9006 dw_die_ref cu
= data
;
9007 dw_die_ref type
= ref_p
->type
;
9008 dw_die_ref stub
= NULL
;
9010 if (type
->comdat_type_p
)
9012 /* If we refer to this type via sig8, use AT_signature. */
9013 stub
= new_die (type
->die_tag
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
9014 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_signature
, type
);
9018 /* Otherwise, use a typedef with no name. */
9019 stub
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
9020 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_type
, type
);
9029 /* DIE is a unit; look through all the DIE references to see if there are
9030 any external references to types, and if so, create local stubs for
9031 them which will be applied in build_abbrev_table. This is useful because
9032 references to local DIEs are smaller. */
9034 static external_ref_hash_type
*
9035 optimize_external_refs (dw_die_ref die
)
9037 external_ref_hash_type
*map
= new external_ref_hash_type (10);
9038 optimize_external_refs_1 (die
, map
);
9039 map
->traverse
<dw_die_ref
, dwarf2_build_local_stub
> (die
);
9043 /* The following 3 variables are temporaries that are computed only during the
9044 build_abbrev_table call and used and released during the following
9045 optimize_abbrev_table call. */
9047 /* First abbrev_id that can be optimized based on usage. */
9048 static unsigned int abbrev_opt_start
;
9050 /* Maximum abbrev_id of a base type plus one (we can't optimize DIEs with
9051 abbrev_id smaller than this, because they must be already sized
9052 during build_abbrev_table). */
9053 static unsigned int abbrev_opt_base_type_end
;
9055 /* Vector of usage counts during build_abbrev_table. Indexed by
9056 abbrev_id - abbrev_opt_start. */
9057 static vec
<unsigned int> abbrev_usage_count
;
9059 /* Vector of all DIEs added with die_abbrev >= abbrev_opt_start. */
9060 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> sorted_abbrev_dies
;
9062 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9063 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9064 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9065 die are visited recursively. */
9068 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
)
9070 unsigned int abbrev_id
= 0;
9076 /* Scan the DIE references, and replace any that refer to
9077 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked) with
9078 the local stubs we built in optimize_external_refs. */
9079 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9080 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9081 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0)
9083 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
9084 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
|| AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9087 && (ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (extern_map
, c
))
9088 && ref_p
->stub
&& ref_p
->stub
!= die
)
9090 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_signature
);
9091 change_AT_die_ref (a
, ref_p
->stub
);
9094 /* We aren't changing this reference, so mark it external. */
9095 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9098 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (abbrev_die_table
, abbrev_id
, abbrev
)
9100 dw_attr_node
*die_a
, *abbrev_a
;
9106 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9108 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9111 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
))
9114 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
9116 abbrev_a
= &(*abbrev
->die_attr
)[ix
];
9117 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9118 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9128 if (abbrev_id
>= vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
))
9130 vec_safe_push (abbrev_die_table
, die
);
9131 if (abbrev_opt_start
)
9132 abbrev_usage_count
.safe_push (0);
9134 if (abbrev_opt_start
&& abbrev_id
>= abbrev_opt_start
)
9136 abbrev_usage_count
[abbrev_id
- abbrev_opt_start
]++;
9137 sorted_abbrev_dies
.safe_push (die
);
9140 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9141 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
, extern_map
));
9144 /* Callback function for sorted_abbrev_dies vector sorting. We sort
9145 by die_abbrev's usage count, from the most commonly used
9146 abbreviation to the least. */
9149 die_abbrev_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
9151 dw_die_ref die1
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) p1
;
9152 dw_die_ref die2
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) p2
;
9154 gcc_checking_assert (die1
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_start
);
9155 gcc_checking_assert (die2
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_start
);
9157 if (die1
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
9158 && die2
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9160 if (abbrev_usage_count
[die1
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
]
9161 > abbrev_usage_count
[die2
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
])
9163 if (abbrev_usage_count
[die1
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
]
9164 < abbrev_usage_count
[die2
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
])
9168 /* Stabilize the sort. */
9169 if (die1
->die_abbrev
< die2
->die_abbrev
)
9171 if (die1
->die_abbrev
> die2
->die_abbrev
)
9177 /* Convert dw_val_class_const and dw_val_class_unsigned_const class attributes
9178 of DIEs in between sorted_abbrev_dies[first_id] and abbrev_dies[end_id - 1]
9179 into dw_val_class_const_implicit or
9180 dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit. */
9183 optimize_implicit_const (unsigned int first_id
, unsigned int end
,
9184 vec
<bool> &implicit_consts
)
9186 /* It never makes sense if there is just one DIE using the abbreviation. */
9187 if (end
< first_id
+ 2)
9192 dw_die_ref die
= sorted_abbrev_dies
[first_id
];
9193 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9194 if (implicit_consts
[ix
])
9196 enum dw_val_class new_class
= dw_val_class_none
;
9197 switch (AT_class (a
))
9199 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9200 if ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) AT_unsigned (a
) < 0)
9203 /* The .debug_abbrev section will grow by
9204 size_of_sleb128 (AT_unsigned (a)) and we avoid the constants
9205 in all the DIEs using that abbreviation. */
9206 if (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)) * (end
- first_id
)
9207 <= (unsigned) size_of_sleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
)))
9210 new_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
;
9213 case dw_val_class_const
:
9214 new_class
= dw_val_class_const_implicit
;
9217 case dw_val_class_file
:
9218 new_class
= dw_val_class_file_implicit
;
9224 for (i
= first_id
; i
< end
; i
++)
9225 (*sorted_abbrev_dies
[i
]->die_attr
)[ix
].dw_attr_val
.val_class
9230 /* Attempt to optimize abbreviation table from abbrev_opt_start
9231 abbreviation above. */
9234 optimize_abbrev_table (void)
9236 if (abbrev_opt_start
9237 && vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) > abbrev_opt_start
9238 && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) > 127))
9240 auto_vec
<bool, 32> implicit_consts
;
9241 sorted_abbrev_dies
.qsort (die_abbrev_cmp
);
9243 unsigned int abbrev_id
= abbrev_opt_start
- 1;
9244 unsigned int first_id
= ~0U;
9245 unsigned int last_abbrev_id
= 0;
9248 if (abbrev_opt_base_type_end
> abbrev_opt_start
)
9249 abbrev_id
= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
- 1;
9250 /* Reassign abbreviation ids from abbrev_opt_start above, so that
9251 most commonly used abbreviations come first. */
9252 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (sorted_abbrev_dies
, i
, die
)
9257 /* If calc_base_type_die_sizes has been called, the CU and
9258 base types after it can't be optimized, because we've already
9259 calculated their DIE offsets. We've sorted them first. */
9260 if (die
->die_abbrev
< abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9262 if (die
->die_abbrev
!= last_abbrev_id
)
9264 last_abbrev_id
= die
->die_abbrev
;
9265 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && first_id
!= ~0U)
9266 optimize_implicit_const (first_id
, i
, implicit_consts
);
9268 (*abbrev_die_table
)[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9269 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9272 implicit_consts
.truncate (0);
9274 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9275 switch (AT_class (a
))
9277 case dw_val_class_const
:
9278 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9279 case dw_val_class_file
:
9280 implicit_consts
.safe_push (true);
9283 implicit_consts
.safe_push (false);
9288 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9290 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9291 if (!implicit_consts
[ix
])
9295 dw_attr_node
*other_a
9296 = &(*(*abbrev_die_table
)[abbrev_id
]->die_attr
)[ix
];
9297 if (!dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_attr_val
,
9298 &other_a
->dw_attr_val
))
9299 implicit_consts
[ix
] = false;
9302 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9304 gcc_assert (abbrev_id
== vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) - 1);
9305 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && first_id
!= ~0U)
9306 optimize_implicit_const (first_id
, i
, implicit_consts
);
9309 abbrev_opt_start
= 0;
9310 abbrev_opt_base_type_end
= 0;
9311 abbrev_usage_count
.release ();
9312 sorted_abbrev_dies
.release ();
9315 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9318 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9325 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9328 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9333 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9334 .debug_info section. */
9336 static unsigned long
9337 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9339 unsigned long size
= 0;
9342 enum dwarf_form form
;
9344 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9345 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9347 switch (AT_class (a
))
9349 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9350 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
9352 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
9353 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9356 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9358 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9359 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9361 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9363 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9366 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9367 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
9369 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9373 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9374 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& dwarf_version
>= 5)
9376 gcc_assert (AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
);
9377 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_loc_list (a
)->hash
);
9380 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9382 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
9383 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9385 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9386 if (value_format (a
) == DW_FORM_rnglistx
)
9388 gcc_assert (rnglist_idx
);
9389 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
9390 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (r
->idx
);
9393 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9395 case dw_val_class_const
:
9396 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9398 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9400 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9401 if (dwarf_version
== 3
9402 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
9404 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
));
9409 case dw_val_class_symview
:
9410 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
9412 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
9414 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
9419 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
9420 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
9421 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
9422 /* These occupy no size in the DIE, just an extra sleb128 in
9425 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9426 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9427 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
9430 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
9431 size
+= (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
9432 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
9433 if (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
9434 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
> DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
9437 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9438 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9439 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9440 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9441 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9443 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9444 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9445 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9446 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9447 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9448 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9449 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9450 the same abbrev entry. */
9451 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
9455 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9456 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9458 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
9459 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9460 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9461 it's always sized as an offset. */
9462 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
9463 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
9464 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
9465 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9467 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9470 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9472 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9473 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9475 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9476 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
9478 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
9479 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9482 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9484 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9485 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9486 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
9487 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9489 case dw_val_class_str
:
9490 form
= AT_string_form (a
);
9491 if (form
== DW_FORM_strp
|| form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
)
9492 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9493 else if (form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
9494 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9496 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
9498 case dw_val_class_file
:
9499 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
9501 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9504 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9505 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9507 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
9508 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9510 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
9511 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
);
9513 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
9515 unsigned block_size
= size_of_discr_list (AT_discr_list (a
));
9517 /* This is a block, so we have the block length and then its
9519 size
+= constant_size (block_size
) + block_size
;
9530 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9531 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9532 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9533 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9536 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
9540 gcc_assert (die
->die_offset
== 0
9541 || (unsigned long int) die
->die_offset
== next_die_offset
);
9542 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
9543 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
9545 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
9547 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
9548 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
9549 next_die_offset
+= 1;
9552 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
9553 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
9554 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
9555 values for the base types. */
9558 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
9560 unsigned long die_offset
= (dwarf_split_debug_info
9561 ? DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
9562 : DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
);
9564 dw_die_ref base_type
;
9565 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
9566 dw_die_ref prev
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
;
9569 die_offset
+= size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
9570 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
9572 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
9573 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_offset
== 0
9574 && prev
->die_sib
== base_type
9575 && base_type
->die_child
== NULL
9576 && base_type
->die_abbrev
);
9579 if (abbrev_opt_start
9580 && base_type
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9581 abbrev_opt_base_type_end
= base_type
->die_abbrev
+ 1;
9582 base_type
->die_offset
= die_offset
;
9583 die_offset
+= size_of_die (base_type
);
9587 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
9588 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
9589 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
9590 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
9593 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9597 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
9600 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
9603 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
9606 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9610 if (! use_debug_types
)
9611 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
9614 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
9617 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
9620 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9630 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
9632 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9633 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9634 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
9637 /* Calculate if the entry should appear in the final output file. It may be
9638 from a pruned a type. */
9641 include_pubname_in_output (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *table
, pubname_entry
*p
)
9643 /* By limiting gnu pubnames to definitions only, gold can generate a
9644 gdb index without entries for declarations, which don't include
9645 enough information to be useful. */
9646 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2 && is_declaration_die (p
->die
))
9649 if (table
== pubname_table
)
9651 /* Enumerator names are part of the pubname table, but the
9652 parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die may have been pruned.
9653 Don't output them if that is the case. */
9654 if (p
->die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumerator
&&
9655 (p
->die
->die_parent
== NULL
9656 || !p
->die
->die_parent
->die_perennial_p
))
9659 /* Everything else in the pubname table is included. */
9663 /* The pubtypes table shouldn't include types that have been
9665 return (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
9666 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
);
9669 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
9670 generated for the compilation unit. */
9672 static unsigned long
9673 size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
9678 int space_for_flags
= (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2) ? 1 : 0;
9680 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
9681 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, p
)
9682 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, p
))
9683 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1 + space_for_flags
;
9685 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9689 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
9691 static unsigned long
9692 size_of_aranges (void)
9696 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
9698 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
9699 if (text_section_used
)
9700 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9701 if (cold_text_section_used
)
9702 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9703 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
9708 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
9710 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
9712 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
9713 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9714 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
9715 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9719 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
9720 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9724 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
9726 static enum dwarf_form
9727 value_format (dw_attr_node
*a
)
9729 switch (AT_class (a
))
9731 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9732 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
9737 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
9738 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
9739 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
9740 ? DW_FORM_addr
: dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_addrx
));
9744 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9747 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9749 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9751 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9753 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9757 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9758 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
9759 && dwarf_version
>= 5
9760 && AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
)
9761 return DW_FORM_loclistx
;
9763 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
9764 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9765 /* For range lists in DWARF 5, use DW_FORM_rnglistx from .debug_info.dwo
9766 but in .debug_info use DW_FORM_sec_offset, which is shorter if we
9767 care about sizes of .debug* sections in shared libraries and
9768 executables and don't take into account relocations that affect just
9769 relocatable objects - for DW_FORM_rnglistx we'd have to emit offset
9770 table in the .debug_rnglists section. */
9771 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
9772 && dwarf_version
>= 5
9773 && AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_range_list
9775 && a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
!= RELOCATED_OFFSET
)
9776 return DW_FORM_rnglistx
;
9777 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9778 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
9780 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9781 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9782 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
9785 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9787 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9791 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9792 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9793 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
9794 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
9797 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9799 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9801 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9805 case dw_val_class_const
:
9806 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
9807 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9808 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
9811 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9813 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9815 /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
9816 DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
9817 constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
9818 a large constant. */
9819 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
9820 return DW_FORM_udata
;
9821 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9823 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
9824 return DW_FORM_udata
;
9825 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9829 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
9830 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
9831 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
9832 return DW_FORM_implicit_const
;
9833 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9834 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9837 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9839 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9841 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9843 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9844 return DW_FORM_data16
;
9847 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9849 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
9850 switch (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9853 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9855 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9857 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9859 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9861 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9862 return DW_FORM_data16
;
9865 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9867 case dw_val_class_symview
:
9868 /* ??? We might use uleb128, but then we'd have to compute
9869 .debug_info offsets in the assembler. */
9870 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
9871 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9872 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
9873 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9874 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
9875 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9877 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9878 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9879 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9880 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9883 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9885 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9887 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9891 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9892 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9894 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9895 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9896 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9897 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9898 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9899 the same abbrev entry. */
9900 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
9901 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
9903 return DW_FORM_flag
;
9904 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9905 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9907 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
9908 return DW_FORM_ref_sig8
;
9910 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
9914 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9915 return DW_FORM_data
;
9916 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9917 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
9918 ? DW_FORM_addr
: dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_addrx
));
9919 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9920 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9921 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
9922 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
9923 case dw_val_class_str
:
9924 return AT_string_form (a
);
9925 case dw_val_class_file
:
9926 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
9929 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9931 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9933 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9938 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9939 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9941 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
9942 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9945 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9947 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9949 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9951 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9956 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
9957 return (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.pos
9960 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
9961 switch (constant_size (size_of_discr_list (AT_discr_list (a
))))
9964 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9966 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9968 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9978 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
9981 output_value_format (dw_attr_node
*a
)
9983 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
9985 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
9988 /* Given a die and id, produce the appropriate abbreviations. */
9991 output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long abbrev_id
, dw_die_ref abbrev
)
9994 dw_attr_node
*a_attr
;
9996 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
9997 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
9998 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10000 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10001 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10005 for (ix
= 0; vec_safe_iterate (abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, &a_attr
); ix
++)
10007 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10008 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10009 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10010 if (value_format (a_attr
) == DW_FORM_implicit_const
)
10012 if (AT_class (a_attr
) == dw_val_class_file_implicit
)
10014 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10015 const char *filename
= a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
;
10016 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (f
, "(%s)", filename
);
10019 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
, NULL
);
10023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10028 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10032 output_abbrev_section (void)
10034 unsigned int abbrev_id
;
10037 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (abbrev_die_table
, abbrev_id
, abbrev
)
10038 if (abbrev_id
!= 0)
10039 output_die_abbrevs (abbrev_id
, abbrev
);
10041 /* Terminate the table. */
10042 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10045 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10048 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10049 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, var_loc_view vbegin
,
10050 const char *end
, var_loc_view vend
,
10051 const char *section
)
10053 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_list_node
> ();
10055 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10056 retlist
->begin_entry
= NULL
;
10057 retlist
->end
= end
;
10058 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10059 retlist
->section
= section
;
10060 retlist
->vbegin
= vbegin
;
10061 retlist
->vend
= vend
;
10066 /* Return true iff there's any nonzero view number in the loc list.
10068 ??? When views are not enabled, we'll often extend a single range
10069 to the entire function, so that we emit a single location
10070 expression rather than a location list. With views, even with a
10071 single range, we'll output a list if start or end have a nonzero
10072 view. If we change this, we may want to stop splitting a single
10073 range in dw_loc_list just because of a nonzero view, even if it
10074 straddles across hot/cold partitions. */
10077 loc_list_has_views (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10079 if (!debug_variable_location_views
)
10082 for (dw_loc_list_ref loc
= list
;
10083 loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
10084 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (loc
->vbegin
) || !ZERO_VIEW_P (loc
->vend
))
10090 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10091 hasn't got one yet. */
10094 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10096 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10097 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10099 if (!loc_list_has_views (list
))
10102 if (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
10104 /* Use the same label_num for the view list. */
10106 list
->vl_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LVUS");
10109 list
->vl_symbol
= list
->ll_symbol
;
10112 /* Generate a symbol for the list, but only if we really want to emit
10116 maybe_gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10118 if (!list
|| (!list
->dw_loc_next
&& !loc_list_has_views (list
)))
10124 /* Determine whether or not to skip loc_list entry CURR. If SIZEP is
10125 NULL, don't consider size of the location expression. If we're not
10126 to skip it, and SIZEP is non-null, store the size of CURR->expr's
10127 representation in *SIZEP. */
10130 skip_loc_list_entry (dw_loc_list_ref curr
, unsigned long *sizep
= NULL
)
10132 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10133 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0
10134 && curr
->vbegin
== curr
->vend
&& !curr
->force
)
10140 unsigned long size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10142 /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could
10143 perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that
10144 in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value
10145 in a single range are unlikely very useful. */
10146 if (dwarf_version
< 5 && size
> 0xffff)
10154 /* Output a view pair loclist entry for CURR, if it requires one. */
10157 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (dw_loc_list_ref curr
)
10159 if (!dwarf2out_locviews_in_loclist ())
10162 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
) && ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10165 #ifdef DW_LLE_view_pair
10166 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_view_pair
, "DW_LLE_view_pair");
10168 if (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
)
10170 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
))
10171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Location view begin");
10174 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10175 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vbegin
);
10176 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
, "Location view begin");
10179 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Location view end");
10183 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10184 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vend
);
10185 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
, "Location view end");
10190 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vbegin
, "Location view begin");
10191 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vend
, "Location view end");
10193 #endif /* DW_LLE_view_pair */
10198 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10201 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10203 int vcount
= 0, lcount
= 0;
10205 if (list_head
->emitted
)
10207 list_head
->emitted
= true;
10209 if (list_head
->vl_symbol
&& dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
10211 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10213 for (dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
;
10214 curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10216 unsigned long size
;
10218 if (skip_loc_list_entry (curr
, &size
))
10223 /* ?? dwarf_split_debug_info? */
10224 if (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
)
10226 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10228 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
))
10230 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vbegin
);
10231 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
,
10232 "View list begin (%s)",
10233 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10236 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0,
10237 "View list begin (%s)",
10238 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10240 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10242 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vend
);
10243 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
,
10244 "View list end (%s)",
10245 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10248 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0,
10249 "View list end (%s)",
10250 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vbegin
,
10255 "View list begin (%s)",
10256 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vend
,
10258 "View list end (%s)",
10259 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10264 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10266 const char *last_section
= NULL
;
10267 const char *base_label
= NULL
;
10269 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10270 for (dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
;
10271 curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10273 unsigned long size
;
10275 /* Skip this entry? If we skip it here, we must skip it in the
10276 view list above as well. */
10277 if (skip_loc_list_entry (curr
, &size
))
10282 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10284 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10286 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10287 /* For -gsplit-dwarf, emit DW_LLE_starx_length, which has
10288 uleb128 index into .debug_addr and uleb128 length. */
10289 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_startx_length
,
10290 "DW_LLE_startx_length (%s)",
10291 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10292 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->begin_entry
->index
,
10293 "Location list range start index "
10294 "(%s)", curr
->begin
);
10295 /* FIXME: This will ICE ifndef HAVE_AS_LEB128.
10296 For that case we probably need to emit DW_LLE_startx_endx,
10297 but we'd need 2 .debug_addr entries rather than just one. */
10298 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10299 "Location list length (%s)",
10300 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10302 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections
&& HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
10304 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10305 /* If all code is in .text section, the base address is
10306 already provided by the CU attributes. Use
10307 DW_LLE_offset_pair where both addresses are uleb128 encoded
10308 offsets against that base. */
10309 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_offset_pair
,
10310 "DW_LLE_offset_pair (%s)",
10311 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10312 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10313 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10314 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10315 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10316 "Location list end address (%s)",
10317 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10319 else if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
10321 /* Otherwise, find out how many consecutive entries could share
10322 the same base entry. If just one, emit DW_LLE_start_length,
10323 otherwise emit DW_LLE_base_address for the base address
10324 followed by a series of DW_LLE_offset_pair. */
10325 if (last_section
== NULL
|| curr
->section
!= last_section
)
10327 dw_loc_list_ref curr2
;
10328 for (curr2
= curr
->dw_loc_next
; curr2
!= NULL
;
10329 curr2
= curr2
->dw_loc_next
)
10331 if (strcmp (curr2
->begin
, curr2
->end
) == 0
10336 if (curr2
== NULL
|| curr
->section
!= curr2
->section
)
10337 last_section
= NULL
;
10340 last_section
= curr
->section
;
10341 base_label
= curr
->begin
;
10342 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_base_address
,
10343 "DW_LLE_base_address (%s)",
10344 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10345 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, base_label
,
10346 "Base address (%s)",
10347 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10350 /* Only one entry with the same base address. Use
10351 DW_LLE_start_length with absolute address and uleb128
10353 if (last_section
== NULL
)
10355 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10356 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_start_length
,
10357 "DW_LLE_start_length (%s)",
10358 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10359 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10360 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10361 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10362 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10363 "Location list length "
10364 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10366 /* Otherwise emit DW_LLE_offset_pair, relative to above emitted
10367 DW_LLE_base_address. */
10370 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10371 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_offset_pair
,
10372 "DW_LLE_offset_pair (%s)",
10373 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10374 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->begin
, base_label
,
10375 "Location list begin address "
10376 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10377 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, base_label
,
10378 "Location list end address "
10379 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10382 /* The assembler does not support .uleb128 directive. Emit
10383 DW_LLE_start_end with a pair of absolute addresses. */
10386 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_start_end
,
10388 "DW_LLE_start_end (%s)",
10389 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10390 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10391 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10392 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10393 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10394 "Location list end address (%s)",
10395 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10398 else if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10400 /* For -gsplit-dwarf -gdwarf-{2,3,4} emit index into .debug_addr
10401 and 4 byte length. */
10402 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_start_length_entry
,
10403 "Location list start/length entry (%s)",
10404 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10405 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->begin_entry
->index
,
10406 "Location list range start index (%s)",
10408 /* The length field is 4 bytes. If we ever need to support
10409 an 8-byte length, we can add a new DW_LLE code or fall back
10410 to DW_LLE_GNU_start_end_entry. */
10411 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10412 "Location list range length (%s)",
10413 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10415 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10417 /* Pair of relative addresses against start of text section. */
10418 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10419 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10420 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10421 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10422 "Location list end address (%s)",
10423 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10427 /* Pair of absolute addresses. */
10428 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10429 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10430 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10431 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10432 "Location list end address (%s)",
10433 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10436 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10437 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10438 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Location expression size");
10441 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10442 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "Location expression size");
10445 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
10448 /* And finally list termination. */
10449 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10450 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_end_of_list
,
10451 "DW_LLE_end_of_list (%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10452 else if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_end_of_list_entry
,
10454 "Location list terminator (%s)",
10455 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10458 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10459 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10460 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10461 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10462 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10463 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10466 gcc_assert (!list_head
->vl_symbol
10467 || vcount
== lcount
* (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute () ? 1 : 0));
10470 /* Output a range_list offset into the .debug_ranges or .debug_rnglists
10471 section. Emit a relocated reference if val_entry is NULL, otherwise,
10472 emit an indirect reference. */
10475 output_range_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10477 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10479 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
== RELOCATED_OFFSET
)
10481 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10483 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
10484 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, r
->label
,
10485 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10489 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10490 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10491 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
10492 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10493 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10497 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10499 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
10500 gcc_assert (rnglist_idx
);
10501 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
->idx
, "%s", name
);
10504 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10505 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10506 "%s (offset from %s)", name
, ranges_section_label
);
10509 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
10512 output_loc_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10514 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10517 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10518 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10519 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10520 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10522 gcc_assert (AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
);
10523 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_loc_list (a
)->hash
, "%s (%s)",
10524 dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
),
10528 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, loc_section_label
,
10529 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10532 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
10535 output_view_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10537 char *sym
= (*AT_loc_list_ptr (a
))->vl_symbol
;
10540 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10541 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, loc_section_label
,
10542 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10544 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10545 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10548 /* Output an attribute's index or value appropriately. */
10551 output_attr_index_or_value (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10553 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10555 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
10557 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
), "%s", name
);
10560 switch (AT_class (a
))
10562 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10563 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10565 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
10566 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10567 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10570 gcc_unreachable ();
10574 /* Output a type signature. */
10577 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10581 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10582 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10585 /* Output a discriminant value. */
10588 output_discr_value (dw_discr_value
*discr_value
, const char *name
)
10590 if (discr_value
->pos
)
10591 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (discr_value
->v
.uval
, "%s", name
);
10593 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (discr_value
->v
.sval
, "%s", name
);
10596 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10597 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10600 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10604 unsigned long size
;
10607 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10608 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10609 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10611 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10613 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10615 switch (AT_class (a
))
10617 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10618 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
10621 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10622 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10626 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10627 output_range_list_offset (a
);
10630 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10631 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10633 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10634 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10635 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
10637 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10639 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
10642 case dw_val_class_const
:
10643 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10644 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10645 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10646 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10649 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10651 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10652 if (dwarf_version
== 3
10653 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
10655 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10657 dw2_asm_output_data (csize
, AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10661 case dw_val_class_symview
:
10664 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
10666 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
10668 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
10672 dw2_asm_output_addr (vsize
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_symbolic_view
,
10677 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
10678 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10679 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s ("
10680 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
")\n",
10681 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
, AT_int (a
));
10684 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
10685 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10686 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s ("
10687 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
")\n",
10688 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
, AT_unsigned (a
));
10691 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10693 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10695 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
10696 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10697 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
10698 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10701 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10703 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10704 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10708 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10709 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10712 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10713 first
, "%s", name
);
10714 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10719 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
10722 int len
= get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
);
10723 int l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10724 if (len
* HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
> DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
10725 dw2_asm_output_data (1, get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
10728 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10729 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10731 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
10736 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
10738 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
10745 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10747 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10748 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10752 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10753 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10754 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10759 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10761 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10762 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10763 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10767 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10768 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10770 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10771 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10772 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10773 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10774 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10775 the same abbrev entry. */
10776 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
10777 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10778 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10779 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
10782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10785 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10786 output_loc_list_offset (a
);
10789 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
10790 output_view_list_offset (a
);
10793 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10794 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10796 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
10798 comdat_type_node
*type_node
10799 = AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10801 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10802 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10806 const char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10810 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10811 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10813 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10814 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10816 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10817 /* ??? We cannot unconditionally output die_offset if
10818 non-zero - others might create references to those
10820 And we do not clear its DIE offset after outputting it
10821 (and the label refers to the actual DIEs, not the
10822 DWARF CU unit header which is when using label + offset
10823 would be the correct thing to do).
10824 ??? This is the reason for the with_offset flag. */
10825 if (AT_ref (a
)->with_offset
)
10826 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10827 debug_info_section
, "%s", name
);
10829 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10835 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10836 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10841 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10843 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10845 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10846 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10847 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10852 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10853 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA
10854 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10855 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
10858 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10859 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
10864 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10865 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
10868 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10869 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10870 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10873 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10874 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10875 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10878 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
10879 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10880 debug_loc_section
, "%s", name
);
10883 case dw_val_class_str
:
10884 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
10885 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10886 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10888 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10889 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
)
10890 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10891 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10892 debug_line_str_section
,
10893 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10894 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
10895 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
),
10896 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10898 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10901 case dw_val_class_file
:
10903 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10905 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10906 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10910 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
10911 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10912 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s (%d, %s)\n",
10913 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
,
10914 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
),
10915 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10918 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10922 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10924 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10928 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
10929 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10930 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "DW_AT_high_pc");
10933 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
10934 output_discr_value (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
, name
);
10937 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
10939 dw_discr_list_ref list
= AT_discr_list (a
);
10940 const int size
= size_of_discr_list (list
);
10942 /* This is a block, so output its length first. */
10943 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
,
10944 "%s: block size", name
);
10946 for (; list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->dw_discr_next
)
10948 /* One byte for the discriminant value descriptor, and then as
10949 many LEB128 numbers as required. */
10950 if (list
->dw_discr_range
)
10951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_DSC_range
,
10952 "%s: DW_DSC_range", name
);
10954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_DSC_label
,
10955 "%s: DW_DSC_label", name
);
10957 output_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_lower_bound
, name
);
10958 if (list
->dw_discr_range
)
10959 output_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_upper_bound
, name
);
10965 gcc_unreachable ();
10969 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10971 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10972 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10974 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10977 /* Output the dwarf version number. */
10980 output_dwarf_version ()
10982 /* ??? For now, if -gdwarf-6 is specified, we output version 5 with
10983 views in loclist. That will change eventually. */
10984 if (dwarf_version
== 6)
10989 warning (0, "%<-gdwarf-6%> is output as version 5 with "
10990 "incompatibilities");
10993 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF version number");
10996 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
, "DWARF version number");
10999 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11000 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11003 output_compilation_unit_header (enum dwarf_unit_type ut
)
11005 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11007 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11008 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11009 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11010 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11011 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11012 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11015 output_dwarf_version ();
11016 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11021 case DW_UT_compile
: name
= "DW_UT_compile"; break;
11022 case DW_UT_type
: name
= "DW_UT_type"; break;
11023 case DW_UT_split_compile
: name
= "DW_UT_split_compile"; break;
11024 case DW_UT_split_type
: name
= "DW_UT_split_type"; break;
11025 default: gcc_unreachable ();
11027 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ut
, "%s", name
);
11028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11030 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11031 debug_abbrev_section
,
11032 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11033 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
11034 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11037 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11040 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
,
11041 const unsigned char *dwo_id
)
11043 const char *secname
, *oldsym
;
11046 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11047 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11050 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11051 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11052 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11053 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11054 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11057 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (die
);
11059 /* For now, optimize only the main CU, in order to optimize the rest
11060 we'd need to see all of them earlier. Leave the rest for post-linking
11062 if (die
== comp_unit_die ())
11063 abbrev_opt_start
= vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
);
11065 build_abbrev_table (die
, extern_map
);
11067 optimize_abbrev_table ();
11071 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11072 next_die_offset
= (dwo_id
11073 ? DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
11074 : DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
);
11075 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11077 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11078 if (oldsym
&& die
->comdat_type_p
)
11080 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11082 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11084 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11085 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11089 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11090 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11091 info_section_emitted
= true;
11094 /* For LTO cross unit DIE refs we want a symbol on the start of the
11095 debuginfo section, not on the CU DIE. */
11096 if ((flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
) && oldsym
)
11098 /* ??? No way to get visibility assembled without a decl. */
11099 tree decl
= build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION
, VAR_DECL
,
11100 get_identifier (oldsym
), char_type_node
);
11101 TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) = true;
11102 TREE_STATIC (decl
) = true;
11103 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
) = true;
11104 DECL_VISIBILITY (decl
) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
;
11105 DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl
) = true;
11106 targetm
.asm_out
.assemble_visibility (decl
, VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
);
11107 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
11108 /* We prefer a .weak because that handles duplicates from duplicate
11109 archive members in a graceful way. */
11110 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11112 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11114 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11117 /* Output debugging information. */
11118 output_compilation_unit_header (dwo_id
11119 ? DW_UT_split_compile
: DW_UT_compile
);
11120 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11122 if (dwo_id
!= NULL
)
11123 for (int i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11124 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dwo_id
[i
], i
== 0 ? "DWO id" : NULL
);
11128 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11129 output_pubnames. */
11133 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11137 /* Whether to generate the DWARF accelerator tables in .debug_pubnames
11138 and .debug_pubtypes. This is configured per-target, but can be
11139 overridden by the -gpubnames or -gno-pubnames options. */
11142 want_pubnames (void)
11144 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11145 /* Names and types go to the early debug part only. */
11148 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
!= -1)
11149 return debug_generate_pub_sections
;
11150 return targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
;
11153 /* Add the DW_AT_GNU_pubnames and DW_AT_GNU_pubtypes attributes. */
11156 add_AT_pubnames (dw_die_ref die
)
11158 if (want_pubnames ())
11159 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_pubnames
, 1);
11162 /* Add a string attribute value to a skeleton DIE. */
11165 add_skeleton_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
11169 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
11171 if (! skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
11172 skeleton_debug_str_hash
11173 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
11175 node
= find_AT_string_in_table (str
, skeleton_debug_str_hash
);
11176 find_string_form (node
);
11177 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
11178 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
11180 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
11181 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
11182 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
11183 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
11184 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
11187 /* Helper function to generate top-level dies for skeleton debug_info and
11191 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (dw_die_ref die
)
11193 const char *dwo_file_name
= concat (aux_base_name
, ".dwo", NULL
);
11194 const char *comp_dir
= comp_dir_string ();
11196 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_dwo_name
), dwo_file_name
);
11197 if (comp_dir
!= NULL
)
11198 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, comp_dir
);
11199 add_AT_pubnames (die
);
11200 if (addr_index_table
!= NULL
&& addr_index_table
->size () > 0)
11201 add_AT_lineptr (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_addr_base
), debug_addr_section_label
);
11204 /* Output skeleton debug sections that point to the dwo file. */
11207 output_skeleton_debug_sections (dw_die_ref comp_unit
,
11208 const unsigned char *dwo_id
)
11210 /* These attributes will be found in the full debug_info section. */
11211 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_producer
);
11212 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_language
);
11214 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_info_section
);
11215 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
);
11217 /* Produce the skeleton compilation-unit header. This one differs enough from
11218 a normal CU header that it's better not to call output_compilation_unit
11220 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11221 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11222 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit "
11223 "DWARF extension");
11225 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11226 DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
11227 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
11228 + size_of_die (comp_unit
),
11229 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11230 output_dwarf_version ();
11231 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11233 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_UT_skeleton
, "DW_UT_skeleton");
11234 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11236 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
11237 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
,
11238 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11239 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
11240 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11242 for (int i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11243 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dwo_id
[i
], i
== 0 ? "DWO id" : NULL
);
11245 comp_unit
->die_abbrev
= SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
;
11246 output_die (comp_unit
);
11248 /* Build the skeleton debug_abbrev section. */
11249 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
);
11250 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
);
11252 output_die_abbrevs (SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
, comp_unit
);
11254 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of skeleton .debug_abbrev");
11257 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11260 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
,
11261 bool early_lto_debug ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11263 const char *secname
;
11266 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11270 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11271 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11273 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (node
->root_die
);
11275 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
, extern_map
);
11280 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11281 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11282 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11284 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11285 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11287 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11288 secname
= early_lto_debug
? DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
11290 secname
= (early_lto_debug
11291 ? DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
);
11293 else if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11294 secname
= early_lto_debug
? ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_types" : ".debug_types";
11296 secname
= (early_lto_debug
11297 ? ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_types.dwo" : ".debug_types.dwo");
11299 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11300 sprintf (tmp
, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? "wi." : "wt.");
11301 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11302 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11303 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11304 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11305 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11308 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11309 sprintf (tmp
, (dwarf_version
>= 5
11310 ? ".gnu.linkonce.wi." : ".gnu.linkonce.wt."));
11311 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11312 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11314 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11317 /* Output debugging information. */
11318 output_compilation_unit_header (dwarf_split_debug_info
11319 ? DW_UT_split_type
: DW_UT_type
);
11320 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11321 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11322 "Offset to Type DIE");
11323 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11325 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11328 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11330 static const char *
11331 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11333 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11335 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11338 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11341 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11346 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11347 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
11351 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11353 if (!want_pubnames ())
11356 /* Don't add items to the table when we expect that the consumer will have
11357 just read the enclosing die. For example, if the consumer is looking at a
11358 class_member, it will either be inside the class already, or will have just
11359 looked up the class to find the member. Either way, searching the class is
11360 faster than searching the index. */
11361 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) && !class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
))
11362 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
11364 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11367 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11371 /* Add an enumerator to the pubnames section. */
11374 add_enumerator_pubname (const char *scope_name
, dw_die_ref die
)
11378 gcc_assert (scope_name
);
11379 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
), NULL
);
11381 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
11384 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11387 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11391 if (!want_pubnames ())
11394 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11395 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
11396 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11399 const char *scope_name
= "";
11400 const char *sep
= is_cxx () ? "::" : ".";
11403 scope
= TYPE_P (decl
) ? TYPE_CONTEXT (decl
) : NULL
;
11404 if (scope
&& TREE_CODE (scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11406 scope_name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (scope
, 1);
11407 if (scope_name
!= NULL
&& scope_name
[0] != '\0')
11408 scope_name
= concat (scope_name
, sep
, NULL
);
11414 name
= type_tag (decl
);
11416 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1);
11418 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11419 it to the table. */
11420 if (name
!= NULL
&& name
[0] != '\0')
11423 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, name
, NULL
);
11424 vec_safe_push (pubtype_table
, e
);
11427 /* Although it might be more consistent to add the pubinfo for the
11428 enumerators as their dies are created, they should only be added if the
11429 enum type meets the criteria above. So rather than re-check the parent
11430 enum type whenever an enumerator die is created, just output them all
11431 here. This isn't protected by the name conditional because anonymous
11432 enums don't have names. */
11433 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumeration_type
)
11437 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_enumerator_pubname (scope_name
, c
));
11442 /* Output a single entry in the pubnames table. */
11445 output_pubname (dw_offset die_offset
, pubname_entry
*entry
)
11447 dw_die_ref die
= entry
->die
;
11448 int is_static
= get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_external
) ? 0 : 1;
11450 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, die_offset
, "DIE offset");
11452 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2)
11454 /* This logic follows gdb's method for determining the value of the flag
11456 uint32_t flags
= GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_NONE
;
11457 switch (die
->die_tag
)
11459 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
11460 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
11461 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
11462 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11463 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11465 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
11466 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11467 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11469 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11471 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
11472 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11473 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_FUNCTION
);
11475 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11477 case DW_TAG_constant
:
11478 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11479 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11480 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11482 case DW_TAG_variable
:
11483 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11484 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11485 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11487 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
11488 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
11489 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11491 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
11492 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
11493 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
11494 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
11495 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
11496 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11498 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11501 /* An unusual tag. Leave the flag-byte empty. */
11504 dw2_asm_output_data (1, flags
>> GDB_INDEX_CU_BITSIZE
,
11505 "GDB-index flags");
11508 dw2_asm_output_nstring (entry
->name
, -1, "external name");
11512 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11513 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11516 output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
11519 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11520 pubname_entry
*pub
;
11522 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11524 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11525 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11526 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11527 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11528 "Pub Info Length");
11531 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is independent of dwarf version. */
11532 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF pubnames/pubtypes version");
11534 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11535 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
11536 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
11537 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11539 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11540 debug_info_section
,
11541 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11542 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11543 "Compilation Unit Length");
11545 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, pub
)
11547 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, pub
))
11549 dw_offset die_offset
= pub
->die
->die_offset
;
11551 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11552 if (names
== pubname_table
&& pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
11553 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11555 /* If we're putting types in their own .debug_types sections,
11556 the .debug_pubtypes table will still point to the compile
11557 unit (not the type unit), so we want to use the offset of
11558 the skeleton DIE (if there is one). */
11559 if (pub
->die
->comdat_type_p
&& names
== pubtype_table
)
11561 comdat_type_node
*type_node
= pub
->die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11563 if (type_node
!= NULL
)
11564 die_offset
= (type_node
->skeleton_die
!= NULL
11565 ? type_node
->skeleton_die
->die_offset
11566 : comp_unit_die ()->die_offset
);
11569 output_pubname (die_offset
, pub
);
11573 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11576 /* Output public names and types tables if necessary. */
11579 output_pubtables (void)
11581 if (!want_pubnames () || !info_section_emitted
)
11584 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
11585 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
11586 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
11587 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
11588 simply won't look for the section. */
11589 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
11590 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
11594 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11595 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11596 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11599 output_aranges (void)
11602 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
11604 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11606 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11607 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11608 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11609 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11610 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11613 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even up to DWARF5. */
11614 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF aranges version");
11615 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11616 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
11617 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
11618 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11620 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11621 debug_info_section
,
11622 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11626 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11627 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11629 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11632 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11633 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11634 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11637 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11638 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11639 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11640 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11641 confused with the terminator. */
11642 if (text_section_used
)
11644 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11645 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11646 text_section_label
, "Length");
11648 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11650 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11652 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11653 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11656 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
11661 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
11663 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
11665 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
11667 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
11669 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
11670 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, "Length");
11672 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
11674 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
11676 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
11677 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, "Length");
11682 /* Output the terminator words. */
11683 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11684 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11687 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return its index into
11688 ranges_table vector. */
11690 static unsigned int
11691 add_ranges_num (int num
, bool maybe_new_sec
)
11693 dw_ranges r
= { NULL
, num
, 0, maybe_new_sec
};
11694 vec_safe_push (ranges_table
, r
);
11695 return vec_safe_length (ranges_table
) - 1;
11698 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11699 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. MAYBE_NEW_SEC is true if
11700 this entry might be in a different section from previous range. */
11702 static unsigned int
11703 add_ranges (const_tree block
, bool maybe_new_sec
)
11705 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0, maybe_new_sec
);
11708 /* Note that (*rnglist_table)[offset] is either a head of a rnglist
11709 chain, or middle entry of a chain that will be directly referred to. */
11712 note_rnglist_head (unsigned int offset
)
11714 if (dwarf_version
< 5 || (*ranges_table
)[offset
].label
)
11716 (*ranges_table
)[offset
].label
= gen_internal_sym ("LLRL");
11719 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of labels.
11720 When using dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined
11721 for the final executable should be direct references--setting the
11722 parameter force_direct ensures this behavior. */
11725 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11726 bool *added
, bool force_direct
)
11728 unsigned int in_use
= vec_safe_length (ranges_by_label
);
11729 unsigned int offset
;
11730 dw_ranges_by_label rbl
= { begin
, end
};
11731 vec_safe_push (ranges_by_label
, rbl
);
11732 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1, true);
11735 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
, force_direct
);
11737 note_rnglist_head (offset
);
11741 /* Emit .debug_ranges section. */
11744 output_ranges (void)
11747 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11748 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11751 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
11752 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
11753 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11755 int block_num
= r
->num
;
11759 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11760 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11762 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11763 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11765 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11766 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11767 base of the text section. */
11768 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11770 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11771 text_section_label
,
11772 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11773 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11774 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11777 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11778 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11779 about whether the target supports cross-section
11783 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11784 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11785 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11791 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11792 else if (block_num
< 0)
11794 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11796 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11798 gcc_unreachable ();
11800 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11801 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11802 the #if 0 above. */
11803 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11804 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
,
11805 text_section_label
,
11806 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11807 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11808 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
,
11809 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11814 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11815 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
,
11816 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11817 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11818 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
,
11824 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11825 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11831 /* Non-zero if .debug_line_str should be used for .debug_line section
11832 strings or strings that are likely shareable with those. */
11833 #define DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR \
11834 (!DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET \
11835 && (DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) != 0 \
11836 /* FIXME: there is no .debug_line_str.dwo section, \
11837 for -gsplit-dwarf we should use DW_FORM_strx instead. */ \
11838 && !dwarf_split_debug_info)
11840 /* Assign .debug_rnglists indexes. */
11843 index_rnglists (void)
11848 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11850 r
->idx
= rnglist_idx
++;
11853 /* Emit .debug_rnglists section. */
11856 output_rnglists (unsigned generation
)
11860 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11861 char l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11862 char basebuf
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11864 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
11865 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
11866 /* There are up to 4 unique ranges labels per generation.
11867 See also init_sections_and_labels. */
11868 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
11869 2 + generation
* 4);
11870 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
11871 3 + generation
* 4);
11872 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11873 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11874 "Initial length escape value indicating "
11875 "64-bit DWARF extension");
11876 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11877 "Length of Range Lists");
11878 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11879 output_dwarf_version ();
11880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
11881 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
11882 /* Emit the offset table only for -gsplit-dwarf. If we don't care
11883 about relocation sizes and primarily care about the size of .debug*
11884 sections in linked shared libraries and executables, then
11885 the offset table plus corresponding DW_FORM_rnglistx uleb128 indexes
11886 into it are usually larger than just DW_FORM_sec_offset offsets
11887 into the .debug_rnglists section. */
11888 dw2_asm_output_data (4, dwarf_split_debug_info
? rnglist_idx
: 0,
11889 "Offset Entry Count");
11890 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11892 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_base_label
);
11893 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11895 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, r
->label
,
11896 ranges_base_label
, NULL
);
11899 const char *lab
= "";
11900 unsigned int len
= vec_safe_length (ranges_table
);
11901 const char *base
= NULL
;
11902 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11904 int block_num
= r
->num
;
11908 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, r
->label
);
11911 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
&& (r
->label
|| r
->maybe_new_sec
))
11915 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11916 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11919 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11921 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
11923 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11924 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11925 base of the text section. */
11926 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_offset_pair
,
11929 "DW_RLE_offset_pair (%s)", lab
);
11930 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (blabel
, text_section_label
,
11931 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11932 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, text_section_label
,
11933 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11938 dw_ranges
*r2
= NULL
;
11940 r2
= &(*ranges_table
)[i
+ 1];
11943 && r2
->label
== NULL
11944 && !r2
->maybe_new_sec
)
11946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_base_address
,
11947 "DW_RLE_base_address (%s)", lab
);
11948 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11949 "Base address (%s)", lab
);
11950 strcpy (basebuf
, blabel
);
11956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_offset_pair
,
11957 "DW_RLE_offset_pair (%s)", lab
);
11958 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (blabel
, base
,
11959 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11960 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, base
,
11961 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_length
,
11965 "DW_RLE_start_length (%s)", lab
);
11966 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11967 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11968 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, blabel
,
11969 "Range length (%s)", lab
);
11973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_end
,
11974 "DW_RLE_start_end (%s)", lab
);
11975 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11976 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11977 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11978 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11982 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11983 else if (block_num
< 0)
11985 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11986 const char *blabel
= (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
;
11987 const char *elabel
= (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
;
11989 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11990 gcc_unreachable ();
11991 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
11993 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_length
,
11994 "DW_RLE_start_length (%s)", lab
);
11995 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11996 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11997 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, blabel
,
11998 "Range length (%s)", lab
);
12002 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_end
,
12003 "DW_RLE_start_end (%s)", lab
);
12004 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
12005 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
12006 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
12007 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
12011 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_end_of_list
,
12012 "DW_RLE_end_of_list (%s)", lab
);
12014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12017 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
12020 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
12021 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
12022 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
12023 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
12024 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
12027 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
12031 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
12032 int length
; /* Path length. */
12033 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
12034 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
12035 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
12038 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
12039 the directories in the path. */
12042 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
12044 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
12045 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
12046 const unsigned char *cp1
;
12047 const unsigned char *cp2
;
12049 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
12050 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
12051 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
12052 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
12053 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. We want the one with
12054 the directory to sort after the one without, so all no directory files
12055 are at the start (normally only the compilation unit file). */
12056 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
12057 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
12059 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
12060 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
12066 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above,
12067 but now we want longer directory prefixes before shorter ones. */
12068 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
12069 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
12070 return ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
12071 - (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
));
12073 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12074 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
12075 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
12079 struct file_name_acquire_data
12081 struct file_info
*files
;
12086 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12089 file_name_acquire (dwarf_file_data
**slot
, file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
)
12091 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
12092 struct file_info
*fi
;
12095 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
12097 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
12100 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
12102 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
12104 f
= remap_debug_filename (d
->filename
);
12106 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12107 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
12110 /* Create a new array entry. */
12112 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
12115 /* Search for the file name part. */
12116 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
12117 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12119 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
12123 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
12129 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
12133 /* Helper function for output_file_names. Emit a FORM encoded
12134 string STR, with assembly comment start ENTRY_KIND and
12138 output_line_string (enum dwarf_form form
, const char *str
,
12139 const char *entry_kind
, unsigned int idx
)
12143 case DW_FORM_string
:
12144 dw2_asm_output_nstring (str
, -1, "%s: %#x", entry_kind
, idx
);
12146 case DW_FORM_line_strp
:
12147 if (!debug_line_str_hash
)
12148 debug_line_str_hash
12149 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
12151 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
12152 node
= find_AT_string_in_table (str
, debug_line_str_hash
);
12153 set_indirect_string (node
);
12155 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->label
,
12156 debug_line_str_section
, "%s: %#x: \"%s\"",
12157 entry_kind
, 0, node
->str
);
12160 gcc_unreachable ();
12164 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12165 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12166 slowdowns with many input files. */
12169 output_file_names (void)
12171 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
12173 struct file_info
*files
;
12174 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
12182 if (!last_emitted_file
)
12184 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12186 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Directory entry format count");
12187 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Directories count");
12188 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "File name entry format count");
12189 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "File names count");
12193 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12194 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12199 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12201 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12202 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12203 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12205 fnad
.files
= files
;
12206 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12207 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12208 file_table
->traverse
<file_name_acquire_data
*, file_name_acquire
> (&fnad
);
12209 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12211 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12213 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12214 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12215 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12216 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12218 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12219 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12222 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12223 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12224 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12225 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12227 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12228 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12229 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12235 /* This is a new directory. */
12236 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12237 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12238 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12239 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12240 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12242 /* Search for a prefix. */
12243 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12244 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12245 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12246 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12247 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12248 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12249 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12250 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12255 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12256 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12257 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12258 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12259 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12260 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12261 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12262 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12264 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12265 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12270 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12271 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12272 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12273 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12275 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12278 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12280 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12284 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12285 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12286 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12290 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12291 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12293 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12294 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12299 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12301 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12303 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12304 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12305 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12307 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12308 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12310 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12311 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12316 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12317 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12318 enum dwarf_form str_form
= DW_FORM_string
;
12319 enum dwarf_form idx_form
= DW_FORM_udata
;
12320 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12322 const char *comp_dir
= comp_dir_string ();
12323 if (comp_dir
== NULL
)
12325 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Directory entry format count");
12326 if (DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR
)
12327 str_form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
12328 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_path
, "DW_LNCT_path");
12329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (str_form
, "%s",
12330 get_DW_FORM_name (str_form
));
12331 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ndirs
+ idx_offset
, "Directories count");
12332 if (str_form
== DW_FORM_string
)
12334 dw2_asm_output_nstring (comp_dir
, -1, "Directory Entry: %#x", 0);
12335 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12336 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12338 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12339 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12343 output_line_string (str_form
, comp_dir
, "Directory Entry", 0);
12344 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12347 = ggc_alloc_string (dirs
[i
].path
,
12349 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
);
12350 output_line_string (str_form
, str
, "Directory Entry",
12351 (unsigned) i
+ idx_offset
);
12357 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12358 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12360 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12361 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12363 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12366 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12367 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12368 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12369 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12370 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12371 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12373 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12375 const char *filename0
= get_AT_string (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_name
);
12376 if (filename0
== NULL
)
12378 /* DW_LNCT_directory_index can use DW_FORM_udata, DW_FORM_data1 and
12379 DW_FORM_data2. Choose one based on the number of directories
12380 and how much space would they occupy in each encoding.
12381 If we have at most 256 directories, all indexes fit into
12382 a single byte, so DW_FORM_data1 is most compact (if there
12383 are at most 128 directories, DW_FORM_udata would be as
12384 compact as that, but not shorter and slower to decode). */
12385 if (ndirs
+ idx_offset
<= 256)
12386 idx_form
= DW_FORM_data1
;
12387 /* If there are more than 65536 directories, we have to use
12388 DW_FORM_udata, DW_FORM_data2 can't refer to them.
12389 Otherwise, compute what space would occupy if all the indexes
12390 used DW_FORM_udata - sum - and compare that to how large would
12391 be DW_FORM_data2 encoding, and pick the more efficient one. */
12392 else if (ndirs
+ idx_offset
<= 65536)
12394 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT sum
= 1;
12395 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12397 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12398 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12399 sum
+= size_of_uleb128 (dir_idx
);
12401 if (sum
>= HOST_WIDE_INT_UC (2) * (numfiles
+ 1))
12402 idx_form
= DW_FORM_data2
;
12404 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12405 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 4, "File name entry format count");
12407 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "File name entry format count");
12409 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_path
, "DW_LNCT_path");
12410 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (str_form
, "%s",
12411 get_DW_FORM_name (str_form
));
12412 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_directory_index
,
12413 "DW_LNCT_directory_index");
12414 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (idx_form
, "%s",
12415 get_DW_FORM_name (idx_form
));
12416 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12417 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_timestamp
, "DW_LNCT_timestamp");
12418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_FORM_udata
, "DW_FORM_udata");
12419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_size
, "DW_LNCT_size");
12420 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_FORM_udata
, "DW_FORM_udata");
12422 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (numfiles
+ 1, "File names count");
12424 output_line_string (str_form
, filename0
, "File Entry", 0);
12426 /* Include directory index. */
12427 if (idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12428 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12431 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12433 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12434 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12435 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12439 /* Now write all the file names. */
12440 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12442 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12443 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12445 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12446 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12448 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12449 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12454 int maxfilelen
= (strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12455 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12456 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1);
12457 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12459 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12460 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12461 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12463 output_line_string (str_form
, filebuf
, "File Entry", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12465 /* Include directory index. */
12466 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12467 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12468 dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12470 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12472 /* Modification time. */
12473 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
,
12474 &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12477 /* File length in bytes. */
12478 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
,
12479 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12482 output_line_string (str_form
,
12483 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
,
12484 "File Entry", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12486 /* Include directory index. */
12487 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12488 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12489 dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12491 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12493 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12496 /* Modification time. */
12497 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12499 /* File length in bytes. */
12500 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12501 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12504 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
12505 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12509 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
12512 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table
*table
)
12514 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12515 unsigned int current_line
= 1;
12516 bool current_is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
12517 dw_line_info_entry
*ent
, *prev_addr
;
12523 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (table
->entries
, i
, ent
)
12525 switch (ent
->opcode
)
12527 case LI_set_address
:
12528 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
12529 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
12530 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
12531 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
12532 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
12533 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12534 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12538 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12539 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12540 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s%s", line_label
,
12541 debug_variable_location_views
12542 ? ", reset view to 0" : "");
12543 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12544 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12545 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12550 case LI_adv_address
:
12552 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12553 char prev_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12554 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (prev_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, prev_addr
->val
);
12558 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
, "fixed advance PC, increment view to %i", view
);
12559 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_label
,
12560 "from %s to %s", prev_label
, line_label
);
12567 if (ent
->val
== current_line
)
12569 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12570 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
,
12571 "copy line %u", current_line
);
12575 int line_offset
= ent
->val
- current_line
;
12576 int line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12578 current_line
= ent
->val
;
12579 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12581 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12582 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
12583 This takes 1 byte. */
12584 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12585 "line %u", current_line
);
12589 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12590 depending on the value being encoded. */
12591 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12592 "advance to line %u", current_line
);
12593 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, NULL
);
12600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "set file %u", ent
->val
);
12601 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12604 case LI_set_column
:
12605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column
, "column %u", ent
->val
);
12606 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12609 case LI_negate_stmt
:
12610 current_is_stmt
= !current_is_stmt
;
12611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt
,
12612 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt
);
12615 case LI_set_prologue_end
:
12616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end
,
12617 "set prologue end");
12620 case LI_set_epilogue_begin
:
12621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin
,
12622 "set epilogue begin");
12625 case LI_set_discriminator
:
12626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent
->val
);
12627 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent
->val
), NULL
);
12628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator
, NULL
);
12629 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, NULL
);
12634 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
12635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table
->end_label
);
12636 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12637 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12638 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, table
->end_label
, NULL
);
12640 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
12641 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12642 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12645 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12646 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12649 output_line_info (bool prologue_only
)
12651 static unsigned int generation
;
12652 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12653 char p1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], p2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12654 bool saw_one
= false;
12657 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, generation
);
12658 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, generation
);
12659 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, generation
);
12660 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, generation
++);
12662 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
12664 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12665 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12666 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12667 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12668 "Length of Source Line Info");
12671 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12673 output_dwarf_version ();
12674 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12676 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
12677 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
12679 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12680 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12682 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
12683 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
12684 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
12685 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
12686 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
12687 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
12688 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
12689 and don't let the target override. */
12690 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
12692 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
12693 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12694 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12696 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12698 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12699 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12700 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12701 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12702 "Special Opcode Base");
12704 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12709 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12710 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12711 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12712 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12713 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12714 case DW_LNS_set_isa
:
12722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12726 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12727 output_file_names ();
12728 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12731 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12732 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12736 if (separate_line_info
)
12738 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
12741 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*separate_line_info
, i
, table
)
12744 output_one_line_info_table (table
);
12748 if (cold_text_section_line_info
&& cold_text_section_line_info
->in_use
)
12750 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info
);
12754 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
12755 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
12756 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
12757 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
12758 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
12759 if (text_section_line_info
->in_use
|| !saw_one
)
12760 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info
);
12762 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12763 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12766 /* Return true if DW_AT_endianity should be emitted according to REVERSE. */
12769 need_endianity_attribute_p (bool reverse
)
12771 return reverse
&& (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
);
12774 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12775 a DIE that describes the given type. REVERSE is true if the type is
12776 to be interpreted in the reverse storage order wrt the target order.
12778 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12779 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12782 base_type_die (tree type
, bool reverse
)
12784 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12785 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12786 bool fpt_used
= false;
12787 struct fixed_point_type_info fpt_info
;
12788 tree type_bias
= NULL_TREE
;
12790 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12791 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12792 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12793 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12795 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12798 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12799 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12800 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12801 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12802 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12804 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12805 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12806 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12808 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12812 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12813 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_fixed_point_type_info
)
12815 memset (&fpt_info
, 0, sizeof (fpt_info
));
12816 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_fixed_point_type_info (type
, &fpt_info
))
12819 encoding
= ((TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12820 ? DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
12821 : DW_ATE_signed_fixed
);
12825 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12827 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12828 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12830 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12832 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12833 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12835 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12838 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias
)
12839 type_bias
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias (type
);
12843 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12845 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12846 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12848 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12851 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12854 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12855 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12856 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12857 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12858 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12860 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12863 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12864 a user defined type for it. */
12866 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12867 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12869 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12873 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12874 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12878 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12879 gcc_unreachable ();
12882 base_type_result
= new_die_raw (DW_TAG_base_type
);
12884 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12885 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12886 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12888 if (need_endianity_attribute_p (reverse
))
12889 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_endianity
,
12890 BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? DW_END_little
: DW_END_big
);
12892 add_alignment_attribute (base_type_result
, type
);
12896 switch (fpt_info
.scale_factor_kind
)
12898 case fixed_point_scale_factor_binary
:
12899 add_AT_int (base_type_result
, DW_AT_binary_scale
,
12900 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.binary
);
12903 case fixed_point_scale_factor_decimal
:
12904 add_AT_int (base_type_result
, DW_AT_decimal_scale
,
12905 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.decimal
);
12908 case fixed_point_scale_factor_arbitrary
:
12909 /* Arbitrary scale factors cannot be described in standard DWARF,
12913 /* Describe the scale factor as a rational constant. */
12914 const dw_die_ref scale_factor
12915 = new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12917 add_AT_unsigned (scale_factor
, DW_AT_GNU_numerator
,
12918 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.arbitrary
.numerator
);
12919 add_AT_int (scale_factor
, DW_AT_GNU_denominator
,
12920 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.arbitrary
.denominator
);
12922 add_AT_die_ref (base_type_result
, DW_AT_small
, scale_factor
);
12927 gcc_unreachable ();
12932 add_scalar_info (base_type_result
, DW_AT_GNU_bias
, type_bias
,
12933 dw_scalar_form_constant
12934 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
12935 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
12938 return base_type_result
;
12941 /* A C++ function with deduced return type can have a TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM
12942 named 'auto' in its type: return true for it, false otherwise. */
12945 is_cxx_auto (tree type
)
12949 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
12950 if (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
12951 || name
== get_identifier ("decltype(auto)"))
12957 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12958 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12961 is_base_type (tree type
)
12963 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12967 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12976 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12977 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12978 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12981 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12989 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
12991 gcc_unreachable ();
12997 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12998 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12999 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
13000 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
13001 ERROR_MARK node. */
13003 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
13004 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
13006 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
13007 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
13008 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
13010 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE (type
)))
13011 return tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
13013 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
13016 /* Similarly, but return an offset_int instead of UHWI. */
13018 static inline offset_int
13019 offset_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
13021 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
13022 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
13023 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
13025 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
13026 return wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
13028 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
13031 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
13032 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
13035 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, tree bias
,
13036 dw_die_ref context_die
)
13038 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
13039 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
13041 if (context_die
== NULL
)
13042 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
13044 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
13046 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
13048 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
13049 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
13050 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
13053 add_alignment_attribute (subrange_die
, type
);
13056 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
, NULL
);
13058 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
, NULL
);
13059 if (bias
&& !dwarf_strict
)
13060 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_GNU_bias
, bias
,
13061 dw_scalar_form_constant
13062 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
13063 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
13066 return subrange_die
;
13069 /* Returns the (const and/or volatile) cv_qualifiers associated with
13070 the decl node. This will normally be augmented with the
13071 cv_qualifiers of the underlying type in add_type_attribute. */
13074 decl_quals (const_tree decl
)
13076 return ((TREE_READONLY (decl
)
13077 /* The C++ front-end correctly marks reference-typed
13078 variables as readonly, but from a language (and debug
13079 info) standpoint they are not const-qualified. */
13080 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != REFERENCE_TYPE
13081 ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)
13082 | (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
13083 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
));
13086 /* Determine the TYPE whose qualifiers match the largest strict subset
13087 of the given TYPE_QUALS, and return its qualifiers. Ignore all
13088 qualifiers outside QUAL_MASK. */
13091 get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (tree type
, int type_quals
, int qual_mask
)
13094 int best_rank
= 0, best_qual
= 0, max_rank
;
13096 type_quals
&= qual_mask
;
13097 max_rank
= popcount_hwi (type_quals
) - 1;
13099 for (t
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
); t
&& best_rank
< max_rank
;
13100 t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
13102 int q
= TYPE_QUALS (t
) & qual_mask
;
13104 if ((q
& type_quals
) == q
&& q
!= type_quals
13105 && check_base_type (t
, type
))
13107 int rank
= popcount_hwi (q
);
13109 if (rank
> best_rank
)
13120 struct dwarf_qual_info_t
{ int q
; enum dwarf_tag t
; };
13121 static const dwarf_qual_info_t dwarf_qual_info
[] =
13123 { TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, DW_TAG_const_type
},
13124 { TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
, DW_TAG_volatile_type
},
13125 { TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
, DW_TAG_restrict_type
},
13126 { TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
, DW_TAG_atomic_type
}
13128 static const unsigned int dwarf_qual_info_size
13129 = sizeof (dwarf_qual_info
) / sizeof (dwarf_qual_info
[0]);
13131 /* If DIE is a qualified DIE of some base DIE with the same parent,
13132 return the base DIE, otherwise return NULL. Set MASK to the
13133 qualifiers added compared to the returned DIE. */
13136 qualified_die_p (dw_die_ref die
, int *mask
, unsigned int depth
)
13139 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13140 if (die
->die_tag
== dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
)
13142 if (i
== dwarf_qual_info_size
)
13144 if (vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) != 1)
13146 dw_die_ref type
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_type
);
13147 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->die_parent
!= die
->die_parent
)
13149 *mask
|= dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
;
13152 dw_die_ref ret
= qualified_die_p (type
, mask
, depth
- 1);
13159 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
13160 entry that chains the modifiers specified by CV_QUALS in front of the
13161 given type. REVERSE is true if the type is to be interpreted in the
13162 reverse storage order wrt the target order. */
13165 modified_type_die (tree type
, int cv_quals
, bool reverse
,
13166 dw_die_ref context_die
)
13168 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
13169 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
13170 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
13171 tree item_type
= NULL
;
13172 tree qualified_type
;
13173 tree name
, low
, high
;
13174 dw_die_ref mod_scope
;
13175 /* Only these cv-qualifiers are currently handled. */
13176 const int cv_qual_mask
= (TYPE_QUAL_CONST
| TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
13177 | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
| TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
|
13178 ENCODE_QUAL_ADDR_SPACE(~0U));
13179 const bool reverse_base_type
13180 = need_endianity_attribute_p (reverse
) && is_base_type (type
);
13182 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
13185 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
13187 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (type
);
13189 if (debug_type
!= NULL_TREE
&& debug_type
!= type
)
13190 return modified_type_die (debug_type
, cv_quals
, reverse
, context_die
);
13193 cv_quals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
13195 /* Don't emit DW_TAG_restrict_type for DWARFv2, since it is a type
13196 tag modifier (and not an attribute) old consumers won't be able
13198 if (dwarf_version
< 3)
13199 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
;
13201 /* Likewise for DW_TAG_atomic_type for DWARFv5. */
13202 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
13203 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
;
13205 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
13207 qualified_type
= get_qualified_type (type
, cv_quals
);
13209 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
)
13211 /* Try not to expose the internal sizetype type's name. */
13212 if (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
13213 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
13215 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
13217 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
13218 && (TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
13219 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
))
13220 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
13221 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
)));
13222 qualified_type
= t
;
13224 else if (qualified_type
== sizetype
13225 && TREE_CODE (sizetype
) == TREE_CODE (size_type_node
)
13226 && TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype
) == TYPE_PRECISION (size_type_node
)
13227 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype
) == TYPE_UNSIGNED (size_type_node
))
13228 qualified_type
= size_type_node
;
13229 if (type
== sizetype
)
13230 type
= qualified_type
;
13233 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
13234 if (qualified_type
)
13236 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
13238 /* DW_AT_endianity doesn't come from a qualifier on the type, so it is
13239 dealt with specially: the DIE with the attribute, if it exists, is
13240 placed immediately after the regular DIE for the same base type. */
13242 && (!reverse_base_type
13243 || ((mod_type_die
= mod_type_die
->die_sib
) != NULL
13244 && get_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_endianity
))))
13245 return mod_type_die
;
13248 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
13250 /* Handle C typedef types. */
13252 && TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13253 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
13254 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
13256 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
13258 /* Skip the typedef for base types with DW_AT_endianity, no big deal. */
13259 if (qualified_type
== dtype
&& !reverse_base_type
)
13261 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (name
);
13263 /* Typedef variants that have an abstract origin don't get their own
13264 type DIE (see gen_typedef_die), so fall back on the ultimate
13265 abstract origin instead. */
13266 if (origin
!= NULL
&& origin
!= name
)
13267 return modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (origin
), cv_quals
, reverse
,
13270 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
13271 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
13272 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
13276 int dquals
= TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (dtype
);
13277 dquals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
13278 if ((dquals
& ~cv_quals
) != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
13279 || (cv_quals
== dquals
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
13280 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use
13281 the unnamed type to which it refers. */
13282 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
), cv_quals
,
13283 reverse
, context_die
);
13284 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
13288 mod_scope
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
13292 int sub_quals
= 0, first_quals
= 0;
13294 dw_die_ref first
= NULL
, last
= NULL
;
13296 /* Determine a lesser qualified type that most closely matches
13297 this one. Then generate DW_TAG_* entries for the remaining
13299 sub_quals
= get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (type
, cv_quals
,
13301 if (sub_quals
&& use_debug_types
)
13303 bool needed
= false;
13304 /* If emitting type units, make sure the order of qualifiers
13305 is canonical. Thus, start from unqualified type if
13306 an earlier qualifier is missing in sub_quals, but some later
13307 one is present there. */
13308 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13309 if (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
& ~sub_quals
)
13311 else if (needed
&& (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
))
13317 mod_type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, sub_quals
, reverse
, context_die
);
13318 if (mod_scope
&& mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_parent
== mod_scope
)
13320 /* As not all intermediate qualified DIEs have corresponding
13321 tree types, ensure that qualified DIEs in the same scope
13322 as their DW_AT_type are emitted after their DW_AT_type,
13323 only with other qualified DIEs for the same type possibly
13324 in between them. Determine the range of such qualified
13325 DIEs now (first being the base type, last being corresponding
13326 last qualified DIE for it). */
13327 unsigned int count
= 0;
13328 first
= qualified_die_p (mod_type_die
, &first_quals
,
13329 dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13331 first
= mod_type_die
;
13332 gcc_assert ((first_quals
& ~sub_quals
) == 0);
13333 for (count
= 0, last
= first
;
13334 count
< (1U << dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13335 count
++, last
= last
->die_sib
)
13338 if (last
== mod_scope
->die_child
)
13340 if (qualified_die_p (last
->die_sib
, &quals
, dwarf_qual_info_size
)
13346 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13347 if (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
& ~sub_quals
)
13350 if (first
&& first
!= last
)
13352 for (d
= first
->die_sib
; ; d
= d
->die_sib
)
13355 qualified_die_p (d
, &quals
, dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13356 if (quals
== (first_quals
| dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
))
13372 d
= new_die_raw (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
);
13373 add_child_die_after (mod_scope
, d
, last
);
13377 d
= new_die (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
, mod_scope
, type
);
13379 add_AT_die_ref (d
, DW_AT_type
, mod_type_die
);
13381 first_quals
|= dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
;
13384 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
|| code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13386 dwarf_tag tag
= DW_TAG_pointer_type
;
13387 if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13389 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
13390 tag
= DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
;
13392 tag
= DW_TAG_reference_type
;
13394 mod_type_die
= new_die (tag
, mod_scope
, type
);
13396 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
13397 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
13398 add_alignment_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
);
13399 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13401 addr_space_t as
= TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
);
13402 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as
))
13404 int action
= targetm
.addr_space
.debug (as
);
13407 /* Positive values indicate an address_class. */
13408 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, action
);
13412 /* Negative values indicate an (inverted) segment base reg. */
13414 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (~action
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13415 add_AT_loc (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_segment
, d
);
13419 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
13420 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
13421 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
13423 tree bias
= NULL_TREE
;
13424 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias
)
13425 bias
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias (type
);
13426 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, bias
, context_die
);
13427 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13429 else if (is_base_type (type
))
13431 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
, reverse
);
13433 /* The DIE with DW_AT_endianity is placed right after the naked DIE. */
13434 if (reverse_base_type
)
13436 dw_die_ref after_die
13437 = modified_type_die (type
, cv_quals
, false, context_die
);
13438 add_child_die_after (comp_unit_die (), mod_type_die
, after_die
);
13441 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), mod_type_die
);
13443 add_pubtype (type
, mod_type_die
);
13447 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13449 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
13450 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
13451 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
13452 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
13453 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
13455 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
13456 || TREE_CODE (type
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
13458 /* For function/method types, can't just use type_main_variant here,
13459 because that can have different ref-qualifiers for C++,
13460 but try to canonicalize. */
13461 tree main
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
13462 for (tree t
= main
; t
; t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
13463 if (TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (t
) == 0
13464 && check_base_type (t
, main
)
13465 && check_lang_type (t
, type
))
13466 return lookup_type_die (t
);
13467 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13469 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
13470 && TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
)
13471 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
13473 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
13474 not the main variant. */
13475 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13478 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
13479 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
13480 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
13481 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
13482 if the base type already has the same name. */
13484 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
13485 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
13486 || (cv_quals
== TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)))
13487 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13488 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
13489 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
13491 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13492 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
13493 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
13494 useful source coordinates anyway. */
13495 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
13496 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
13498 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
13499 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
13501 name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
13502 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
,
13503 name
? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
) : "__unknown__");
13506 if (qualified_type
&& !reverse_base_type
)
13507 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
13510 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
13511 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
13512 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
13513 types are possible in Ada. */
13514 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
13515 TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
),
13519 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
13520 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
13522 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
, context_die
);
13523 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
13524 add_AT_flag (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13526 return mod_type_die
;
13529 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
13530 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
13531 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
13534 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
13538 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
13541 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
13545 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
13546 else if (DECL_P (t
))
13547 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
13551 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
13553 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13554 or function. End of story. */
13557 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
13558 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
13559 if (TREE_CHAIN (args
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_CHAIN (args
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
13560 non_default
= int_cst_value (TREE_CHAIN (args
));
13562 non_default
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (args
);
13563 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
13565 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
13566 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
13568 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
13569 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
13570 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
13571 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
13573 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
13575 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13576 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13577 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13578 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13579 an argument pack. */
13580 if (arg_pack_elems
)
13581 parm_die
= template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
13585 parm_die
= generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
13586 true /* emit name */, die
);
13587 if (i
>= non_default
)
13588 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_default_value
, 1);
13593 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13594 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13595 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13596 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13597 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13599 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13600 as a child node. */
13603 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
13605 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13607 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
13608 const char *name
= NULL
;
13610 /* C++2a accepts class literals as template parameters, and var
13611 decls with initializers represent them. The VAR_DECLs would be
13612 rejected, but we can take the DECL_INITIAL constructor and
13613 attempt to expand it. */
13614 if (arg
&& VAR_P (arg
))
13615 arg
= DECL_INITIAL (arg
);
13617 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
13620 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13621 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13622 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13624 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13625 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13626 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13627 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13628 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13629 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13630 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13631 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13632 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13633 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13634 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13635 name of the template template argument. */
13636 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
13639 gcc_unreachable ();
13645 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13646 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13647 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13648 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13652 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13654 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13657 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13659 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13660 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13661 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13662 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13663 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13664 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13665 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
,
13666 (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
)
13667 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
),
13668 false, parent_die
);
13672 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13673 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13674 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13676 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13677 to the name of the argument. */
13678 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13680 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13683 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13684 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13685 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13686 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13688 We must be careful here:
13689 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13690 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13691 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13692 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13693 emitted after cgraph computations.
13694 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13695 after cgraph is ready. */
13696 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13702 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13703 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13704 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13707 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13708 tree parm_pack_args
,
13709 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13714 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13716 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13717 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13718 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13719 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13720 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13721 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13726 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13728 static unsigned int
13729 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13731 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13733 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13735 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13736 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13738 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13739 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13740 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13744 regno
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13745 gcc_assert (regno
!= INVALID_REGNUM
);
13749 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13750 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13751 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13754 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13756 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13758 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13761 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13764 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13765 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13769 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13770 zero if there is none. */
13772 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13773 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13777 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13780 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13781 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13782 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13783 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13784 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13785 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13786 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13788 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13790 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13792 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, GET_MODE (rtl
), VOIDmode
,
13795 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13796 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13801 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13803 if (REG_NREGS (rtl
) > 1 || regs
)
13804 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13807 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
13808 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
13810 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
, initialized
);
13814 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13815 a given hard register number. */
13817 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13818 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13820 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13824 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13826 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13828 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13829 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13831 return reg_loc_descr
;
13834 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13835 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13837 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13838 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13839 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13842 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13844 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13845 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13847 unsigned reg
= REGNO (rtl
);
13850 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13851 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13853 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13854 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13855 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13859 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13860 nregs
= REG_NREGS (rtl
);
13862 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
13863 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)).is_constant (&size
))
13870 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13872 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13873 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13874 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13875 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13881 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13883 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13885 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
13886 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0))).is_constant (&size
))
13890 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13892 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13894 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13895 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13896 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13897 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13900 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13901 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13905 static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13907 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
13908 as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
13911 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13912 int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
13914 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
);
13915 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13916 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13920 /* Return a location descriptor that designates constant POLY_I. */
13922 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13923 int_loc_descriptor (poly_int64 poly_i
)
13925 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13928 if (!poly_i
.is_constant (&i
))
13930 /* Create location descriptions for the non-constant part and
13931 add any constant offset at the end. */
13932 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
;
13933 HOST_WIDE_INT constant
= poly_i
.coeffs
[0];
13934 for (unsigned int j
= 1; j
< NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS
; ++j
)
13936 HOST_WIDE_INT coeff
= poly_i
.coeffs
[j
];
13939 dw_loc_descr_ref start
= ret
;
13940 unsigned int factor
;
13942 unsigned int regno
= targetm
.dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value
13943 (j
, &factor
, &bias
);
13945 /* Add COEFF * ((REGNO / FACTOR) - BIAS) to the value:
13946 add COEFF * (REGNO / FACTOR) now and subtract
13947 COEFF * BIAS from the final constant part. */
13948 constant
-= coeff
* bias
;
13949 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_reg_loc_descr (regno
, 0));
13950 if (coeff
% factor
== 0)
13954 int amount
= exact_log2 (factor
);
13955 gcc_assert (amount
>= 0);
13956 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (amount
));
13957 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
13961 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (coeff
));
13962 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13965 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13968 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, constant
);
13972 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13973 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13976 int clz
= clz_hwi (i
);
13977 int ctz
= ctz_hwi (i
);
13979 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13980 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13981 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13982 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13983 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13984 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
13985 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13986 /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
13987 DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
13988 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
13989 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 5);
13990 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
13991 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13992 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
13993 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
13994 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
13996 else if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> 0x7fffffff
13997 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
)
14000 /* As i >= 2**31, the double cast above will yield a negative number.
14001 Since wrapping is defined in DWARF expressions we can output big
14002 positive integers as small negative ones, regardless of the size
14005 Here, since the evaluator will handle 32-bit values and since i >=
14006 2**31, we know it's going to be interpreted as a negative literal:
14007 store it this way if we can do better than 5 bytes this way. */
14008 return int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
);
14010 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14011 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
14013 /* Past this point, i >= 0x100000000 and thus DW_OP_constu will take at
14014 least 6 bytes: see if we can do better before falling back to it. */
14015 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14016 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14017 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes. */
14018 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
14019 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
14020 && clz
+ 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
14021 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14022 /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
14023 DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes. */
14024 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 16);
14025 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
14026 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14027 && size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 6)
14028 /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
14029 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 32);
14036 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
14037 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
14038 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
14039 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
14041 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
) < 5)
14043 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
14044 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
14047 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
14051 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
)
14052 < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
))
14054 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
14055 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
14062 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
14065 /* Likewise, for unsigned constants. */
14067 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14068 uint_loc_descriptor (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14070 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_int
= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
14071 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_uint
14072 = INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
14074 /* If possible, use the clever signed constants handling. */
14076 return int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
14078 /* Here, we are left with positive numbers that cannot be represented as
14079 HOST_WIDE_INT, i.e.:
14080 max (HOST_WIDE_INT) < i <= max (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
14082 Using DW_OP_const4/8/./u operation to encode them consumes a lot of bytes
14083 whereas may be better to output a negative integer: thanks to integer
14084 wrapping, we know that:
14085 x = x - 2 ** DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14086 = x - 2 * (max (HOST_WIDE_INT) + 1)
14087 So numbers close to max (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) could be represented as
14088 small negative integers. Let's try that in cases it will clearly improve
14089 the encoding: there is no gain turning DW_OP_const4u into
14091 if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* 8 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14092 && ((DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> max_uint
- 0x8000)
14093 || (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 8 && i
> max_uint
- 0x80000000)))
14095 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first_shift
= i
- max_int
- 1;
14097 /* Now, -1 < first_shift <= max (HOST_WIDE_INT)
14098 i.e. 0 <= first_shift <= max (HOST_WIDE_INT). */
14099 const HOST_WIDE_INT second_shift
14100 = (HOST_WIDE_INT
) first_shift
- (HOST_WIDE_INT
) max_int
- 1;
14102 /* So we finally have:
14103 -max (HOST_WIDE_INT) - 1 <= second_shift <= -1.
14104 i.e. min (HOST_WIDE_INT) <= second_shift < 0. */
14105 return int_loc_descriptor (second_shift
);
14108 /* Last chance: fallback to a simple constant operation. */
14109 return new_loc_descr
14110 ((HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14116 /* Generate and return a location description that computes the unsigned
14117 comparison of the two stack top entries (a OP b where b is the top-most
14118 entry and a is the second one). The KIND of comparison can be LT_EXPR,
14119 LE_EXPR, GT_EXPR or GE_EXPR. */
14121 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14122 uint_comparison_loc_list (enum tree_code kind
)
14124 enum dwarf_location_atom op
, flip_op
;
14125 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, bra_node
, jmp_node
, tmp
;
14142 gcc_unreachable ();
14145 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14146 jmp_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14148 /* Until DWARFv4, operations all work on signed integers. It is nevertheless
14149 possible to perform unsigned comparisons: we just have to distinguish
14152 1. when a and b have the same sign (as signed integers); then we should
14153 return: a OP(signed) b;
14155 2. when a is a negative signed integer while b is a positive one, then a
14156 is a greater unsigned integer than b; likewise when a and b's roles
14159 So first, compare the sign of the two operands. */
14160 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0);
14161 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14162 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
14163 /* If they have different signs (i.e. they have different sign bits), then
14164 the stack top value has now the sign bit set and thus it's smaller than
14166 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_lit0
, 0, 0));
14167 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_lt
, 0, 0));
14168 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
14170 /* We are in case 1. At this point, we know both operands have the same
14171 sign, to it's safe to use the built-in signed comparison. */
14172 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14173 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jmp_node
);
14175 /* We are in case 2. Here, we know both operands do not have the same sign,
14176 so we have to flip the signed comparison. */
14177 flip_op
= (kind
== LT_EXPR
|| kind
== LE_EXPR
) ? DW_OP_gt
: DW_OP_lt
;
14178 tmp
= new_loc_descr (flip_op
, 0, 0);
14179 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14180 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14181 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14183 /* This dummy operation is necessary to make the two branches join. */
14184 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14185 jmp_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14186 jmp_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14187 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14192 /* Likewise, but takes the location description lists (might be destructive on
14193 them). Return NULL if either is NULL or if concatenation fails. */
14195 static dw_loc_list_ref
14196 loc_list_from_uint_comparison (dw_loc_list_ref left
, dw_loc_list_ref right
,
14197 enum tree_code kind
)
14199 if (left
== NULL
|| right
== NULL
)
14202 add_loc_list (&left
, right
);
14206 add_loc_descr_to_each (left
, uint_comparison_loc_list (kind
));
14210 /* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
14211 without actually allocating it. */
14213 static unsigned long
14214 size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
14216 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
)
14217 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
)
14221 /* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
14222 actually allocating it. */
14224 static unsigned long
14225 size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14234 else if (i
<= 0xff)
14236 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
14240 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
14241 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14242 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14244 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14245 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14246 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14248 else if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> 0x7fffffff
14249 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
)
14251 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
);
14252 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14254 s
= size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
14255 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14256 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14257 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14259 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
14260 && clz
+ 16 + (s
> 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14261 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14263 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
14264 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14266 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14275 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
14277 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
14279 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
14281 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
14289 unsigned long r
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
14290 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
14292 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
14301 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
14302 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
14304 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14305 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14308 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14310 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14313 litsize
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
);
14314 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
14315 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
14316 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
14317 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
14318 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
14319 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
14321 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
14322 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14323 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14327 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14329 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
14330 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
14334 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
14336 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14337 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, poly_int64 offset
,
14338 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14340 unsigned int regno
;
14341 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
14342 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
14344 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
14345 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
14346 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
14347 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
14348 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
14350 rtx elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
14351 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
14352 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
14356 /* Allow hard frame pointer here even if frame pointer
14357 isn't used since hard frame pointer is encoded with
14358 DW_OP_fbreg which uses the DW_AT_frame_base attribute,
14359 not hard frame pointer directly. */
14360 elim
= strip_offset_and_add (elim
, &offset
);
14361 gcc_assert (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
14362 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
);
14364 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
14365 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
14366 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
14367 access stack variables. */
14368 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
14369 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
14372 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
14373 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
14375 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
14378 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
);
14379 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
14380 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
14381 if (offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
14382 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, const_offset
, 0);
14385 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, 0, 0);
14386 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, offset
);
14392 regno
= REGNO (reg
);
14393 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
14394 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
14396 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
14397 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
14398 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
14401 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (regno
);
14403 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
14404 if (!optimize
&& fde
14405 && (fde
->drap_reg
== regno
|| fde
->vdrap_reg
== regno
)
14406 && offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
14408 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
14409 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
14410 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
14411 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
14412 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
14413 else in other part of the routine. */
14414 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, const_offset
, 0);
14417 result
= new_reg_loc_descr (regno
, offset
);
14419 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14420 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14425 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
14428 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
14430 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
14431 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14432 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
14433 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
14436 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
14439 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14440 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
14443 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
14445 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem
))
14448 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
14451 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
14454 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1, NULL
);
14455 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14458 if (maybe_ne (MEM_OFFSET (mem
), 0))
14459 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, MEM_OFFSET (mem
));
14464 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
14468 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
14470 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
14472 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
14474 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
14477 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
14478 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
14480 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
14484 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output. */
14487 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx rtl
)
14489 if (targetm
.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl
))
14491 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != UNSPEC
)
14493 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14494 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
14498 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, and
14499 the target hook doesn't explicitly allow it in debug info, assume
14500 we can't express it in the debug info. */
14501 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
14502 delegitimize. Note this could be a non-decl SYMBOL_REF such as
14503 one in a constant pool entry, so testing SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL
14504 rather than DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P is not just an optimization. */
14506 && (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) == 0
14507 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
14508 || SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == TLS_MODEL_NONE
))
14509 inform (current_function_decl
14510 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
14511 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
14512 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
14513 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
14514 ((XINT (rtl
, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl
, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES
)
14515 ? unspec_strings
[XINT (rtl
, 1)] : "unknown"),
14517 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
14520 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14521 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
14525 if (CONST_POLY_INT_P (rtl
))
14528 /* FIXME: Refer to PR60655. It is possible for simplification
14529 of rtl expressions in var tracking to produce such expressions.
14530 We should really identify / validate expressions
14531 enclosed in CONST that can be handled by assemblers on various
14532 targets and only handle legitimate cases here. */
14533 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14542 /* Make sure SYMBOL_REFs/UNSPECs are at most in one of the
14544 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
14545 bool first
= false;
14546 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
14547 if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter
)
14549 || GET_CODE (*iter
) == UNSPEC
)
14556 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 1), ALL
)
14557 if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter
)
14559 || GET_CODE (*iter
) == UNSPEC
)
14565 /* Disallow negation of SYMBOL_REFs or UNSPECs when they
14566 appear in the second operand of MINUS. */
14567 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
14568 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 1), ALL
)
14569 if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter
)
14571 || GET_CODE (*iter
) == UNSPEC
)
14579 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
14582 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
14583 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
14584 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
14587 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14588 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
14593 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
14596 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
14597 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
14598 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
14599 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
14600 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
14601 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
14603 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
14605 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
14607 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14608 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
14616 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
14617 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
14618 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
14621 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
14623 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
14624 return const_ok_for_output_1 (rtl
);
14626 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
14628 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
14629 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
14630 if (!const_ok_for_output_1 (*iter
))
14638 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
14639 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
14642 base_type_for_mode (machine_mode mode
, bool unsignedp
)
14644 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14645 tree type
= lang_hooks
.types
.type_for_mode (mode
, unsignedp
);
14649 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
14657 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
14659 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
14661 if (type_die
== NULL
|| type_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_base_type
)
14666 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
14667 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
14668 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
14671 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14672 convert_descriptor_to_mode (scalar_int_mode mode
, dw_loc_descr_ref op
)
14674 machine_mode outer_mode
= mode
;
14675 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14676 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14678 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14680 add_loc_descr (&op
, new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0));
14683 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (outer_mode
, 1);
14684 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14686 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14687 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14688 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14689 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14690 add_loc_descr (&op
, cvt
);
14694 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
14696 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14697 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, dw_loc_descr_ref op0
,
14698 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14700 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= op0
;
14701 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14702 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14703 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
14705 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
14706 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14711 /* Subroutine of scompare_loc_descriptor for the case in which we're
14712 comparing two scalar integer operands OP0 and OP1 that have mode OP_MODE,
14713 and in which OP_MODE is bigger than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE. */
14715 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14716 scompare_loc_descriptor_wide (enum dwarf_location_atom op
,
14717 scalar_int_mode op_mode
,
14718 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14720 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (op_mode
, 0);
14721 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14723 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14725 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14726 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14727 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14728 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14729 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14730 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14731 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14732 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14733 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14734 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14735 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14738 /* Subroutine of scompare_loc_descriptor for the case in which we're
14739 comparing two scalar integer operands OP0 and OP1 that have mode OP_MODE,
14740 and in which OP_MODE is smaller than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE. */
14742 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14743 scompare_loc_descriptor_narrow (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14744 scalar_int_mode op_mode
,
14745 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14747 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14748 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
14749 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
14750 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
14752 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14753 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14755 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14757 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14758 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14759 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14760 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14761 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14762 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14763 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14764 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14765 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14766 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14767 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14768 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
14769 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14771 /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
14772 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
14773 DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
14776 DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
14777 DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
14778 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14779 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14780 && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
) + 1
14781 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (UINTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
)
14782 >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)) + 1
14783 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14784 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14786 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)));
14787 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14788 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14789 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
));
14790 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14793 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14794 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14795 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14796 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (UINTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
14799 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14800 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14802 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14805 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
14807 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14808 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14809 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14811 machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14812 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
14814 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14815 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14816 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14819 scalar_int_mode int_op_mode
;
14821 && dwarf_version
< 5
14822 && (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (op_mode
, &int_op_mode
)
14823 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
14826 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14827 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14828 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14829 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14831 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14834 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (op_mode
, &int_op_mode
))
14836 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14837 return scompare_loc_descriptor_narrow (op
, rtl
, int_op_mode
, op0
, op1
);
14839 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14840 return scompare_loc_descriptor_wide (op
, int_op_mode
, op0
, op1
);
14842 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14845 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
14847 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14848 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14849 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14851 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
14853 machine_mode test_op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14854 if (test_op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14855 test_op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14857 scalar_int_mode op_mode
;
14858 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (test_op_mode
, &op_mode
))
14862 && dwarf_version
< 5
14863 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14866 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14867 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14868 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14869 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14871 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14874 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14876 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
14877 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14878 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14880 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14882 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14883 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
14884 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14885 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14886 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14888 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14889 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14891 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14892 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
14893 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14894 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14895 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14897 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14898 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14901 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14903 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14904 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14905 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14906 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14907 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14908 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14910 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14913 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14916 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
14918 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14919 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
14920 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14922 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14923 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
;
14924 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14926 scalar_int_mode int_mode
;
14928 && dwarf_version
< 5
14929 && (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14930 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
14933 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14934 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14935 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14936 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14938 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14941 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14942 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14943 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14944 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14946 /* Checked by the caller. */
14947 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
14948 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14950 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (int_mode
);
14951 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14952 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14953 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14954 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14956 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14958 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14959 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14960 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14961 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14964 else if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14965 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14967 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14968 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14969 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14970 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14971 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14973 else if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14974 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14976 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 0);
14977 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14978 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14980 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14981 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14982 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14983 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14984 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14985 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14986 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14987 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14988 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14989 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14992 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14997 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14998 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14999 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15000 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
15001 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15002 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15003 add_loc_descr (&ret
, drop_node
);
15004 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15005 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
15006 if ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMAX
)
15007 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15008 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15009 ret
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (int_mode
, ret
);
15013 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
15014 but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
15015 convert back to unsigned. */
15017 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15018 typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
, dw_die_ref type_die
,
15019 scalar_int_mode mode
, machine_mode mem_mode
)
15021 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
, op0
, op1
;
15023 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15025 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15026 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15027 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15028 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15029 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
15031 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15032 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15033 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15034 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15035 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
15036 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15037 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15038 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15039 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15040 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
15041 add_loc_descr (&op0
, op1
);
15042 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15043 return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode
, op0
);
15046 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
15047 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
15048 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
15049 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
15051 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
15052 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
15053 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
15054 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
15059 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
15060 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
15061 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
15062 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
15067 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
15068 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
15069 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
15070 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
15074 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15075 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15076 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15078 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15079 HOST_WIDE_INT valv
;
15080 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15081 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15082 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump
, l3label
;
15083 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump
, l4label
;
15086 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
15089 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15090 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15094 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
)
15096 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
15097 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
15099 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
)
15101 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
15102 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
15103 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15104 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15105 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15106 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
15107 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv
), mode
, mem_mode
,
15108 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15111 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15112 l4jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15113 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4jump
);
15114 l1label
= mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
15115 ? const1_rtx
: const0_rtx
,
15117 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15118 if (l1label
== NULL
)
15120 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15121 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15122 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15123 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15124 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != CLZ
)
15126 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15127 msb
= GEN_INT (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U
15128 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 1));
15130 msb
= immed_wide_int_const
15131 (wi::set_bit_in_zero (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
) - 1,
15132 GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
)), mode
);
15133 if (GET_CODE (msb
) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (msb
) < 0)
15134 tmp
= new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
15135 ? DW_OP_const4u
: HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
15136 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
, INTVAL (msb
), 0);
15138 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (msb
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15139 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15142 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15143 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15144 l3jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15145 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3jump
);
15146 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15147 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15150 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15151 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
15152 ? DW_OP_shl
: DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15153 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15154 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, 1, 0));
15155 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15156 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15157 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15158 l3label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15159 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3label
);
15160 l4label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15161 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4label
);
15162 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15163 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15164 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15165 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15166 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15167 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l3label
;
15168 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15169 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l4label
;
15173 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
15174 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
15176 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
15177 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
15181 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
15182 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
15185 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15186 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15187 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15189 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15190 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15191 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15193 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
15196 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15197 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15201 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15202 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15205 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15206 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15207 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15208 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15209 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15210 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15211 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15212 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
15213 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15214 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15217 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15218 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15219 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == POPCOUNT
15220 ? DW_OP_plus
: DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
15221 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15222 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15223 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15224 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15225 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15226 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15227 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15228 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15229 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15230 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15231 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15232 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15233 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15237 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
15239 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
15240 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
15241 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
15242 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
15243 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
15245 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15246 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15247 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15249 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15250 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15251 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15253 if (BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 8
15254 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 32
15255 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 64))
15258 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15259 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15264 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
15266 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15269 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15270 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15271 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15274 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15275 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0);
15276 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15277 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
15279 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15280 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15281 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 3, 0));
15282 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15283 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15284 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode
, mem_mode
,
15285 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15288 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15289 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15290 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0));
15291 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15292 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
15293 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15294 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15295 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15296 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15297 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15298 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq
, 0, 0));
15299 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15300 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15301 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode
, mem_mode
,
15302 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15303 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15304 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15305 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15306 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15307 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15308 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15309 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15310 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15311 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
15312 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15313 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15314 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15315 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15319 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
15320 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
15321 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
15322 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
15324 ROTATERT is similar:
15325 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
15326 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
15327 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
15329 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15330 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15331 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15333 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15334 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
, mask
[2] = { NULL
, NULL
};
15337 if (is_narrower_int_mode (GET_MODE (rtlop1
), mode
))
15338 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, rtlop1
);
15339 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15340 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15341 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15342 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15343 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
15345 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15346 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15348 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15349 mask
[i
] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode
)),
15351 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15352 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15353 mask
[i
] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
15355 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
15356 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
,
15357 GET_MODE_MASK (mode
), 0);
15360 if (mask
[i
] == NULL
)
15362 add_loc_descr (&mask
[i
], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15365 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
15366 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15367 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15368 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATERT
)
15370 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
15371 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15372 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
15374 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15375 if (mask
[0] != NULL
)
15376 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[0]);
15377 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
15378 if (mask
[1] != NULL
)
15380 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15381 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[1]);
15382 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15384 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATE
)
15386 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
15387 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15388 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
15390 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15391 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
15395 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
15396 for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
15398 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15399 parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
15401 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
15406 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
);
15407 /* With LTO during LTRANS we get the late DIE that refers to the early
15408 DIE, thus we add another indirection here. This seems to confuse
15409 gdb enough to make gcc.dg/guality/pr68860-1.c FAIL with LTO. */
15410 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
));
15411 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
, 0, 0);
15414 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15415 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
15416 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15420 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
15421 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
);
15426 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
15427 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
15428 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
15429 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
15431 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
15432 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
15433 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
15434 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
15436 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
15438 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
15439 autoincrement addressing modes.
15441 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
15444 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
15445 machine_mode mem_mode
,
15446 enum var_init_status initialized
)
15448 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
15449 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15450 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
15451 rtx inner
= NULL_RTX
;
15454 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
15455 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15457 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
15458 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
15459 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
15460 zeroth element of the array. */
15462 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15464 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (rtl
) && GET_MODE (rtl
) != VOIDmode
)
15467 scalar_int_mode int_mode
= BImode
, inner_mode
, op1_mode
;
15468 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15473 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
15476 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
15477 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
15478 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
15479 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
15480 contains the given subreg. */
15481 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
15483 inner
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
15486 if (inner
== NULL_RTX
)
15487 inner
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15488 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15489 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (inner
), &inner_mode
)
15490 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15491 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15492 || (int_mode
== Pmode
&& mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
)
15495 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15497 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
15499 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15502 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15504 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15505 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (inner
), &inner_mode
)
15506 ? GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
)
15507 : known_eq (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
))))
15509 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15510 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
15512 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
15514 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15515 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
15517 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15518 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15520 mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
15523 if (maybe_ne (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
))))
15524 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15526 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_reinterpret
), 0, 0);
15527 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15528 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15529 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15530 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15531 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15532 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15534 /* Convert it to untyped afterwards. */
15535 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15536 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15542 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15543 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15544 && rtl
!= arg_pointer_rtx
15545 && rtl
!= frame_pointer_rtx
15546 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15547 && (int_mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
15551 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15552 unsigned int dbx_regnum
;
15554 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15556 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15558 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15559 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15562 dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
15563 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
15565 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_regval_type
),
15567 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15568 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15569 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15572 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
15573 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
15574 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
15575 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
15576 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
15577 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
15578 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
15579 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
15580 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
15581 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
15582 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
15583 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
15584 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
15585 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15586 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15587 else if (stack_realign_drap
15589 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
15590 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15592 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
15593 out, use DRAP instead. */
15594 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
15595 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15601 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15602 || !is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &inner_mode
))
15604 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), inner_mode
,
15605 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15608 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
15609 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15610 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
15611 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
15612 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
15614 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= 4)
15616 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15617 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15618 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (inner_mode
)));
15619 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15621 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15623 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
);
15624 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15625 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
15629 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15630 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
15631 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15632 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
15633 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15635 else if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15637 dw_die_ref type_die1
, type_die2
;
15638 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
15640 type_die1
= base_type_for_mode (inner_mode
,
15641 GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
);
15642 if (type_die1
== NULL
)
15644 type_die2
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1);
15645 if (type_die2
== NULL
)
15647 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15648 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15649 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15650 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die1
;
15651 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15652 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15653 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15654 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15655 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die2
;
15656 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15657 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15663 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15664 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
15666 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15668 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
15669 return mem_loc_result
;
15672 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15673 get_address_mode (rtl
), mode
,
15674 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15675 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
15676 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
15677 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
15679 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15680 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15682 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15683 dw_loc_descr_ref deref
;
15684 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
15686 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15688 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
15691 = base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15692 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15694 deref
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_deref_type
), size
, 0);
15695 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15696 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15697 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15698 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, deref
);
15700 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15701 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
15703 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15704 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
15705 GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
), 0));
15710 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
15713 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
15714 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
15719 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15720 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15721 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15722 && (int_mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
15727 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
15729 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
15730 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
15731 TLS UNSPECs. Allow UNSPECs formerly from CONST that the backend
15733 bool not_ok
= false;
15734 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
15735 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, rtl
, ALL
)
15736 if (*iter
!= rtl
&& !CONSTANT_P (*iter
))
15745 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, rtl
, ALL
)
15746 if (!const_ok_for_output_1 (*iter
))
15755 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (rtl
), rtl
);
15759 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
15760 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
15762 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
15764 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
15765 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15768 temp
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_true
);
15770 /* We check for DWARF 5 here because gdb did not implement
15771 DW_OP_form_tls_address until after 7.12. */
15772 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr ((dwarf_version
>= 5
15773 ? DW_OP_form_tls_address
15774 : DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
),
15776 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
15781 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15783 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
15784 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15788 goto try_const_unop
;
15791 goto try_const_unop
;
15794 arg
= XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0);
15795 if (!CONSTANT_P (arg
))
15796 arg
= gen_rtx_CONST (int_mode
, arg
);
15797 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (arg
, int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15801 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15802 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15806 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), int_mode
,
15807 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15814 mem_loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
15815 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15821 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
15822 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
15823 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
15827 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15829 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)))
15831 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15832 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15833 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
15834 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15837 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
));
15838 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
15840 op0
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
,
15841 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15844 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
))
15845 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), 0)))
15847 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
15848 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15849 if (op0
&& op0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
)
15853 gcc_unreachable ();
15856 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_entry_value
), 0, 0);
15857 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15858 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= op0
;
15861 case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
:
15862 mem_loc_result
= parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl
);
15866 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
15867 PLUS code below. */
15868 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15873 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
15875 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15876 gen_int_mode (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
15877 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
)
15878 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
),
15885 if (is_based_loc (rtl
)
15886 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15887 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15888 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
15889 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
))
15890 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15891 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
15892 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15895 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15896 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15897 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
15900 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
15901 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
))
15902 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
15903 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
15906 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15907 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15910 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15911 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15912 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15917 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
15918 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
15928 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15929 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15930 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15932 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
15933 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
15934 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
15957 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
15959 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15960 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15962 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15963 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtlop1
), &op1_mode
)
15964 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op1_mode
) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
))
15965 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (int_mode
, rtlop1
);
15966 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15967 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15970 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
15973 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15974 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15975 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15991 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15992 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15993 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15994 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15996 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
15999 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16000 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
16001 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16005 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16006 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16007 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16009 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_mod
, rtl
,
16010 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
16011 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16015 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
16016 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16017 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
16018 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16020 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
16023 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16024 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
16025 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
16026 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
16027 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
16028 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
16029 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
16033 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16034 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16036 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16041 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
16042 base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1),
16043 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16060 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
16061 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16066 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16067 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16071 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16072 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16073 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
16074 || (int_mode
== Pmode
16075 && mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
16076 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), ptr_mode
) == INTVAL (rtl
))
16080 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
16083 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16084 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16085 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
))
16087 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1);
16088 scalar_int_mode amode
;
16089 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16091 if (INTVAL (rtl
) >= 0
16092 && (int_mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0)
16094 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), amode
) == INTVAL (rtl
)
16095 /* const DW_OP_convert <XXX> vs.
16096 DW_OP_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
16097 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
)) + 1 + 1
16098 < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
))
16100 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
16101 op0
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16102 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16103 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16104 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16105 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
16106 return mem_loc_result
;
16108 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0,
16110 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16111 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16112 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16113 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16114 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
16117 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16118 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
16119 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16120 = double_int::from_shwi (INTVAL (rtl
));
16126 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16128 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16130 /* Note that if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0, a
16131 CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either a large integer
16132 or a floating-point constant. If TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT != 0,
16133 the value is always a floating point constant.
16135 When it is an integer, a CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
16136 the constant requires 2 HWIs to be adequately represented.
16137 We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
16138 if (mode
== VOIDmode
16139 || (GET_MODE (rtl
) == VOIDmode
16140 && maybe_ne (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
),
16141 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
)))
16143 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
16144 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16146 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0, 0);
16147 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16148 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16149 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16150 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
16151 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16153 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16154 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
16155 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16156 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
16161 scalar_float_mode float_mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (mode
);
16162 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (float_mode
);
16163 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
16165 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16166 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16167 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
16168 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
16169 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16174 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
16175 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16177 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16179 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
16180 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16182 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0, 0);
16183 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16184 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16185 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16186 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16187 = dw_val_class_wide_int
;
16188 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
16189 *mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, mode
);
16193 case CONST_POLY_INT
:
16194 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (rtx_to_poly_int64 (rtl
));
16198 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16202 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16206 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16210 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16214 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16218 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16222 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16226 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16230 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16234 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16239 if (!SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
))
16244 mem_loc_result
= minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
16249 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
16250 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
16251 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16252 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &inner_mode
)
16253 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16254 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16255 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
16256 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
16257 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
)))
16260 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), inner_mode
,
16261 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16264 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
16268 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16269 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
16270 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
16271 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16272 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) - shift
- size
;
16273 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16275 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
16276 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16278 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
16280 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
16283 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
16284 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16291 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
16292 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
16293 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == VOIDmode
16294 ? word_mode
: GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
16295 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16296 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
16297 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16298 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
, mem_mode
,
16299 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16300 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
16303 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
16304 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
16305 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
16306 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
16307 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
16308 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
16309 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
16310 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
16311 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
16312 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
16317 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
16319 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
16322 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16324 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16325 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
16327 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
16328 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16331 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &int_mode
)
16332 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FLOAT
16333 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
16335 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
,
16336 GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT
);
16337 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16339 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16340 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16341 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16342 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16343 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
16345 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FIX
);
16346 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16348 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16349 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16350 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16351 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16352 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
16353 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16354 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FIX
16355 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
16357 op0
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (int_mode
, op0
);
16361 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16368 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16369 mem_loc_result
= clz_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16374 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16375 mem_loc_result
= popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16379 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16380 mem_loc_result
= bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16385 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16386 mem_loc_result
= rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16390 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
16391 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
16416 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
16417 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
16419 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
16425 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
16429 case STRICT_LOW_PART
:
16437 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
16440 /* RTL sequences inside PARALLEL record a series of DWARF operations for
16441 the expression. An UNSPEC rtx represents a raw DWARF operation,
16442 new_loc_descr is called for it to build the operation directly.
16443 Otherwise mem_loc_descriptor is called recursively. */
16447 dw_loc_descr_ref exp_result
= NULL
;
16449 for (; index
< XVECLEN (rtl
, 0); index
++)
16451 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, index
);
16452 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == UNSPEC
)
16454 /* Each DWARF operation UNSPEC contain two operands, if
16455 one operand is not used for the operation, const0_rtx is
16457 gcc_assert (XVECLEN (elem
, 0) == 2);
16459 HOST_WIDE_INT dw_op
= XINT (elem
, 1);
16460 HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
= INTVAL (XVECEXP (elem
, 0, 0));
16461 HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
= INTVAL (XVECEXP (elem
, 0, 1));
16463 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) dw_op
, oprnd1
,
16468 = mem_loc_descriptor (elem
, mode
, mem_mode
,
16469 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16471 if (!mem_loc_result
)
16472 mem_loc_result
= exp_result
;
16474 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, exp_result
);
16483 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
16484 gcc_unreachable ();
16489 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16490 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16492 return mem_loc_result
;
16495 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
16496 This is typically a complex variable. */
16498 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16499 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
16501 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16502 unsigned int size0
, size1
;
16503 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)).is_constant (&size0
)
16504 || !GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)).is_constant (&size1
))
16507 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
16508 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
16509 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16510 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
16511 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16513 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
16516 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
16517 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size0
);
16519 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
16520 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size1
);
16522 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16523 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16525 return cc_loc_result
;
16528 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
16531 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16532 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
16535 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
16536 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
16539 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
16541 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
16542 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
16544 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16545 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)).is_constant (&size
))
16548 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16552 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
16553 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size
);
16556 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16557 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16559 return cc_loc_result
;
16562 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_implicit_pointer
16563 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
16565 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16566 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16568 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
16571 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
16573 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
16574 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
16575 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
16576 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
16577 ret
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
), 0, offset
);
16578 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
16581 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16582 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
16583 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16587 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
16588 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
16593 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
16594 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
16595 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
16596 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
16597 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
16599 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
16600 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
16601 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
16603 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
16605 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16606 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
16607 enum var_init_status initialized
)
16609 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
16610 scalar_int_mode int_mode
;
16612 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16615 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
16616 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
16617 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
16618 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
16619 contains the given subreg. */
16620 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
16621 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
),
16622 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)), initialized
);
16628 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
16632 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
16633 GET_MODE (rtl
), initialized
);
16634 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16635 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
16636 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16638 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16639 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
16640 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
16645 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
16650 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
16655 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
16657 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
16658 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16659 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
16660 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
16664 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
16669 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
16670 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
16674 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
16675 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
16676 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16677 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16679 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
16680 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16681 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
16683 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
16684 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
16686 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
16688 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
16689 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16692 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
16693 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
16694 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16695 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
16697 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
16703 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
16705 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
16706 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
),
16712 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16713 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16715 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16717 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
16719 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
16720 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
16721 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
16722 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
16723 scalar_mode smode
= as_a
<scalar_mode
> (mode
);
16724 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16725 GET_MODE_SIZE (smode
), 0);
16726 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
16727 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (smode
))
16729 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
16730 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16731 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
16736 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (smode
);
16737 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
16739 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16740 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16741 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
16742 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
16743 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16748 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
16749 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16750 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16752 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16754 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
16755 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16756 GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
), 0);
16757 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
16758 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
16759 *loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, int_mode
);
16764 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16765 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16767 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
16768 /* The combination of a length and byte elt_size doesn't extend
16769 naturally to boolean vectors, where several elements are packed
16770 into the same byte. */
16771 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_VECTOR_BOOL
16772 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16774 unsigned int length
;
16775 if (!CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
).is_constant (&length
))
16778 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16779 unsigned char *array
16780 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
16783 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
16785 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
16786 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16788 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16789 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16791 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16792 insert_wide_int (rtx_mode_t (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
16796 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16797 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16799 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16800 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16805 gcc_unreachable ();
16808 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16809 length
* elt_size
, 0);
16810 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16811 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
16812 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
16813 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16818 if (mode
== VOIDmode
16819 || CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16820 || CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16821 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
16823 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
16828 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16832 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16833 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16834 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16836 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
16837 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16838 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16842 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
16843 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
16847 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
16848 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
16851 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
16857 if ((is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16858 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == int_mode
16859 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16860 && dwarf_version
>= 4)
16861 || (!dwarf_strict
&& mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
))
16863 /* Value expression. */
16864 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16866 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
16867 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16875 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
16876 address ranges where a given location is valid.
16877 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
16878 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
16879 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
16880 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
16882 static const char *
16883 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
16885 const char *secname
;
16887 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
)
16888 && (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) || TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || TREE_STATIC (decl
))
16889 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
16890 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
16891 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
16893 if (in_cold_section_p
)
16895 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
16896 if (sec
->common
.flags
& SECTION_NAMED
)
16897 return sec
->named
.name
;
16899 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
16901 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
16902 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
16904 secname
= text_section_label
;
16909 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
16912 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
16914 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
16916 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
16919 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
16922 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16923 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
16924 enum var_init_status initialized
)
16926 int have_address
= 0;
16927 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
16930 if (want_address
!= 2)
16932 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
16934 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
16936 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
16937 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16938 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16939 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
16940 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
16942 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16943 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, get_address_mode (varloc
),
16944 mode
, initialized
);
16949 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
16951 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VOIDmode
,
16956 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16963 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
16964 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
16966 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
16967 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
16974 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
16975 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16977 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16979 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16980 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16983 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16986 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
16987 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
16989 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16990 "Want address and only have value");
16994 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
16995 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
16997 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
16998 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17000 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
17002 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
17003 "DWARF address size mismatch");
17006 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17009 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
17011 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
17017 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
17018 if it is not possible. */
17020 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17021 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17023 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
17024 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
17025 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17026 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
17031 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
17032 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
17034 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17035 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
17038 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT padsize
= 0;
17039 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
17040 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
17042 enum var_init_status initialized
;
17044 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
17045 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
17048 decl_size
= tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
17050 descr_tail
= &descr
;
17052 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
17054 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
17055 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
17056 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
17057 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
17058 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opsize
= 0;
17060 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
17061 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
17063 padsize
+= bitsize
;
17066 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
17067 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
17068 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
17069 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
17071 padsize
+= bitsize
;
17075 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
17076 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
17077 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
17078 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
17079 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
17080 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
17082 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
17086 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
17088 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
17092 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
17094 padsize
+= bitsize
;
17095 /* Discard the current piece of the descriptor and release any
17096 addr_table entries it uses. */
17097 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
17101 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
17102 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
17105 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
17107 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
17108 goto discard_descr
;
17110 decl_size
-= padsize
;
17111 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
17112 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17114 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
17115 goto discard_descr
;
17117 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17120 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
17122 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
17123 goto discard_descr
;
17124 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
17127 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
17128 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
17129 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
17131 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
17132 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17133 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
17137 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
17138 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
17139 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
17140 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
17141 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
17142 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
17147 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
17148 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
17149 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
17151 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
17153 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
;
17154 if (!poly_uint64 (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)).is_constant (&memsize
))
17155 goto discard_descr
;
17156 memsize
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17157 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
17159 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
17160 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
17161 goto discard_descr
;
17162 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
17163 goto discard_descr
;
17164 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17165 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
17169 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
17170 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17171 goto discard_descr
;
17172 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17176 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
17178 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
17180 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
17181 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17182 goto discard_descr
;
17187 /* Discard the descriptor and release any addr_table entries it uses. */
17188 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (descr
);
17192 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
17193 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
17196 static dw_loc_list_ref
17197 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
17199 const char *endname
, *secname
;
17200 var_loc_view endview
;
17202 enum var_init_status initialized
;
17203 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
17204 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
17205 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17206 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
17207 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
17209 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
17210 actually construct the list of locations.
17211 The first location information is what is passed to the
17212 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
17213 locations just get added on to that list.
17214 Note that we only know the start address for a location
17215 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
17216 the range [current location start, next location start].
17217 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
17218 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
17220 if (cfun
&& crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
17222 bool save_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
17223 in_cold_section_p
= first_function_block_is_cold
;
17224 if (loc_list
->last_before_switch
== NULL
)
17225 in_cold_section_p
= !in_cold_section_p
;
17226 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17227 in_cold_section_p
= save_in_cold_section_p
;
17230 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17232 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17234 bool range_across_switch
= false;
17235 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
17236 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
17238 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17241 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
17242 inside DWARF expressions. */
17243 if (want_address
== 2)
17244 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
17248 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
17249 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
17250 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
17254 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
17255 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
17256 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
17257 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
17258 of first partition and second one starting at the
17259 beginning of second partition. */
17260 if (node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
17261 && (node
!= loc_list
->first
|| loc_list
->first
->next
17262 /* If we are to emit a view number, we will emit
17263 a loclist rather than a single location
17264 expression for the entire function (see
17265 loc_list_has_views), so we have to split the
17266 range that straddles across partitions. */
17267 || !ZERO_VIEW_P (node
->view
))
17268 && current_function_decl
)
17270 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_end
;
17272 range_across_switch
= true;
17274 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
17275 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
17276 else if (node
->next
)
17277 endname
= node
->next
->label
, endview
= node
->next
->view
;
17278 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
17279 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
17280 else if (!current_function_decl
)
17281 endname
= text_end_label
, endview
= 0;
17284 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
17285 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17286 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
17290 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->view
,
17291 endname
, endview
, secname
);
17292 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
17293 && node
== loc_list
->first
17294 && NOTE_P (node
->loc
)
17295 && strcmp (node
->label
, endname
) == 0)
17296 (*listp
)->force
= true;
17297 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
17302 && crtl
->has_bb_partition
17303 && node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
)
17305 bool save_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
17306 in_cold_section_p
= !first_function_block_is_cold
;
17307 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17308 in_cold_section_p
= save_in_cold_section_p
;
17311 if (range_across_switch
)
17313 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17314 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
17317 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
17318 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
17319 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
,
17322 gcc_assert (descr
);
17323 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
17324 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
17326 endname
= node
->next
->label
, endview
= node
->next
->view
;
17328 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, endview
= 0;
17329 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, 0,
17330 endname
, endview
, secname
);
17331 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
17335 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
17336 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
17337 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
17338 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
17339 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
17341 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
17344 maybe_gen_llsym (list
);
17349 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
17350 as location description. */
17353 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
17355 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
17356 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
17359 /* Duplicate a single element of location list. */
17361 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
17362 copy_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17364 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
= ggc_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
17365 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
17369 /* To each location in list LIST append loc descr REF. */
17372 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17374 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
17375 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
17376 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17379 copy
= copy_loc_descr (ref
);
17380 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
17381 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
17382 copy
= copy
->dw_loc_next
= copy_loc_descr (copy
->dw_loc_next
);
17383 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17387 /* To each location in list LIST prepend loc descr REF. */
17390 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17392 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
17393 dw_loc_descr_ref ref_end
= list
->expr
;
17394 add_loc_descr (&ref
, list
->expr
);
17396 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17399 dw_loc_descr_ref end
= list
->expr
;
17400 list
->expr
= copy
= copy_loc_descr (ref
);
17401 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
!= ref_end
)
17402 copy
= copy
->dw_loc_next
= copy_loc_descr (copy
->dw_loc_next
);
17403 copy
->dw_loc_next
= end
;
17404 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17408 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
17409 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
17410 to expression in RET on each position in program.
17411 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
17413 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
17414 element. General case would involve sorting the lists in program order
17415 and merging them that will need some additional work.
17416 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
17420 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
17429 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
17431 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
17434 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
17436 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
17440 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
17441 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
17442 " location lists.\n");
17447 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
17448 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
17450 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17451 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
17453 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
17454 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
17456 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
17461 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17463 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
17464 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
17466 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
17468 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
17469 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
17472 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
17473 GET_MODE (rtl
), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
17476 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
17477 by looking for inner INDIRECT_REF expression and turning
17478 it into simple arithmetics.
17480 See loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
17482 static dw_loc_list_ref
17483 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
,
17484 loc_descr_context
*context
)
17487 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
17489 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
17490 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
17492 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
17493 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
17494 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
17496 if (!multiple_p (bitpos
, BITS_PER_UNIT
, &bytepos
))
17498 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
17501 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
17503 expansion_failed (obj
,
17504 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
17507 if (!offset
&& known_eq (bitpos
, 0))
17508 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1,
17511 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
17512 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
17514 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0, context
);
17519 /* Variable offset. */
17520 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0, context
);
17521 if (list_ret1
== 0)
17523 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
17526 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17527 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
17529 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
17530 if (bytepos
.is_constant (&value
) && value
> 0)
17531 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17532 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, value
, 0));
17533 else if (maybe_ne (bytepos
, 0))
17534 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
17535 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17536 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
17541 /* Set LOC to the next operation that is not a DW_OP_nop operation. In the case
17542 all operations from LOC are nops, move to the last one. Insert in NOPS all
17543 operations that are skipped. */
17546 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
,
17547 hash_set
<dw_loc_descr_ref
> &nops
)
17549 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_nop
)
17552 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
17556 /* Helper for loc_descr_without_nops: free the location description operation
17560 free_loc_descr (const dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17566 /* Remove all DW_OP_nop operations from LOC except, if it exists, the one that
17570 loc_descr_without_nops (dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
)
17572 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_nop
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
17575 /* Set of all DW_OP_nop operations we remove. */
17576 hash_set
<dw_loc_descr_ref
> nops
;
17578 /* First, strip all prefix NOP operations in order to keep the head of the
17579 operations list. */
17580 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (loc
, nops
);
17582 for (dw_loc_descr_ref cur
= loc
; cur
!= NULL
;)
17584 /* For control flow operations: strip "prefix" nops in destination
17586 if (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
17587 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
, nops
);
17588 if (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
17589 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_loc
, nops
);
17591 /* Do the same for the operations that follow, then move to the next
17593 if (cur
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
17594 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_next
, nops
);
17595 cur
= cur
->dw_loc_next
;
17598 nops
.traverse
<void *, free_loc_descr
> (NULL
);
17602 struct dwarf_procedure_info
;
17604 /* Helper structure for location descriptions generation. */
17605 struct loc_descr_context
17607 /* The type that is implicitly referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address, or
17608 NULL_TREE if DW_OP_push_object_address in invalid for this location
17609 description. This is used when processing PLACEHOLDER_EXPR nodes. */
17611 /* The ..._DECL node that should be translated as a
17612 DW_OP_push_object_address operation. */
17614 /* Information about the DWARF procedure we are currently generating. NULL if
17615 we are not generating a DWARF procedure. */
17616 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
;
17617 /* True if integral PLACEHOLDER_EXPR stands for the first argument passed
17618 by consumer. Used for DW_TAG_generic_subrange attributes. */
17619 bool placeholder_arg
;
17620 /* True if PLACEHOLDER_EXPR has been seen. */
17621 bool placeholder_seen
;
17624 /* DWARF procedures generation
17626 DWARF expressions (aka. location descriptions) are used to encode variable
17627 things such as sizes or offsets. Such computations can have redundant parts
17628 that can be factorized in order to reduce the size of the output debug
17629 information. This is the whole point of DWARF procedures.
17631 Thanks to stor-layout.c, size and offset expressions in GENERIC trees are
17632 already factorized into functions ("size functions") in order to handle very
17633 big and complex types. Such functions are quite simple: they have integral
17634 arguments, they return an integral result and their body contains only a
17635 return statement with arithmetic expressions. This is the only kind of
17636 function we are interested in translating into DWARF procedures, here.
17638 DWARF expressions and DWARF procedure are executed using a stack, so we have
17639 to define some calling convention for them to interact. Let's say that:
17641 - Before calling a DWARF procedure, DWARF expressions must push on the stack
17642 all arguments in reverse order (right-to-left) so that when the DWARF
17643 procedure execution starts, the first argument is the top of the stack.
17645 - Then, when returning, the DWARF procedure must have consumed all arguments
17646 on the stack, must have pushed the result and touched nothing else.
17648 - Each integral argument and the result are integral types can be hold in a
17651 - We call "frame offset" the number of stack slots that are "under DWARF
17652 procedure control": it includes the arguments slots, the temporaries and
17653 the result slot. Thus, it is equal to the number of arguments when the
17654 procedure execution starts and must be equal to one (the result) when it
17657 /* Helper structure used when generating operations for a DWARF procedure. */
17658 struct dwarf_procedure_info
17660 /* The FUNCTION_DECL node corresponding to the DWARF procedure that is
17661 currently translated. */
17663 /* The number of arguments FNDECL takes. */
17664 unsigned args_count
;
17667 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node for a DWARF procedure. Add
17668 LOCATION as its DW_AT_location attribute. If FNDECL is not NULL_TREE,
17669 equate it to this DIE. */
17672 new_dwarf_proc_die (dw_loc_descr_ref location
, tree fndecl
,
17673 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
17675 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
;
17677 if ((dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
17678 || location
== NULL
)
17681 dwarf_proc_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
, parent_die
, fndecl
);
17683 equate_decl_number_to_die (fndecl
, dwarf_proc_die
);
17684 add_AT_loc (dwarf_proc_die
, DW_AT_location
, location
);
17685 return dwarf_proc_die
;
17688 /* Return whether TYPE is a supported type as a DWARF procedure argument
17689 type or return type (we handle only scalar types and pointer types that
17690 aren't wider than the DWARF expression evaluation stack. */
17693 is_handled_procedure_type (tree type
)
17695 return ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type
)
17696 || TREE_CODE (type
) == OFFSET_TYPE
17697 || TREE_CODE (type
) == POINTER_TYPE
)
17698 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
17701 /* Helper for resolve_args_picking: do the same but stop when coming across
17702 visited nodes. For each node we visit, register in FRAME_OFFSETS the frame
17703 offset *before* evaluating the corresponding operation. */
17706 resolve_args_picking_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, unsigned initial_frame_offset
,
17707 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
,
17708 hash_map
<dw_loc_descr_ref
, unsigned> &frame_offsets
)
17710 /* The "frame_offset" identifier is already used to name a macro... */
17711 unsigned frame_offset_
= initial_frame_offset
;
17712 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
17714 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
;)
17717 unsigned &l_frame_offset
= frame_offsets
.get_or_insert (l
, &existed
);
17719 /* If we already met this node, there is nothing to compute anymore. */
17722 /* Make sure that the stack size is consistent wherever the execution
17723 flow comes from. */
17724 gcc_assert ((unsigned) l_frame_offset
== frame_offset_
);
17727 l_frame_offset
= frame_offset_
;
17729 /* If needed, relocate the picking offset with respect to the frame
17731 if (l
->frame_offset_rel
)
17733 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
;
17734 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17737 off
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
17746 gcc_unreachable ();
17748 /* frame_offset_ is the size of the current stack frame, including
17749 incoming arguments. Besides, the arguments are pushed
17750 right-to-left. Thus, in order to access the Nth argument from
17751 this operation node, the picking has to skip temporaries *plus*
17752 one stack slot per argument (0 for the first one, 1 for the second
17755 The targetted argument number (N) is already set as the operand,
17756 and the number of temporaries can be computed with:
17757 frame_offsets_ - dpi->args_count */
17758 off
+= frame_offset_
- dpi
->args_count
;
17760 /* DW_OP_pick handles only offsets from 0 to 255 (inclusive)... */
17766 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_dup
;
17767 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= 0;
17771 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_over
;
17772 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= 0;
17776 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_pick
;
17777 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= off
;
17781 /* Update frame_offset according to the effect the current operation has
17783 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17791 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
17827 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
17829 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
17830 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
17831 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
17835 case DW_OP_const1u
:
17836 case DW_OP_const1s
:
17837 case DW_OP_const2u
:
17838 case DW_OP_const2s
:
17839 case DW_OP_const4u
:
17840 case DW_OP_const4s
:
17841 case DW_OP_const8u
:
17842 case DW_OP_const8s
:
17913 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
17914 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
17915 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
17916 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
17917 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
17942 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
17948 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
17950 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
17951 int *stack_usage
= dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
->get (dwarf_proc
);
17953 if (stack_usage
== NULL
)
17955 frame_offset_
+= *stack_usage
;
17959 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
17960 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
17961 case DW_OP_const_type
:
17962 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
17963 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
17964 case DW_OP_convert
:
17965 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
17966 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
17967 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
17968 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
17969 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
17970 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
17971 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
17972 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
17973 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
17974 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
17975 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
17976 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
17977 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
17978 /* loc_list_from_tree will probably not output these operations for
17979 size functions, so assume they will not appear here. */
17980 /* Fall through... */
17983 gcc_unreachable ();
17986 /* Now, follow the control flow (except subroutine calls). */
17987 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17990 if (!resolve_args_picking_1 (l
->dw_loc_next
, frame_offset_
, dpi
,
17993 /* Fall through. */
17996 l
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
;
17999 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
18003 l
= l
->dw_loc_next
;
18011 /* Make a DFS over operations reachable through LOC (i.e. follow branch
18012 operations) in order to resolve the operand of DW_OP_pick operations that
18013 target DWARF procedure arguments (DPI). INITIAL_FRAME_OFFSET is the frame
18014 offset *before* LOC is executed. Return if all relocations were
18018 resolve_args_picking (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, unsigned initial_frame_offset
,
18019 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
)
18021 /* Associate to all visited operations the frame offset *before* evaluating
18023 hash_map
<dw_loc_descr_ref
, unsigned> frame_offsets
;
18025 return resolve_args_picking_1 (loc
, initial_frame_offset
, dpi
,
18029 /* Try to generate a DWARF procedure that computes the same result as FNDECL.
18030 Return NULL if it is not possible. */
18033 function_to_dwarf_procedure (tree fndecl
)
18035 struct loc_descr_context ctx
;
18036 struct dwarf_procedure_info dpi
;
18037 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
;
18038 tree tree_body
= DECL_SAVED_TREE (fndecl
);
18039 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_body
, epilogue
;
18044 /* Do not generate multiple DWARF procedures for the same function
18046 dwarf_proc_die
= lookup_decl_die (fndecl
);
18047 if (dwarf_proc_die
!= NULL
)
18048 return dwarf_proc_die
;
18050 /* DWARF procedures are available starting with the DWARFv3 standard. */
18051 if (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
18054 /* We handle only functions for which we still have a body, that return a
18055 supported type and that takes arguments with supported types. Note that
18056 there is no point translating functions that return nothing. */
18057 if (tree_body
== NULL_TREE
18058 || DECL_RESULT (fndecl
) == NULL_TREE
18059 || !is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (fndecl
))))
18062 for (cursor
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl
);
18063 cursor
!= NULL_TREE
;
18064 cursor
= TREE_CHAIN (cursor
))
18065 if (!is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (cursor
)))
18068 /* Match only "expr" in: RETURN_EXPR (MODIFY_EXPR (RESULT_DECL, expr)). */
18069 if (TREE_CODE (tree_body
) != RETURN_EXPR
)
18071 tree_body
= TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 0);
18072 if (TREE_CODE (tree_body
) != MODIFY_EXPR
18073 || TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 0) != DECL_RESULT (fndecl
))
18075 tree_body
= TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 1);
18077 /* Try to translate the body expression itself. Note that this will probably
18078 cause an infinite recursion if its call graph has a cycle. This is very
18079 unlikely for size functions, however, so don't bother with such things at
18081 ctx
.context_type
= NULL_TREE
;
18082 ctx
.base_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
18084 ctx
.placeholder_arg
= false;
18085 ctx
.placeholder_seen
= false;
18086 dpi
.fndecl
= fndecl
;
18087 dpi
.args_count
= list_length (DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl
));
18088 loc_body
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree_body
, 0, &ctx
);
18092 /* After evaluating all operands in "loc_body", we should still have on the
18093 stack all arguments plus the desired function result (top of the stack).
18094 Generate code in order to keep only the result in our stack frame. */
18096 for (i
= 0; i
< dpi
.args_count
; ++i
)
18098 dw_loc_descr_ref op_couple
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0);
18099 op_couple
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
18100 op_couple
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
= epilogue
;
18101 epilogue
= op_couple
;
18103 add_loc_descr (&loc_body
, epilogue
);
18104 if (!resolve_args_picking (loc_body
, dpi
.args_count
, &dpi
))
18107 /* Trailing nops from loc_descriptor_from_tree (if any) cannot be removed
18108 because they are considered useful. Now there is an epilogue, they are
18109 not anymore, so give it another try. */
18110 loc_descr_without_nops (loc_body
);
18112 /* fndecl may be used both as a regular DW_TAG_subprogram DIE and as
18113 a DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure, so we may have a conflict, here. It's unlikely,
18114 though, given that size functions do not come from source, so they should
18115 not have a dedicated DW_TAG_subprogram DIE. */
18117 = new_dwarf_proc_die (loc_body
, fndecl
,
18118 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (fndecl
)));
18120 /* The called DWARF procedure consumes one stack slot per argument and
18121 returns one stack slot. */
18122 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
->put (dwarf_proc_die
, 1 - dpi
.args_count
);
18124 return dwarf_proc_die
;
18128 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
18129 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
18130 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
18131 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
18132 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
18133 to refer to register values).
18135 CONTEXT provides information to customize the location descriptions
18136 generation. Its context_type field specifies what type is implicitly
18137 referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address. If it is NULL_TREE, this operation
18138 will not be generated.
18140 Its DPI field determines whether we are generating a DWARF expression for a
18141 DWARF procedure, so PARM_DECL references are processed specifically.
18143 If CONTEXT is NULL, the behavior is the same as if context_type, base_decl
18144 and dpi fields were null. */
18146 static dw_loc_list_ref
18147 loc_list_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
,
18148 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
18150 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
18151 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
18152 int have_address
= 0;
18153 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
18155 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
18156 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
18159 if (context
!= NULL
18160 && context
->base_decl
== loc
18161 && want_address
== 0)
18163 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18164 return new_loc_list (new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0),
18165 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 0, NULL
);
18170 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
18173 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
18176 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
18177 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
18178 position of other fields. It is supposed to appear only as the first
18179 operand of COMPONENT_REF nodes and to reference precisely the type
18180 that the context allows. */
18181 if (context
!= NULL
18182 && TREE_TYPE (loc
) == context
->context_type
18183 && want_address
>= 1)
18185 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18187 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
18194 /* For DW_TAG_generic_subrange attributes, PLACEHOLDER_EXPR stands for
18195 the single argument passed by consumer. */
18196 else if (context
!= NULL
18197 && context
->placeholder_arg
18198 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
))
18199 && want_address
== 0)
18201 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 0, 0);
18202 ret
->frame_offset_rel
= 1;
18203 context
->placeholder_seen
= true;
18207 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18208 "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR for an unexpected type");
18213 const int nargs
= call_expr_nargs (loc
);
18214 tree callee
= get_callee_fndecl (loc
);
18216 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc
;
18218 if (callee
== NULL_TREE
)
18219 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18221 /* We handle only functions that return an integer. */
18222 if (!is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (callee
))))
18223 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18225 dwarf_proc
= function_to_dwarf_procedure (callee
);
18226 if (dwarf_proc
== NULL
)
18227 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18229 /* Evaluate arguments right-to-left so that the first argument will
18230 be the top-most one on the stack. */
18231 for (i
= nargs
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
18233 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
18234 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (CALL_EXPR_ARG (loc
, i
), 0,
18237 if (loc_descr
== NULL
)
18238 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18240 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descr
);
18243 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call4
, 0, 0);
18244 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
18245 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= dwarf_proc
;
18246 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
18247 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18250 call_expansion_failed
:
18251 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
18252 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
18256 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
18257 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
18258 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
18259 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
18260 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
18261 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
18265 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
18266 e.g. for &this->field. */
18269 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
18270 (loc
, want_address
== 2, context
);
18273 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
18274 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18277 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
18278 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
18279 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1, context
);
18283 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
18289 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
18292 enum dwarf_location_atom tls_op
;
18293 enum dtprel_bool dtprel
= dtprel_false
;
18295 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
18297 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
18299 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
18302 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
18303 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
18304 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
18305 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
18306 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
18307 operand shouldn't be. */
18308 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
18310 dtprel
= dtprel_true
;
18311 /* We check for DWARF 5 here because gdb did not implement
18312 DW_OP_form_tls_address until after 7.12. */
18313 tls_op
= (dwarf_version
>= 5 ? DW_OP_form_tls_address
18314 : DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
);
18318 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
18319 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18321 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
18322 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
18323 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
18324 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
18325 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
18326 tls_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
18329 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
18330 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
18335 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
18336 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
18339 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel
);
18340 ret1
= new_loc_descr (tls_op
, 0, 0);
18341 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18349 if (context
!= NULL
&& context
->dpi
!= NULL
18350 && DECL_CONTEXT (loc
) == context
->dpi
->fndecl
)
18352 /* We are generating code for a DWARF procedure and we want to access
18353 one of its arguments: find the appropriate argument offset and let
18354 the resolve_args_picking pass compute the offset that complies
18355 with the stack frame size. */
18359 for (cursor
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (context
->dpi
->fndecl
);
18360 cursor
!= NULL_TREE
&& cursor
!= loc
;
18361 cursor
= TREE_CHAIN (cursor
), ++i
)
18363 /* If we are translating a DWARF procedure, all referenced parameters
18364 must belong to the current function. */
18365 gcc_assert (cursor
!= NULL_TREE
);
18367 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, i
, 0);
18368 ret
->frame_offset_rel
= 1;
18374 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
18375 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
18376 want_address
, context
);
18379 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
18382 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
18384 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
18386 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
18387 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
18390 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
18391 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
18393 if (TREE_CODE (loc
) != FUNCTION_DECL
18395 && current_function_decl
18396 && want_address
!= 1
18397 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (loc
)
18398 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
))
18399 || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18400 && DECL_CONTEXT (loc
) == current_function_decl
18401 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18402 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
18404 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (loc
);
18405 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
, 0, 0);
18408 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
18409 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
18410 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
18414 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
18415 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= loc
;
18419 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
18422 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
18424 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
18425 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18426 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
18427 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
18429 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
18431 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
18434 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
18435 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
18438 machine_mode mode
, mem_mode
;
18440 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
18441 if (want_address
== 2)
18443 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
18444 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18449 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
18450 mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
18454 mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
18455 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
18458 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
18459 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18462 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
18463 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
18469 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
18476 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18480 case TARGET_MEM_REF
:
18482 case DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
:
18485 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
18486 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
,
18490 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
18493 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
18494 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
,
18497 case COMPONENT_REF
:
18498 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
18500 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
18501 case REALPART_EXPR
:
18502 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
18505 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
18507 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
18509 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
18510 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
18512 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
18514 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (obj
,
18516 && known_eq (bitpos
, 0)
18517 && !offset
? 2 : 1,
18519 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
18520 for nonzero bitpos. */
18523 if (!multiple_p (bitpos
, BITS_PER_UNIT
, &bytepos
)
18524 || !multiple_p (bitsize
, BITS_PER_UNIT
))
18526 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18527 "bitfield access");
18531 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
18533 /* Variable offset. */
18534 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0, context
);
18535 if (list_ret1
== 0)
18537 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18540 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
18543 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
18544 if (bytepos
.is_constant (&value
) && value
> 0)
18545 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
18547 else if (maybe_ne (bytepos
, 0))
18548 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
18555 if ((want_address
|| !tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
18556 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18558 else if (want_address
== 2
18559 && tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
)
18560 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
18561 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
18562 tree_to_shwi (loc
))))
18564 else if (tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
18565 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_to_shwi (loc
));
18566 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (loc
))
18567 ret
= uint_loc_descriptor (tree_to_uhwi (loc
));
18570 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18571 "Integer operand is not host integer");
18580 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18581 "constant address with a runtime component");
18585 if (!poly_int_tree_p (loc
, &value
))
18587 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "constant too big");
18590 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (value
);
18598 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18600 else if (TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONSTRUCTOR
)
18602 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (loc
);
18603 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18604 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
18605 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
18606 constructor_elt
*ce
;
18608 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18610 /* This is very limited, but it's enough to output
18611 pointers to member functions, as long as the
18612 referenced function is defined in the current
18613 translation unit. */
18614 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (loc
), cnt
, ce
)
18616 tree val
= ce
->value
;
18618 tree field
= ce
->index
;
18623 if (!field
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
18625 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18626 "bitfield in record type constructor");
18627 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18632 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
));
18633 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
18634 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
18637 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18638 "out-of-order fields in record constructor");
18639 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18645 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, pos
- offset
, 0);
18646 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18649 if (val
&& fieldsize
!= 0)
18651 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, want_address
, context
);
18654 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18655 "unsupported expression in field");
18656 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18660 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18664 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, fieldsize
, 0);
18665 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18666 offset
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
18670 if (offset
!= size
)
18672 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
- offset
, 0);
18673 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18677 have_address
= !!want_address
;
18680 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18681 "constructor of non-record type");
18684 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
18685 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18686 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
18689 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
18690 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
18695 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
18700 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
18701 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
18706 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
18707 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
18708 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
18709 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
18710 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR
:
18711 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18720 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
18721 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
18722 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
18723 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
18724 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18729 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18730 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18731 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
18734 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18737 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
18738 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
18739 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
18740 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
18741 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
18753 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
18756 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
18759 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
18761 /* Big unsigned numbers can fit in HOST_WIDE_INT but it may be
18762 smarter to encode their opposite. The DW_OP_plus_uconst operation
18763 takes 1 + X bytes, X being the size of the ULEB128 addend. On the
18764 other hand, a "<push literal>; DW_OP_minus" pattern takes 1 + Y
18765 bytes, Y being the size of the operation that pushes the opposite
18766 of the addend. So let's choose the smallest representation. */
18767 const tree tree_addend
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1);
18768 offset_int wi_addend
;
18769 HOST_WIDE_INT shwi_addend
;
18770 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_naddend
;
18772 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18776 /* Try to get the literal to push. It is the opposite of the addend,
18777 so as we rely on wrapping during DWARF evaluation, first decode
18778 the literal as a "DWARF-sized" signed number. */
18779 wi_addend
= wi::to_offset (tree_addend
);
18780 wi_addend
= wi::sext (wi_addend
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* 8);
18781 shwi_addend
= wi_addend
.to_shwi ();
18782 loc_naddend
= (shwi_addend
!= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
18783 ? int_loc_descriptor (-shwi_addend
)
18786 if (loc_naddend
!= NULL
18787 && ((unsigned) size_of_uleb128 (shwi_addend
)
18788 > size_of_loc_descr (loc_naddend
)))
18790 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, loc_naddend
);
18791 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
18792 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
18796 for (dw_loc_descr_ref loc_cur
= loc_naddend
; loc_cur
!= NULL
; )
18798 loc_naddend
= loc_cur
;
18799 loc_cur
= loc_cur
->dw_loc_next
;
18800 ggc_free (loc_naddend
);
18802 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, wi_addend
.to_shwi ());
18812 goto do_comp_binop
;
18816 goto do_comp_binop
;
18820 goto do_comp_binop
;
18824 goto do_comp_binop
;
18827 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
18829 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18830 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18831 list_ret
= loc_list_from_uint_comparison (list_ret
, list_ret1
,
18847 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18848 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18849 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
18852 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18855 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18858 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
18872 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18876 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18882 const enum tree_code code
=
18883 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
18885 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
18886 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
18887 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
18888 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
18895 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
18896 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18897 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
18898 = loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0, context
);
18899 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
18901 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18902 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
18905 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
18906 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
18908 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
18909 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
18910 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
18912 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
18913 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
18914 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
18916 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
18917 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
18918 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
18919 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
18920 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
18924 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
18928 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
18929 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
18930 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
18931 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
18933 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18934 "language specific tree node");
18938 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
18939 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
18941 gcc_unreachable ();
18943 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
18944 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
18948 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
18951 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
18952 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
18954 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18956 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18957 "DWARF address size mismatch");
18961 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
18963 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
18964 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
18967 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
18968 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
18970 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18971 "Want address and only have value");
18975 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
18977 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
18978 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
18980 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
18982 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
18984 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18985 "DWARF address size mismatch");
18988 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18991 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
18994 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
18996 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
18999 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, 0, NULL
, 0, NULL
);
19004 /* Likewise, but strip useless DW_OP_nop operations in the resulting
19007 static dw_loc_list_ref
19008 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
19009 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
19011 dw_loc_list_ref result
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (loc
, want_address
, context
);
19013 for (dw_loc_list_ref loc_cur
= result
;
19014 loc_cur
!= NULL
; loc_cur
= loc_cur
->dw_loc_next
)
19015 loc_descr_without_nops (loc_cur
->expr
);
19019 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
19020 static dw_loc_descr_ref
19021 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
19022 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
19024 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
, context
);
19027 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
19029 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
19030 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
19036 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
19037 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
19038 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
19039 ERROR_MARK node. */
19042 field_type (const_tree decl
)
19046 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
19047 return integer_type_node
;
19049 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
19050 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
19051 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19056 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
19057 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
19058 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
19060 static inline unsigned
19061 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
19063 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
19066 static inline unsigned
19067 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
19069 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
19072 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
19074 static inline offset_int
19075 round_up_to_align (const offset_int
&t
, unsigned int align
)
19077 return wi::udiv_trunc (t
+ align
- 1, align
) * align
;
19080 /* Compute the size of TYPE in bytes. If possible, return NULL and store the
19081 size as an integer constant in CST_SIZE. Otherwise, if possible, return a
19082 DWARF expression that computes the size. Return NULL and set CST_SIZE to -1
19083 if we fail to return the size in one of these two forms. */
19085 static dw_loc_descr_ref
19086 type_byte_size (const_tree type
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*cst_size
)
19089 struct loc_descr_context ctx
;
19091 /* Return a constant integer in priority, if possible. */
19092 *cst_size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
19093 if (*cst_size
!= -1)
19096 ctx
.context_type
= const_cast<tree
> (type
);
19097 ctx
.base_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19099 ctx
.placeholder_arg
= false;
19100 ctx
.placeholder_seen
= false;
19102 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
19103 tree_size
= TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type
);
19104 return ((tree_size
!= NULL_TREE
)
19105 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree_size
, 0, &ctx
)
19109 /* Helper structure for RECORD_TYPE processing. */
19112 /* Root RECORD_TYPE. It is needed to generate data member location
19113 descriptions in variable-length records (VLR), but also to cope with
19114 variants, which are composed of nested structures multiplexed with
19115 QUAL_UNION_TYPE nodes. Each time such a structure is passed to a
19116 function processing a FIELD_DECL, it is required to be non null. */
19118 /* When generating a variant part in a RECORD_TYPE (i.e. a nested
19119 QUAL_UNION_TYPE), this holds an expression that computes the offset for
19120 this variant part as part of the root record (in storage units). For
19121 regular records, it must be NULL_TREE. */
19122 tree variant_part_offset
;
19125 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute the byte offset of the lowest
19126 addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL. If
19127 possible, return a native constant through CST_OFFSET (in which case NULL is
19128 returned); otherwise return a DWARF expression that computes the offset.
19130 Set *CST_OFFSET to 0 and return NULL if we are unable to determine what
19131 that offset is, either because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an
19132 ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset expression is too complex for us.
19134 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
19136 static dw_loc_descr_ref
19137 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
,
19138 HOST_WIDE_INT
*cst_offset
)
19141 dw_loc_list_ref loc_result
;
19145 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
19148 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
19150 /* We cannot handle variable bit offsets at the moment, so abort if it's the
19152 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
19155 /* We used to handle only constant offsets in all cases. Now, we handle
19156 properly dynamic byte offsets only when PCC bitfield type doesn't
19158 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
19159 && TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
19161 offset_int object_offset_in_bits
;
19162 offset_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
19163 offset_int bitpos_int
;
19165 tree field_size_tree
;
19166 offset_int deepest_bitpos
;
19167 offset_int field_size_in_bits
;
19168 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
19169 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
19170 offset_int type_size_in_bits
;
19172 bitpos_int
= wi::to_offset (bit_position (decl
));
19173 type
= field_type (decl
);
19174 type_size_in_bits
= offset_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
19175 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
19177 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
19179 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
19180 a flexible array member. */
19181 if (!field_size_tree
)
19182 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
19184 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
19185 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
19186 field_size_in_bits
= wi::to_offset (field_size_tree
);
19188 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
19190 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
19192 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
19193 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
19194 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
19195 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
19196 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
19197 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
19198 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
19199 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
19200 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
19202 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
19204 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
19205 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
19206 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
19207 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
19208 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
19209 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
19210 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
19211 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
19212 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
19213 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
19214 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
19216 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
19217 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
19218 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
19219 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
19220 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
19221 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
19222 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
19223 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
19224 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
19225 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
19228 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
19229 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
19230 must have believed that the containing object started (within
19231 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
19232 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
19233 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
19234 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
19236 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
19237 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
19238 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
19240 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
19241 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
19243 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
19245 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
19247 object_offset_in_bits
19248 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
19250 if (wi::gtu_p (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
))
19252 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
19254 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
19255 object_offset_in_bits
19256 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
19259 object_offset_in_bytes
19260 = wi::lrshift (object_offset_in_bits
, LOG2_BITS_PER_UNIT
);
19261 if (ctx
->variant_part_offset
== NULL_TREE
)
19263 *cst_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
.to_shwi ();
19266 tree_result
= wide_int_to_tree (sizetype
, object_offset_in_bytes
);
19269 tree_result
= byte_position (decl
);
19271 if (ctx
->variant_part_offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
19272 tree_result
= fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (tree_result
),
19273 ctx
->variant_part_offset
, tree_result
);
19275 /* If the byte offset is a constant, it's simplier to handle a native
19276 constant rather than a DWARF expression. */
19277 if (TREE_CODE (tree_result
) == INTEGER_CST
)
19279 *cst_offset
= wi::to_offset (tree_result
).to_shwi ();
19282 struct loc_descr_context loc_ctx
= {
19283 ctx
->struct_type
, /* context_type */
19284 NULL_TREE
, /* base_decl */
19286 false, /* placeholder_arg */
19287 false /* placeholder_seen */
19289 loc_result
= loc_list_from_tree (tree_result
, 0, &loc_ctx
);
19291 /* We want a DWARF expression: abort if we only have a location list with
19292 multiple elements. */
19293 if (!loc_result
|| !single_element_loc_list_p (loc_result
))
19296 return loc_result
->expr
;
19299 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
19300 associated with them. */
19302 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
19304 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
19305 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
19306 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
19309 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
19310 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
19312 bool check_no_locviews
= true;
19315 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
19316 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
19319 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
19320 gcc_assert (descr
->ll_symbol
);
19321 if (attr_kind
== DW_AT_location
&& descr
->vl_symbol
19322 && dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
19324 add_AT_view_list (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
19325 check_no_locviews
= false;
19329 if (check_no_locviews
)
19330 gcc_assert (!get_AT (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
));
19333 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
19336 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
19338 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
19339 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
19340 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
19341 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
19342 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
19343 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
19345 if (dwarf_version
== 2
19346 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
19347 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
19348 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
19350 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
19352 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
19353 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
19356 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
19357 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
19358 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
19359 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
19360 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
19361 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
19364 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
19365 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
19366 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
19367 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
19368 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
19369 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
19370 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
19371 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
19372 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
19375 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
19378 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
,
19380 struct vlr_context
*ctx
)
19382 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
19383 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
19385 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
19387 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
19388 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
19390 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
19391 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
19392 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
19393 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
19395 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
19397 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
19399 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
19401 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
19402 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
19403 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19405 /* Extract the vtable address. */
19406 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
19407 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19409 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
19410 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
));
19411 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
19413 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
19414 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19415 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
19416 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19418 /* Extract the offset. */
19419 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
19420 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19422 /* Add it to the object address. */
19423 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
19424 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19427 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
));
19431 loc_descr
= field_byte_offset (decl
, ctx
, &offset
);
19433 /* If loc_descr is available then we know the field offset is dynamic.
19434 However, GDB does not handle dynamic field offsets very well at the
19436 if (loc_descr
!= NULL
&& gnat_encodings
!= DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
)
19442 /* Data member location evalutation starts with the base address on the
19443 stack. Compute the field offset and add it to this base address. */
19444 else if (loc_descr
!= NULL
)
19445 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
19450 /* While DW_AT_data_bit_offset has been added already in DWARF4,
19451 e.g. GDB only added support to it in November 2016. For DWARF5
19452 we need newer debug info consumers anyway. We might change this
19453 to dwarf_version >= 4 once most consumers catched up. */
19454 if (dwarf_version
>= 5
19455 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
19456 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
19458 tree off
= bit_position (decl
);
19459 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (off
) && get_AT (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
))
19461 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
19462 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
);
19463 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_bit_offset
, tree_to_uhwi (off
));
19467 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
19469 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
19471 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
19473 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
19478 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
19480 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
19481 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
19482 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
19483 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
19484 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
19488 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
19491 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
19494 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
19498 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
19504 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
19506 static HOST_WIDE_INT
19507 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
19509 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
19515 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
19521 /* Writes wide_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
19524 insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&val
, unsigned char *dest
, int elt_size
)
19528 if (elt_size
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/BITS_PER_UNIT
)
19530 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (0), elt_size
, dest
);
19534 /* We'd have to extend this code to support odd sizes. */
19535 gcc_assert (elt_size
% (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0);
19537 int n
= elt_size
/ (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
19539 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
19540 for (i
= n
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
19542 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
19543 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
19546 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
19548 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
19549 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
19553 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
19556 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
19560 scalar_float_mode mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtl
));
19562 real_to_target (val
, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (rtl
), mode
);
19564 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
19565 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4; i
++)
19567 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
19572 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
19573 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
19574 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
19575 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
19576 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
19579 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
19581 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
19585 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
19588 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
19590 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
19594 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
19596 wide_int w1
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, MAX_MODE_INT
);
19597 unsigned int prec
= MIN (wi::min_precision (w1
, UNSIGNED
),
19598 (unsigned int)CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (rtl
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
19599 wide_int w
= wi::zext (w1
, prec
);
19600 add_AT_wide (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, w
);
19605 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
19606 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
19607 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
19609 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
== 0
19610 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
19611 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
19612 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
19615 scalar_float_mode mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtl
));
19616 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
19617 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
19619 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
19620 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
19626 unsigned int length
;
19627 if (!CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
).is_constant (&length
))
19630 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
19631 /* The combination of a length and byte elt_size doesn't extend
19632 naturally to boolean vectors, where several elements are packed
19633 into the same byte. */
19634 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_VECTOR_BOOL
)
19637 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
19638 unsigned char *array
19639 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
19642 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
19644 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
19646 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
19647 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
19649 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
19650 insert_wide_int (rtx_mode_t (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
19654 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
19655 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
19657 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
19658 insert_float (elt
, p
);
19663 gcc_unreachable ();
19666 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
19671 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19673 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
19674 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
19676 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
19677 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
19678 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
19679 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
19685 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
19686 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
19689 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
19693 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19698 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
19699 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
19700 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
19701 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
19702 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
19703 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
19704 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
19705 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
19706 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
19707 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
19708 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
19716 case CONST_POLY_INT
:
19720 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
19721 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
19722 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
19724 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
19730 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
19731 gcc_unreachable ();
19736 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
19737 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
19740 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
19741 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
19743 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
19744 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
19746 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
19747 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
19749 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
19750 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
19751 be conservative. */
19752 else if (!symtab
->global_info_ready
&& VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (*tp
))
19754 else if (VAR_P (*tp
))
19756 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (*tp
);
19757 if (!node
|| !node
->definition
)
19760 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19761 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
19763 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
19764 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
19765 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
19766 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
19767 if (!cgraph_node::get (*tp
))
19770 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
19776 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
19777 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
19780 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
19782 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
19786 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
19787 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
19788 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
19790 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
19791 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
19792 scalar_int_mode mode
;
19794 if (is_int_mode (TYPE_MODE (enttype
), &mode
)
19795 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
19797 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
)
19798 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
)) == INTEGER_CST
19799 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
19800 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
19801 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
19802 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
19803 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
19805 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
19806 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
19807 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
19808 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
19811 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
19813 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
19814 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
19815 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
19816 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
19818 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
19819 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
19820 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
19821 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
19823 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
19824 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
19825 reference variables which won't be output. */
19826 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
19827 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
19829 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
19831 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
19832 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
19837 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
19839 vec
<constructor_elt
, va_gc
> *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
19840 bool constant_p
= true;
19842 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
19844 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
19845 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
19846 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
19847 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
19848 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
19850 constant_p
= false;
19856 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
19866 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
19868 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
19869 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
19875 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
19878 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
19882 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
19883 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
19884 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
19886 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
19887 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
19888 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
19889 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
19890 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
19891 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
19892 referenced within the function.
19894 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
19895 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
19896 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
19897 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
19899 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
19900 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
19901 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
19902 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
19903 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
19904 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
19906 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
19907 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
19908 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
19909 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
19910 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
19911 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
19912 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
19913 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
19914 output at debug-time.
19916 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
19917 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
19918 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
19919 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
19920 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
19921 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
19922 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
19923 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
19924 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
19925 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
19926 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
19927 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
19928 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
19930 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
19931 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
19932 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
19933 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
19934 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
19935 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
19936 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
19937 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
19938 I'd like to fix it.
19940 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
19941 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
19942 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
19943 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
19944 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
19945 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
19946 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
19947 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
19948 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
19949 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
19950 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
19952 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
19953 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19955 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
19956 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
19957 fixed registers. */
19958 if (! reload_completed
)
19961 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
19963 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
19966 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
19968 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
19973 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
19975 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
19976 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
19978 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
19979 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
19980 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19981 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))))
19983 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19984 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
19985 machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
19986 machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
19988 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
19989 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
19990 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
19991 if (dmode
== pmode
)
19992 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
19993 else if ((rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
19994 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
19995 && known_le (GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
))
19996 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19998 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
20001 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
20003 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
20004 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
20005 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
20006 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
20013 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
20014 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
20015 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
20016 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
20017 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
20018 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
20020 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
20021 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
20022 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
20023 /* Not passed in memory. */
20024 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
20025 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
20026 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
20027 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
20028 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
20029 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
20030 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
20033 /* Big endian correction check. */
20034 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
20035 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
20036 && known_lt (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))),
20039 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
20040 poly_int64 offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
20041 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
20043 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
20044 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
20047 else if (VAR_P (decl
)
20050 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
20052 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
20053 poly_int64 offset
= byte_lowpart_offset (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
20056 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
20057 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
20058 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
20059 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
20060 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
20061 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
20062 if (maybe_ne (offset
, 0))
20063 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
20064 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
20067 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
20068 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
20069 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
20070 if (!rtl
&& VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
20071 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20074 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
20076 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
20077 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
20078 code, and thus is not emitted. */
20080 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
20082 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
20083 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
20085 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
20086 && !(early_dwarf
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
20088 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
20089 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
20090 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
20091 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
20092 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
20094 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
20096 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
20097 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
20104 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
20105 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
20106 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
20109 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
20111 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
20113 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
;
20115 HOST_WIDE_INT cbitpos
;
20116 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
20118 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
20119 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
20120 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
20121 be handled as such. */
20123 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
20124 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
20128 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
20129 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
20132 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
20133 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
20135 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
20137 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
20138 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
)
20139 /* We don't expect to have to cope with variable offsets,
20140 since at present all static data must have a constant size. */
20141 || !bitpos
.is_constant (&cbitpos
))
20145 if (offset
!= NULL
)
20147 if (!tree_fits_shwi_p (offset
))
20149 *value
= tree_to_shwi (offset
);
20152 *value
+= cbitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
20157 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
20158 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
20159 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
20160 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
20161 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
20162 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
20163 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
20164 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
20165 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
20166 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
20168 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
20169 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
20170 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
20171 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
20174 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, bool cache_p
)
20177 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
20178 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
20179 cached_dw_loc_list
*cache
;
20184 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
20187 if (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
)
20188 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20191 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl
) || TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
20192 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
20194 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
20197 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
20198 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
20199 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
20202 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
20203 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
20204 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
20205 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
20208 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
20209 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
20210 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
20211 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
20213 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
20215 node
= loc_list
->first
;
20216 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
20217 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
20218 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
20219 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
20220 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
20223 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
20224 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
20226 if (loc_list
== NULL
|| cached_dw_loc_list_table
== NULL
)
20230 cache
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
20232 list
= cache
->loc_list
;
20236 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2,
20238 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
20239 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
20240 if (cache_p
&& list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
20242 cached_dw_loc_list
**slot
20243 = cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
,
20246 cache
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<cached_dw_loc_list
> ();
20247 cache
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
20248 cache
->loc_list
= list
;
20254 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
20257 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
20258 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
20259 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
20262 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
20263 attribute is the const value T. */
20266 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
20269 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
20272 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
20276 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
20278 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20280 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (init
))
20282 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, tree_to_uhwi (init
));
20285 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (init
))
20287 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, tree_to_shwi (init
));
20293 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
20295 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
20297 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
20298 if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
20299 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
20301 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
20302 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
20304 unsigned char *array
= ggc_cleared_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (size
);
20306 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
) == size
)
20308 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
20317 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
20318 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
20319 variable with static storage duration
20320 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
20323 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
20327 || (!VAR_P (decl
) && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
)
20328 || (VAR_P (decl
) && !TREE_STATIC (decl
)))
20331 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
20332 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
20333 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
20338 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
20339 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20342 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
20345 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
20346 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
20347 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
20348 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
20351 static dw_loc_list_ref
20352 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
20356 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
20358 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
20359 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
20360 dw_cfa_location remember
;
20363 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
20365 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
20369 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
20370 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
20371 remember
= next_cfa
;
20373 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
20375 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
20376 advance opcodes. */
20377 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, ix
, cfi
)
20378 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
20380 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20381 last_label
= start_label
;
20383 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
== 0)
20385 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
20386 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
20387 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20388 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, 0, fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0, section
);
20389 list_tail
=&(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20390 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
20393 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
20395 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
20397 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
20398 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
20399 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
20400 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
20401 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20403 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20404 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20406 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20407 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20408 start_label
= last_label
;
20410 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
20413 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
20414 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
20415 gcc_unreachable ();
20418 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
20421 if (ix
+ 1 == fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
)
20423 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20425 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20426 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20428 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20429 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20430 start_label
= last_label
;
20432 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20433 start_label
, 0, fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0, section
);
20434 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20435 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
20439 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20441 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20442 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20443 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20444 start_label
= last_label
;
20447 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
20449 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
20450 ? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0,
20453 maybe_gen_llsym (list
);
20458 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
20459 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
20460 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
20461 before the latter is negated. */
20464 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (poly_int64 offset
)
20468 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
20469 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
20470 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
20472 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
20473 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
20476 elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
20477 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
20478 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
20479 elim
= strip_offset_and_add (elim
, &offset
);
20481 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
20483 /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
20484 in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
20485 directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
20486 this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
20487 frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. We can use
20488 hard frame pointer in debug info even if frame pointer isn't used
20489 since hard frame pointer in debug info is encoded with DW_OP_fbreg
20490 which uses the DW_AT_frame_base attribute, not hard frame pointer
20492 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
20493 = (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
|| elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
);
20496 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
20497 the value of the attribute. */
20500 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
20502 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
20504 if (demangle_name_func
)
20505 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
20507 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
20511 /* Generate a DW_AT_description attribute given some string value to be included
20512 as the value of the attribute. */
20515 add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
20517 if (!flag_describe_dies
|| (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
20520 if (name_string
== NULL
|| *name_string
== 0)
20523 if (demangle_name_func
)
20524 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
20526 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_description
, name_string
);
20529 /* Generate a DW_AT_description attribute given some decl to be included
20530 as the value of the attribute. */
20533 add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
20537 if (!flag_describe_dies
|| (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
20540 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
|| !DECL_P (decl
))
20542 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
20544 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
20546 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
20547 add_desc_attribute (die
, name
? name
: IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
));
20551 char *desc
= print_generic_expr_to_str (decl
);
20552 add_desc_attribute (die
, desc
);
20557 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
20558 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
20559 of TYPE accordingly.
20561 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
20562 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
20565 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree type
,
20566 dw_die_ref context_die
)
20569 dw_die_ref dtype_die
;
20571 if (!lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type
)
20574 dtype
= lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type (type
);
20578 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
20581 gen_type_die (dtype
, context_die
);
20582 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
20583 gcc_assert (dtype_die
);
20586 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
, dtype_die
);
20589 /* Retrieve the comp_dir string suitable for use with DW_AT_comp_dir. */
20591 static const char *
20592 comp_dir_string (void)
20595 char *wd_plus_sep
= NULL
;
20596 static const char *cached_wd
= NULL
;
20598 if (cached_wd
!= NULL
)
20601 wd
= get_src_pwd ();
20605 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
20607 size_t wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
20608 wd_plus_sep
= XNEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
20609 strcpy (wd_plus_sep
, wd
);
20610 wd_plus_sep
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
20611 wd_plus_sep
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
20615 cached_wd
= remap_debug_filename (wd
);
20617 /* remap_debug_filename can just pass through wd or return a new gc string.
20618 These two types can't be both stored in a GTY(())-tagged string, but since
20619 the cached value lives forever just copy it if needed. */
20620 if (cached_wd
!= wd
)
20622 cached_wd
= xstrdup (cached_wd
);
20623 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
&& wd_plus_sep
!= NULL
)
20624 free (wd_plus_sep
);
20630 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
20633 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
20635 const char * wd
= comp_dir_string ();
20637 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
20640 /* Given a tree node VALUE describing a scalar attribute ATTR (i.e. a bound, a
20641 pointer computation, ...), output a representation for that bound according
20642 to the accepted FORMS (see enum dw_scalar_form) and add it to DIE. See
20643 loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
20646 add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
, tree value
,
20647 int forms
, struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
20649 dw_die_ref context_die
, decl_die
= NULL
;
20650 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
20651 bool strip_conversions
= true;
20652 bool placeholder_seen
= false;
20654 while (strip_conversions
)
20655 switch (TREE_CODE (value
))
20662 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20663 value
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0);
20667 strip_conversions
= false;
20671 /* If possible and permitted, output the attribute as a constant. */
20672 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_constant
) != 0
20673 && TREE_CODE (value
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20675 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
));
20677 /* If HOST_WIDE_INT is big enough then represent the bound as
20678 a constant value. We need to choose a form based on
20679 whether the type is signed or unsigned. We cannot just
20680 call add_AT_unsigned if the value itself is positive
20681 (add_AT_unsigned might add the unsigned value encoded as
20682 DW_FORM_data[1248]). Some DWARF consumers will lookup the
20683 bounds type and then sign extend any unsigned values found
20684 for signed types. This is needed only for
20685 DW_AT_{lower,upper}_bound, since for most other attributes,
20686 consumers will treat DW_FORM_data[1248] as unsigned values,
20687 regardless of the underlying type. */
20688 if (prec
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
20689 || tree_fits_uhwi_p (value
))
20691 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)))
20692 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
20694 add_AT_int (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
20697 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with
20698 the precision of its type. The precision and signedness
20699 of the type will be necessary to re-interpret it
20701 add_AT_wide (die
, attr
, wi::to_wide (value
));
20705 /* Otherwise, if it's possible and permitted too, output a reference to
20707 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) != 0)
20709 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
20711 /* Some type attributes reference an outer type. For instance, the upper
20712 bound of an array may reference an embedding record (this happens in
20714 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == COMPONENT_REF
20715 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
20716 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
)
20717 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1);
20719 else if (VAR_P (value
)
20720 || TREE_CODE (value
) == PARM_DECL
20721 || TREE_CODE (value
) == RESULT_DECL
)
20724 if (decl
!= NULL_TREE
)
20726 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20728 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
20729 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
20730 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
20731 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
20732 later parameter. */
20733 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
20735 if (get_AT (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
)
20736 || get_AT (decl_die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
)
20737 || get_AT (decl_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20739 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
20746 /* Last chance: try to create a stack operation procedure to evaluate the
20747 value. Do nothing if even that is not possible or permitted. */
20748 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_exprloc
) == 0)
20751 list
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 2, context
);
20752 if (context
&& context
->placeholder_arg
)
20754 placeholder_seen
= context
->placeholder_seen
;
20755 context
->placeholder_seen
= false;
20757 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
20759 /* If this attribute is not a reference nor constant, it is
20760 a DWARF expression rather than location description. For that
20761 loc_list_from_tree (value, 0, &context) is needed. */
20762 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 0, context
);
20763 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
20765 if (placeholder_seen
)
20767 struct dwarf_procedure_info dpi
;
20768 dpi
.fndecl
= NULL_TREE
;
20769 dpi
.args_count
= 1;
20770 if (!resolve_args_picking (list2
->expr
, 1, &dpi
))
20773 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, list2
->expr
);
20778 /* If that failed to give a single element location list, fall back to
20779 outputting this as a reference... still if permitted. */
20781 || (forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) == 0
20782 || placeholder_seen
)
20787 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
20788 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20790 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
20792 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, value
);
20793 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20794 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (value
), TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, false,
20798 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
20799 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
20802 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
20806 lower_bound_default (void)
20808 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
20814 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
20815 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
:
20816 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
:
20818 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
20820 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
20821 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
20822 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
20823 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
20824 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
20828 case DW_LANG_Python
:
20829 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
20830 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
20831 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
20832 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
20833 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
20834 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
20836 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
20842 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
20843 a representation for that bound. */
20846 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
,
20847 tree bound
, struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
20852 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
20854 /* Strip all conversions. */
20856 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20857 bound
= TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0);
20860 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. Lower bounds
20861 are even omitted when they are the default. */
20863 /* If the value for this bound is the default one, we can even omit the
20865 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
20866 && tree_fits_shwi_p (bound
)
20867 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
20868 && tree_to_shwi (bound
) == dflt
)
20874 /* Because of the complex interaction there can be with other GNAT
20875 encodings, GDB isn't ready yet to handle proper DWARF description
20876 for self-referencial subrange bounds: let GNAT encodings do the
20877 magic in such a case. */
20879 && gnat_encodings
!= DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
20880 && contains_placeholder_p (bound
))
20883 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
,
20884 dw_scalar_form_constant
20885 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
20886 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
20892 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
20893 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
20894 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
20895 includes information about the element type of the given array type.
20897 This function reuses previously set type and bound information if
20901 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
20903 unsigned dimension_number
;
20905 dw_die_ref child
= type_die
->die_child
;
20907 for (dimension_number
= 0;
20908 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
20909 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
20911 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
20913 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
20916 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
20917 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
20920 /* Find and reuse a previously generated DW_TAG_subrange_type if
20923 For multi-dimensional arrays, as we iterate through the
20924 various dimensions in the enclosing for loop above, we also
20925 iterate through the DIE children and pick at each
20926 DW_TAG_subrange_type previously generated (if available).
20927 Each child DW_TAG_subrange_type DIE describes the range of
20928 the current dimension. At this point we should have as many
20929 DW_TAG_subrange_type's as we have dimensions in the
20931 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= NULL
;
20935 child
= child
->die_sib
;
20936 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subrange_type
)
20937 subrange_die
= child
;
20938 if (child
== type_die
->die_child
)
20940 /* If we wrapped around, stop looking next time. */
20944 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subrange_type
)
20948 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
20952 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
20953 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
20954 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
20956 /* Define the index type. */
20957 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
)
20958 && !get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
))
20960 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
20961 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
20962 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
20963 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
20964 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
20965 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
20966 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
20969 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
),
20970 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, type_die
);
20973 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
20974 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
20976 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
20977 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
20978 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
20980 if (!get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
))
20981 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
, NULL
);
20982 if (!get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
)
20983 && !get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_count
))
20986 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
, NULL
);
20987 else if ((is_c () || is_cxx ()) && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
20988 /* Zero-length array. */
20989 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_count
,
20990 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (lower
), 0), NULL
);
20994 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
20995 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
21000 /* Add a DW_AT_byte_size attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's size. */
21003 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
21005 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
21006 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
21007 dw_loc_descr_ref size_expr
= NULL
;
21009 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
21014 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
21017 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
21018 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
)) == VAR_DECL
21019 && (decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
))))
21021 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, decl_die
);
21024 size_expr
= type_byte_size (tree_node
, &size
);
21027 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
21028 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
21029 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
21030 even for bit-fields. */
21031 size
= int_size_in_bytes (field_type (tree_node
));
21034 gcc_unreachable ();
21037 /* Support for dynamically-sized objects was introduced by DWARFv3.
21038 At the moment, GDB does not handle variable byte sizes very well,
21040 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21041 && gnat_encodings
== DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
21042 && size_expr
!= NULL
)
21043 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_expr
);
21045 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
21046 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable and
21047 that we could not generate a DWARF expression that computes it. */
21049 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21052 /* Add a DW_AT_alignment attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's non-default
21056 add_alignment_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
21058 if (dwarf_version
< 5 && dwarf_strict
)
21063 if (DECL_P (tree_node
))
21065 if (!DECL_USER_ALIGN (tree_node
))
21068 align
= DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (tree_node
);
21070 else if (TYPE_P (tree_node
))
21072 if (!TYPE_USER_ALIGN (tree_node
))
21075 align
= TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (tree_node
);
21078 gcc_unreachable ();
21080 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_alignment
, align
);
21083 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
21084 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
21085 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
21088 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
21089 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
21090 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
21091 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
21092 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
21093 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
21095 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT.
21097 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
21098 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
21099 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
21102 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
)
21104 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
;
21105 tree original_type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
21106 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
21107 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
21108 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
21109 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset
;
21111 field_byte_offset (decl
, ctx
, &object_offset_in_bytes
);
21113 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
21114 gcc_assert (original_type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
21116 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
21117 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
21118 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
21119 if (! tree_fits_shwi_p (bit_position (decl
))
21120 || ! tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
21123 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
21125 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
21126 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
21127 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
21128 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
21129 below must take account of these differences. */
21130 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
21131 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
21133 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
21135 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
21136 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+=
21137 simple_type_size_in_bits (original_type
);
21141 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
21142 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
21143 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
21145 if (bit_offset
< 0)
21146 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
21148 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bit_offset
);
21151 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
21152 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
21155 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21157 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
21158 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
21159 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
21161 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
21162 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
)));
21165 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
21166 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
21169 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
21171 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
21178 if (prototype_p (func_type
))
21179 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
21186 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
21187 by looking in the type declaration, the object declaration equate table or
21188 the block mapping. */
21191 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
21193 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
21195 /* For late LTO debug output we want to refer directly to the abstract
21196 DIE in the early debug rather to the possibly existing concrete
21197 instance and avoid creating that just for this purpose. */
21198 sym_off_pair
*desc
;
21200 && external_die_map
21201 && (desc
= external_die_map
->get (origin
)))
21203 add_AT_external_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
,
21204 desc
->sym
, desc
->off
);
21208 if (DECL_P (origin
))
21209 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
21210 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
21211 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
21212 else if (TREE_CODE (origin
) == BLOCK
)
21213 origin_die
= lookup_block_die (origin
);
21215 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
21216 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
21217 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
21218 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
21219 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
21220 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
21221 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
21225 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
21228 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
21231 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
21233 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
21235 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
21237 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)))
21238 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
21239 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
21240 tree_to_shwi (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)),
21243 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
21244 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
21245 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
21246 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
21247 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
21251 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
21252 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
21253 standardized it. */
21256 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21258 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
21260 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
21261 if (name
[0] == '*')
21264 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21265 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
21267 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
21270 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
21273 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21275 expanded_location s
;
21277 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
)) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
)
21279 s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21280 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
21281 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
21282 if (debug_column_info
&& s
.column
)
21283 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
21286 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
21289 add_linkage_name_raw (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21291 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
21292 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
21294 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
21296 asm_name
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
21297 asm_name
->die
= die
;
21298 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
21299 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
21300 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
21302 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21303 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
21306 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl if desired. */
21309 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21311 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
21312 && VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
)
21313 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
21314 && !(VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
21315 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
21316 add_linkage_name_raw (die
, decl
);
21319 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
21320 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
21323 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
21324 bool no_linkage_name
)
21328 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
21329 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
21331 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
21333 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
21335 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
21337 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
21338 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
21340 if (!no_linkage_name
)
21341 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
21344 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
21346 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
21347 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
21348 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
21349 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
21351 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
21352 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0), false);
21353 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
21355 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21358 /* Add VALUE as a DW_AT_discr_value attribute to DIE. */
21361 add_discr_value (dw_die_ref die
, dw_discr_value
*value
)
21365 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_discr_value
;
21366 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_discr_value
;
21367 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
21368 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.pos
= value
->pos
;
21370 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
= value
->v
.uval
;
21372 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.v
.sval
= value
->v
.sval
;
21373 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
21376 /* Add DISCR_LIST as a DW_AT_discr_list to DIE. */
21379 add_discr_list (dw_die_ref die
, dw_discr_list_ref discr_list
)
21383 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_discr_list
;
21384 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_discr_list
;
21385 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
21386 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_list
= discr_list
;
21387 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
21390 static inline dw_discr_list_ref
21391 AT_discr_list (dw_attr_node
*attr
)
21393 return attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_list
;
21396 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
21397 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
21400 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
21402 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
21405 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
21406 die
= new_die_raw (DW_TAG_subprogram
);
21407 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
21408 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
21409 current_function_funcdef_no
);
21410 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
21412 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
21413 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
21414 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
21416 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
21417 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
21421 die
->die_sib
= die
;
21422 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
21425 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21427 /* walk_tree helper function for uses_local_type, below. */
21430 uses_local_type_r (tree
*tp
, int *walk_subtrees
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21433 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
21436 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (*tp
);
21437 if (name
&& DECL_P (name
) && decl_function_context (name
))
21443 /* If TYPE involves a function-local type (including a local typedef to a
21444 non-local type), returns that type; otherwise returns NULL_TREE. */
21447 uses_local_type (tree type
)
21449 tree used
= walk_tree_without_duplicates (&type
, uses_local_type_r
, NULL
);
21453 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
21454 Non-named types that do not involve a function-local type get global
21455 scope. Named types nested in namespaces or other types get their
21456 containing scope. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
21457 the current active scope. */
21460 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21462 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
21463 tree containing_scope
;
21465 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
21466 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
21468 /* Use the scope of the typedef, rather than the scope of the type
21470 if (TYPE_NAME (t
) && DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (t
)))
21471 containing_scope
= DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (t
));
21473 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
21475 /* Use the containing namespace if there is one. */
21476 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21478 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
21480 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21481 context_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
21483 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
21486 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
21487 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
21488 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
21489 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
21490 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
21492 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
21494 /* If T uses a local type keep it local as well, to avoid references
21495 to function-local DIEs from outside the function. */
21496 if (current_function_decl
&& uses_local_type (t
))
21497 scope_die
= context_die
;
21499 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21501 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
21503 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. */
21504 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21505 scope_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
21508 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
21509 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
21510 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21514 scope_die
= context_die
;
21519 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
21522 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21524 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
21525 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
21526 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
21532 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
21535 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21537 return (context_die
21538 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
21539 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
21540 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
21541 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
21544 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
21545 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
21548 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21550 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
21551 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
21554 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
21555 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
21556 by 'type' plus any additional qualifiers given by 'cv_quals', and
21557 adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
21560 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int cv_quals
,
21561 bool reverse
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21563 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
21564 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
21566 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
21567 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
21568 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
21569 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
21570 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
21571 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
21572 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
21574 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
21575 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
21576 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
21577 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
21578 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
21581 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
21582 cv_quals
| TYPE_QUALS (type
),
21586 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
21587 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
21590 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
21591 function call type. */
21593 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
21595 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
21597 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
21598 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
21601 && id_equal (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
), "MAIN__"))
21603 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
21604 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
21605 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
21606 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
21607 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
21608 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
21609 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
21610 value
= DW_CC_program
;
21612 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
21613 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
21616 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
21617 is not DW_CC_normal. */
21618 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
21619 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
21622 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
21623 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
21624 was declared without a tag. */
21626 static const char *
21627 type_tag (const_tree type
)
21629 const char *name
= 0;
21631 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
21635 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
21636 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
21637 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
21638 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
21640 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
21641 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
21643 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
21644 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21646 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
21647 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
21648 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
21649 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
21650 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
21651 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21652 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
21655 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
21656 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
21657 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
21660 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
21663 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
21664 for bit field types. */
21667 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
21669 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
21670 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
21673 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
21674 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
21677 static const char *
21678 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
21681 const char *fnname
;
21683 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
21684 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
21687 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
21689 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
21694 /* For variable-length arrays that have been previously generated, but
21695 may be incomplete due to missing subscript info, fill the subscript
21696 info. Return TRUE if this is one of those cases. */
21698 fill_variable_array_bounds (tree type
)
21700 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
21701 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21702 && variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
21704 dw_die_ref array_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
21707 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, !is_ada ());
21713 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
21714 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
21715 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
21718 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21720 dw_die_ref array_die
;
21722 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
21723 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
21724 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
21725 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
21726 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
21727 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
21728 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
21729 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
21730 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
21732 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
21734 if (fill_variable_array_bounds (type
))
21737 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21740 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
21741 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
21742 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21743 && TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
21745 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
21747 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
21749 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21750 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21751 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21752 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
21754 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21755 /* ??? We can't annotate types late, but for LTO we may not
21756 generate a location early either (gfortran.dg/save_6.f90). */
21757 else if (! (early_dwarf
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
21758 && TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
21759 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
)
21761 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
21762 tree rszdecl
= szdecl
;
21764 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
21765 if (!DECL_P (szdecl
))
21767 if (TREE_CODE (szdecl
) == INDIRECT_REF
21768 && DECL_P (TREE_OPERAND (szdecl
, 0)))
21770 rszdecl
= TREE_OPERAND (szdecl
, 0);
21771 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (rszdecl
))
21772 != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
21780 dw_loc_list_ref loc
21781 = loc_list_from_tree (rszdecl
, szdecl
== rszdecl
? 2 : 0,
21785 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
,
21787 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
21788 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, dwarf_version
>= 5
21789 ? DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
21790 : DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21797 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21798 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21799 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21801 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
21802 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
21804 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
21806 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21807 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
21808 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
21809 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
21812 /* We default the array ordering. Debuggers will probably do the right
21813 things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even an issue
21814 until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If a debugger
21815 is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
21816 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
21817 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
21818 for multidimensional arrays. */
21819 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
21822 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
21824 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
21825 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
21826 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
, NULL
);
21827 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
21828 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1), NULL
);
21831 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
21833 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
21834 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
21835 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
21836 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
21837 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
21839 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
21841 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
21844 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
21845 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21846 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (type
),
21849 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
21850 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
21851 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
21853 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21854 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
21856 add_alignment_attribute (array_die
, type
);
21859 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
21860 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
21863 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
21864 dw_die_ref context_die
)
21866 const dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21867 const dw_die_ref array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21868 struct loc_descr_context context
= { type
, info
->base_decl
, NULL
,
21870 enum dwarf_tag subrange_tag
= DW_TAG_subrange_type
;
21873 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21874 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21876 if (info
->ndimensions
> 1)
21877 switch (info
->ordering
)
21879 case array_descr_ordering_row_major
:
21880 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
21882 case array_descr_ordering_column_major
:
21883 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
21889 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21891 if (info
->data_location
)
21892 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
21893 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
, &context
);
21894 if (info
->associated
)
21895 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
21896 dw_scalar_form_constant
21897 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21898 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
21899 if (info
->allocated
)
21900 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
21901 dw_scalar_form_constant
21902 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21903 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
21906 const enum dwarf_attribute attr
21907 = (info
->stride_in_bits
) ? DW_AT_bit_stride
: DW_AT_byte_stride
;
21909 = (info
->stride_in_bits
)
21910 ? dw_scalar_form_constant
21911 : (dw_scalar_form_constant
21912 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21913 | dw_scalar_form_reference
);
21915 add_scalar_info (array_die
, attr
, info
->stride
, forms
, &context
);
21918 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
21922 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_rank
, info
->rank
,
21923 dw_scalar_form_constant
21924 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
, &context
);
21925 subrange_tag
= DW_TAG_generic_subrange
;
21926 context
.placeholder_arg
= true;
21930 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
21932 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
21934 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (subrange_tag
, array_die
, NULL
);
21936 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
)
21937 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
,
21938 info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
21939 false, context_die
);
21940 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
21941 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
21942 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, &context
);
21943 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
21944 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
21945 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
, &context
);
21946 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
) && info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
21947 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
21948 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
21949 dw_scalar_form_constant
21950 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21951 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
21955 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
21956 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
21957 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21958 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (type
),
21961 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21962 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
21964 add_alignment_attribute (array_die
, type
);
21969 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21971 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
21972 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
21974 if (origin
!= NULL
)
21975 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
21978 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
21979 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
21980 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
21983 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
21984 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
21986 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
21990 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21991 emit full debugging info for them. */
21994 retry_incomplete_types (void)
21999 for (i
= vec_safe_length (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
22000 if (should_emit_struct_debug ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
22001 gen_type_die ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], comp_unit_die ());
22002 vec_safe_truncate (incomplete_types
, 0);
22005 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
22007 static enum dwarf_tag
22008 record_type_tag (tree type
)
22010 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
22011 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
22013 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
22015 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
22016 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
22018 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
22019 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
22021 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
22022 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22023 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
22024 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
22027 gcc_unreachable ();
22031 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
22032 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
22033 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
22037 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22039 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
22040 dw_die_ref orig_type_die
= type_die
;
22042 if (type_die
== NULL
)
22044 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
22045 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
22046 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
22047 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
22048 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
22049 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
22050 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
22051 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
) && TYPE_SIZE (type
))
22052 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22054 add_AT_unsigned (type_die
, DW_AT_encoding
,
22055 TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
)
22059 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
) || ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
22062 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
22064 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
22065 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
22066 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
22067 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
22071 if (!ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
22072 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
22073 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
))
22074 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
22075 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_alignment
))
22076 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, type
);
22077 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22078 && (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_type
)))
22080 tree underlying
= lang_hooks
.types
.enum_underlying_base_type (type
);
22081 add_type_attribute (type_die
, underlying
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
22084 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
22086 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
))
22087 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
22088 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
))
22089 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
22092 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
22093 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
22094 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22095 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
22097 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
22098 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
22100 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
22101 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
22103 gcc_assert (!ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
));
22104 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
22105 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
22107 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
22108 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
22110 if (simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
))
22111 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|| tree_fits_shwi_p (value
))
22113 /* For constant forms created by add_AT_unsigned DWARF
22114 consumers (GDB, elfutils, etc.) always zero extend
22115 the value. Only when the actual value is negative
22116 do we need to use add_AT_int to generate a constant
22117 form that can represent negative values. */
22118 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
);
22119 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)) || val
>= 0)
22120 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
22121 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
22123 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
22126 /* Enumeration constants may be wider than HOST_WIDE_INT. Handle
22127 that here. TODO: This should be re-worked to use correct
22128 signed/unsigned double tags for all cases. */
22129 add_AT_wide (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, wi::to_wide (value
));
22132 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
22133 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
)
22134 && (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
)))
22135 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22138 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22140 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
22145 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
22146 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
22149 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
22150 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
22151 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
22152 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
22153 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
22154 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
22155 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
22156 argument type of some subprogram type.
22157 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
22161 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
22162 dw_die_ref context_die
)
22164 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
22165 tree ultimate_origin
;
22166 dw_die_ref parm_die
= NULL
;
22168 if (DECL_P (node_or_origin
))
22170 parm_die
= lookup_decl_die (node
);
22172 /* If the contexts differ, we may not be talking about the same
22174 ??? When in LTO the DIE parent is the "abstract" copy and the
22175 context_die is the specification "copy". */
22177 && parm_die
->die_parent
!= context_die
22178 && (parm_die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
22179 || parm_die
->die_parent
->die_parent
!= context_die
)
22182 gcc_assert (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node
));
22183 /* This can happen when creating a concrete instance, in
22184 which case we need to create a new DIE that will get
22185 annotated with DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22189 if (parm_die
&& parm_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22191 /* Check that parm_die already has the right attributes that
22192 we would have added below. If any attributes are
22193 missing, fall through to add them. */
22194 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
)
22195 && !get_AT (parm_die
, DW_AT_location
)
22196 && !get_AT (parm_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
22197 /* We are missing location info, and are about to add it. */
22201 add_child_die (context_die
, parm_die
);
22207 /* If we have a previously generated DIE, use it, unless this is an
22208 concrete instance (origin != NULL), in which case we need a new
22209 DIE with a corresponding DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22211 if (parm_die
&& origin
== NULL
)
22212 reusing_die
= true;
22215 parm_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
22216 reusing_die
= false;
22219 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
22221 case tcc_declaration
:
22222 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
22223 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
22224 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
22229 if (origin
!= NULL
)
22230 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
22231 else if (emit_name_p
)
22232 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
22234 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
)
22235 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
22236 decl_function_context
22237 (node_or_origin
))))
22239 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
22240 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
22241 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
),
22243 false, context_die
);
22245 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
22246 decl_quals (node_or_origin
),
22247 false, context_die
);
22249 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
22250 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22252 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
22253 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
22254 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
))
22255 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
22261 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
22262 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
22267 gcc_unreachable ();
22273 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
22274 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
22277 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
22278 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
22279 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
22280 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
22281 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
22282 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
22285 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
22287 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
22291 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
22293 gcc_assert (parm_pack
22294 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
22297 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
22298 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
22300 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
22302 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
22305 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
22306 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
22311 return parm_pack_die
;
22314 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
22315 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
22318 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22320 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
22323 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
22324 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
22325 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
22326 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
22329 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22332 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
22333 tree first_parm_type
;
22336 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22338 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
22339 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
22344 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
22346 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
22347 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
22348 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
22350 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
22352 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
22353 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
22356 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
22357 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
22358 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
22360 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
22361 && link
== first_parm_type
)
22363 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22364 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22365 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
22367 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
22368 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22370 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
22372 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
22375 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
22376 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
22377 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
22378 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
22380 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
22381 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
22382 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
22383 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
22384 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
22385 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
22388 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
22389 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
22390 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
22391 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
22392 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
22395 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22397 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
22399 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
22400 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
22401 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
22402 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
22403 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
22405 dw_die_ref type_die
;
22406 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
22408 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
22409 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22410 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
22411 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
22413 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
22414 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
22415 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
22416 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
22417 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
22419 struct vlr_context vlr_ctx
= {
22420 DECL_CONTEXT (member
), /* struct_type */
22421 NULL_TREE
/* variant_part_offset */
22423 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
22424 gen_field_die (member
, &vlr_ctx
, type_die
);
22428 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
22432 /* Forward declare these functions, because they are mutually recursive
22433 with their set_block_* pairing functions. */
22434 static void set_decl_origin_self (tree
);
22436 /* Given a pointer to some BLOCK node, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
22437 given BLOCK node is NULL, set the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the node so
22438 that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the node is its
22439 own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
22440 the given node is NULL, recursively descend the decl/block tree which
22441 it is the root of, and for each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained
22442 therein whose DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also
22443 still NULL, set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
22444 values to point to themselves. */
22447 set_block_origin_self (tree stmt
)
22449 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) == NULL_TREE
)
22451 BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) = stmt
;
22456 for (local_decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
22457 local_decl
!= NULL_TREE
;
22458 local_decl
= DECL_CHAIN (local_decl
))
22459 /* Do not recurse on nested functions since the inlining status
22460 of parent and child can be different as per the DWARF spec. */
22461 if (TREE_CODE (local_decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
22462 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (local_decl
))
22463 set_decl_origin_self (local_decl
);
22469 for (subblock
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
22470 subblock
!= NULL_TREE
;
22471 subblock
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblock
))
22472 set_block_origin_self (subblock
); /* Recurse. */
22477 /* Given a pointer to some ..._DECL node, if the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
22478 the given ..._DECL node is NULL, set the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
22479 node to so that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the
22480 node represents its own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the
22481 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the given node is NULL, recursively descend
22482 the decl/block tree of which the given node is the root of, and for
22483 each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained therein whose
22484 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also still NULL,
22485 set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN values to
22486 point to themselves. */
22489 set_decl_origin_self (tree decl
)
22491 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
22493 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) = decl
;
22494 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22498 for (arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
); arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
22499 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (arg
) = arg
;
22500 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
22501 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != error_mark_node
)
22502 set_block_origin_self (DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
22507 /* Mark the early DIE for DECL as the abstract instance. */
22510 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
22512 dw_die_ref old_die
;
22514 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
22515 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
22517 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
22520 /* In LTO we're all set. We already created abstract instances
22521 early and we want to avoid creating a concrete instance of that
22522 if we don't output it. */
22526 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22527 gcc_assert (old_die
!= NULL
);
22528 if (get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22529 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
22532 /* Go ahead and put DW_AT_inline on the DIE. */
22533 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
22535 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
22536 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
22538 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
22542 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
22543 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
22545 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
22548 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
22549 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
22550 add_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22552 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
22555 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
22558 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
22559 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
22562 premark_used_types_helper (tree
const &type
, void *)
22566 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
22568 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22572 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
22573 through htab_traverse.
22575 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
22576 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
22577 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
22580 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (types_used_by_vars_entry
**slot
,
22583 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
22586 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
22587 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
22588 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
22589 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
22592 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
22593 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
22594 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (entry
->var_decl
);
22595 if (node
&& node
->definition
)
22597 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22598 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
22599 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
22600 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22606 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
22609 premark_used_types (struct function
*fun
)
22611 if (fun
&& fun
->used_types_hash
)
22612 fun
->used_types_hash
->traverse
<void *, premark_used_types_helper
> (NULL
);
22615 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
22618 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
22620 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
22621 types_used_by_vars_hash
22622 ->traverse
<void *, premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
> (NULL
);
22625 /* Mark all variables used by the symtab as perennial. */
22628 premark_used_variables (void)
22630 /* Mark DIEs in the symtab as used. */
22632 FOR_EACH_VARIABLE (var
)
22634 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (var
->decl
);
22636 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22640 /* Generate a DW_TAG_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
22641 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
22644 gen_call_site_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref subr_die
,
22645 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
)
22647 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
, die
;
22648 tree block
= ca_loc
->block
;
22651 && block
!= DECL_INITIAL (decl
)
22652 && TREE_CODE (block
) == BLOCK
)
22654 stmt_die
= lookup_block_die (block
);
22657 block
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
22659 if (stmt_die
== NULL
)
22660 stmt_die
= subr_die
;
22661 die
= new_die (dwarf_TAG (DW_TAG_call_site
), stmt_die
, NULL_TREE
);
22662 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_return_pc
), ca_loc
->label
);
22663 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
22664 add_AT_flag (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_tail_call
), 1);
22665 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
)
22667 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
));
22669 add_AT_die_ref (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_origin
), tdie
);
22671 add_AT_addr (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_origin
), ca_loc
->symbol_ref
,
22677 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
22681 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22683 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
22684 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
22685 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22687 /* This function gets called multiple times for different stages of
22688 the debug process. For example, for func() in this code:
22692 void func() { ... }
22695 ...we get called 4 times. Twice in early debug and twice in
22701 1. Once while generating func() within the namespace. This is
22702 the declaration. The declaration bit below is set, as the
22703 context is the namespace.
22705 A new DIE will be generated with DW_AT_declaration set.
22707 2. Once for func() itself. This is the specification. The
22708 declaration bit below is clear as the context is the CU.
22710 We will use the cached DIE from (1) to create a new DIE with
22711 DW_AT_specification pointing to the declaration in (1).
22713 Late debug via rest_of_handle_final()
22714 -------------------------------------
22716 3. Once generating func() within the namespace. This is also the
22717 declaration, as in (1), but this time we will early exit below
22718 as we have a cached DIE and a declaration needs no additional
22719 annotations (no locations), as the source declaration line
22722 4. Once for func() itself. As in (2), this is the specification,
22723 but this time we will re-use the cached DIE, and just annotate
22724 it with the location information that should now be available.
22726 For something without namespaces, but with abstract instances, we
22727 are also called a multiple times:
22732 Base (); // constructor declaration (1)
22735 Base::Base () { } // constructor specification (2)
22740 1. Once for the Base() constructor by virtue of it being a
22741 member of the Base class. This is done via
22742 rest_of_type_compilation.
22744 This is a declaration, so a new DIE will be created with
22747 2. Once for the Base() constructor definition, but this time
22748 while generating the abstract instance of the base
22749 constructor (__base_ctor) which is being generated via early
22750 debug of reachable functions.
22752 Even though we have a cached version of the declaration (1),
22753 we will create a DW_AT_specification of the declaration DIE
22756 3. Once for the __base_ctor itself, but this time, we generate
22757 an DW_AT_abstract_origin version of the DW_AT_specification in
22760 Late debug via rest_of_handle_final
22761 -----------------------------------
22763 4. One final time for the __base_ctor (which will have a cached
22764 DIE with DW_AT_abstract_origin created in (3). This time,
22765 we will just annotate the location information now
22768 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
22769 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
22771 /* A declaration that has been previously dumped needs no
22772 additional information. */
22773 if (old_die
&& declaration
)
22776 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
22777 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
22778 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
22779 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
22780 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
22781 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22782 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
22784 /* A concrete instance, tag a new DIE with DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22785 if (origin
!= NULL
)
22787 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
22789 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
22790 inline function. */
22791 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22792 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
22794 if (old_die
&& get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
22796 /* If we have a DW_AT_abstract_origin we have a working
22798 subr_die
= old_die
;
22802 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
22803 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
22804 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
22805 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
22806 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
22807 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
22809 add_linkage_name (subr_die
, decl
);
22812 /* A cached copy, possibly from early dwarf generation. Reuse as
22813 much as possible. */
22816 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
22817 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
22818 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
22819 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
22820 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22822 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
22823 something we have already output. */
22824 if (get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
)
22825 || get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_ranges
))
22828 /* If we have no location information, this must be a
22829 partially generated DIE from early dwarf generation.
22830 Fall through and generate it. */
22833 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
22834 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
22835 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
22836 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
22837 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
22838 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
22839 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
22840 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
22841 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
22842 if (((is_unit_die (old_die
->die_parent
)
22843 /* This condition fixes the inconsistency/ICE with the
22844 following Fortran test (or some derivative thereof) while
22845 building libgfortran:
22849 logical function funky (FLAG)
22854 || (old_die
->die_parent
22855 && old_die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
)
22856 || local_scope_p (old_die
->die_parent
)
22857 || context_die
== NULL
)
22858 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
22859 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
22860 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
22861 == (unsigned) s
.line
)
22862 && (!debug_column_info
22864 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
22865 == (unsigned) s
.column
)))))
22866 /* With LTO if there's an abstract instance for
22867 the old DIE, this is a concrete instance and
22868 thus re-use the DIE. */
22869 || get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
22871 subr_die
= old_die
;
22873 /* Clear out the declaration attribute, but leave the
22874 parameters so they can be augmented with location
22875 information later. Unless this was a declaration, in
22876 which case, wipe out the nameless parameters and recreate
22877 them further down. */
22878 if (remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
))
22881 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
22882 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
22885 /* Make a specification pointing to the previously built
22889 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
22890 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
22891 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
22892 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
22893 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
22894 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
22895 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
22896 if (debug_column_info
22898 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
22899 != (unsigned) s
.column
))
22900 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
22902 /* If the prototype had an 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' return type,
22903 emit the real type on the definition die. */
22904 if (is_cxx () && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22906 dw_die_ref die
= get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_type
);
22907 if (die
== auto_die
|| die
== decltype_auto_die
)
22908 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
22909 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
22912 /* When we process the method declaration, we haven't seen
22913 the out-of-class defaulted definition yet, so we have to
22915 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || ! dwarf_strict
)
22916 && !get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
))
22919 = lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22921 if (defaulted
!= -1)
22923 /* Other values must have been handled before. */
22924 gcc_assert (defaulted
== DW_DEFAULTED_out_of_class
);
22925 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
, defaulted
);
22930 /* Create a fresh DIE for anything else. */
22933 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
22935 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
22936 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
22938 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
22939 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
22940 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22942 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
22943 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
22944 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
22947 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
22948 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
22949 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22951 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
))
22952 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_noreturn
, 1);
22954 add_alignment_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
22956 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
22959 /* Unless we have an existing non-declaration DIE, equate the new
22961 if (!old_die
|| is_declaration_die (old_die
))
22962 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
22966 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22968 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22970 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
22971 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
22972 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22973 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22974 DW_AT_explicit
) == 1)
22975 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
22977 /* If this is a C++11 deleted special function member then generate
22978 a DW_AT_deleted attribute. */
22979 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
22980 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22981 DW_AT_deleted
) == 1)
22982 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_deleted
, 1);
22984 /* If this is a C++11 defaulted special function member then
22985 generate a DW_AT_defaulted attribute. */
22986 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
22989 = lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22991 if (defaulted
!= -1)
22992 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
, defaulted
);
22995 /* If this is a C++11 non-static member function with & ref-qualifier
22996 then generate a DW_AT_reference attribute. */
22997 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
22998 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22999 DW_AT_reference
) == 1)
23000 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_reference
, 1);
23002 /* If this is a C++11 non-static member function with &&
23003 ref-qualifier then generate a DW_AT_reference attribute. */
23004 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
23005 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
23006 DW_AT_rvalue_reference
)
23008 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_rvalue_reference
, 1);
23011 /* For non DECL_EXTERNALs, if range information is available, fill
23012 the DIE with it. */
23013 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !early_dwarf
)
23015 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
23017 struct function
*fun
= DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
);
23019 if (!crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
23021 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
23022 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
23024 /* We have already generated the labels. */
23025 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23026 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
23030 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
23031 char label_id_low
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23032 char label_id_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_low
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
23034 current_function_funcdef_no
);
23035 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_high
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
23036 current_function_funcdef_no
);
23037 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, label_id_low
, label_id_high
,
23041 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
23042 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
23043 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
23044 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
23045 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
23046 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
23047 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
23048 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
23049 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
23050 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
23051 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
23052 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
23055 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
23056 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
23057 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
23059 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
23060 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
23061 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
23068 /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
23069 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
23071 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
)
23073 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
23075 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
23076 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
23077 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
23078 alignment offset. */
23079 bool range_list_added
= false;
23080 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23081 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
23083 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23084 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
23085 &range_list_added
, false);
23086 if (range_list_added
)
23091 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
23092 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
23093 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
23094 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
23095 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
23096 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
23097 sections when given "b foo". */
23098 const char *name
= NULL
;
23099 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
23100 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
23102 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
23103 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23104 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
23106 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
23107 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
23108 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
23110 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23111 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23113 if (decl_name
!= NULL
23114 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
23116 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
23117 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23118 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
23120 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
23122 gcc_assert (name
!= NULL
);
23123 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
23124 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23125 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23127 name
= concat ("__second_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
23128 add_AT_low_high_pc (seg_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23129 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, false);
23130 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
23131 if (want_pubnames ())
23132 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
23136 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
23140 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
23142 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
23143 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
23144 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
23145 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
23146 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
23147 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
23148 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
23150 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 && targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
23152 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
23153 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
23157 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
23158 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
23159 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
23161 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
23164 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
23165 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
23166 will reference in the rtl; the latter is what we've told the
23167 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
23168 by this displacement. */
23169 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
23171 if (fun
->static_chain_decl
)
23173 /* DWARF requires here a location expression that computes the
23174 address of the enclosing subprogram's frame base. The machinery
23175 in tree-nested.c is supposed to store this specific address in the
23176 last field of the FRAME record. */
23177 const tree frame_type
23178 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fun
->static_chain_decl
));
23179 const tree fb_decl
= tree_last (TYPE_FIELDS (frame_type
));
23182 = build1 (INDIRECT_REF
, frame_type
, fun
->static_chain_decl
);
23183 fb_expr
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (fb_decl
),
23184 fb_expr
, fb_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
23186 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
23187 loc_list_from_tree (fb_expr
, 0, NULL
));
23190 resolve_variable_values ();
23193 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
23194 if (early_dwarf
&& debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23195 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
23197 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
23198 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
23199 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
23200 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
23201 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
23202 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
23203 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
23204 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
23205 an ellipsis at the end. */
23207 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
23208 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
23209 its formal parameters. */
23210 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23212 else if (declaration
)
23213 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23216 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
23217 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
23218 tree generic_decl
= early_dwarf
23219 ? lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
) : NULL
;
23220 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
23221 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
23224 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
23225 emit their relevant DIEs.
23227 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
23228 as well as it being a normal function.
23230 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
23231 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
23232 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
23233 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
23234 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
23235 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
23236 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
23237 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
23238 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
23241 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
23242 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
23244 if (generic_decl_parm
23245 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
23246 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
23251 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, NULL
, subr_die
);
23254 && parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
23255 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
23257 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
23258 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
23260 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
23263 if (generic_decl_parm
)
23264 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
23267 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
23268 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
23269 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
23270 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
23271 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
23272 parameters at all. */
23275 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
23277 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
23278 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
23279 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23281 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
23282 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23286 if (subr_die
!= old_die
)
23287 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
23288 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
23290 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
23291 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration).
23293 OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
23294 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
23295 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
23296 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
23297 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
23298 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
23299 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
23301 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
23302 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
23303 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
23304 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
23305 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
23306 constructor function. */
23307 tree outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
23308 if (! declaration
&& outer_scope
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
23310 int call_site_note_count
= 0;
23311 int tail_call_site_note_count
= 0;
23313 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
23314 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
23315 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, NULL
, subr_die
);
23317 /* The first time through decls_for_scope we will generate the
23318 DIEs for the locals. The second time, we fill in the
23320 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
);
23322 if (call_arg_locations
&& (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5))
23324 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
;
23325 for (ca_loc
= call_arg_locations
; ca_loc
; ca_loc
= ca_loc
->next
)
23327 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
23328 rtx tloc
= NULL_RTX
, tlocc
= NULL_RTX
;
23330 tree arg_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
23332 for (arg
= (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
23333 ? XEXP (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
, 0)
23335 arg
; arg
= next_arg
)
23337 dw_loc_descr_ref reg
, val
;
23338 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1));
23339 dw_die_ref cdie
, tdie
= NULL
;
23341 next_arg
= XEXP (arg
, 1);
23342 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23344 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0))
23345 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0))
23346 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23347 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0)))
23348 next_arg
= XEXP (next_arg
, 1);
23349 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23351 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
23352 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23353 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (arg
, 0));
23355 if (mode
== VOIDmode
|| mode
== BLKmode
)
23357 /* Get dynamic information about call target only if we
23358 have no static information: we cannot generate both
23359 DW_AT_call_origin and DW_AT_call_target
23361 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
)
23363 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
23365 tloc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
23368 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
23369 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
23371 tlocc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
23376 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
23377 reg
= reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0),
23378 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23379 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
23381 rtx mem
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0);
23382 reg
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem
, 0),
23383 get_address_mode (mem
),
23385 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23387 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23388 == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
23391 = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
23392 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23400 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23401 != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
23403 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1), mode
,
23405 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23409 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
23410 cdie
= new_die (dwarf_TAG (DW_TAG_call_site_parameter
), die
,
23412 add_desc_attribute (cdie
, arg_decl
);
23414 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_location
, reg
);
23415 else if (tdie
!= NULL
)
23416 add_AT_die_ref (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_parameter
),
23418 add_AT_loc (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_value
), val
);
23419 if (next_arg
!= XEXP (arg
, 1))
23421 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 1));
23422 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23423 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 0));
23424 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1),
23427 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23429 add_AT_loc (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_data_value
),
23434 && (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
|| tloc
))
23435 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
23436 if (die
!= NULL
&& (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
|| tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
))
23438 dw_loc_descr_ref tval
= NULL
;
23440 if (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
)
23441 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tloc
,
23442 GET_MODE (tloc
) == VOIDmode
23443 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tloc
),
23445 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23447 add_AT_loc (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_target
), tval
);
23448 else if (tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
)
23450 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc
,
23451 GET_MODE (tlocc
) == VOIDmode
23452 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tlocc
),
23454 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23457 dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_target_clobbered
),
23463 call_site_note_count
++;
23464 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
23465 tail_call_site_note_count
++;
23469 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
23470 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
23471 if (tail_call_site_count
>= 0
23472 && tail_call_site_count
== tail_call_site_note_count
23473 && (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5))
23475 if (call_site_count
>= 0
23476 && call_site_count
== call_site_note_count
)
23477 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_all_calls
), 1);
23479 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_all_tail_calls
), 1);
23481 call_site_count
= -1;
23482 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
23485 /* Mark used types after we have created DIEs for the functions scopes. */
23486 premark_used_types (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
23489 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
23492 block_die_hasher::hash (die_struct
*d
)
23494 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
23497 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
23498 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
23501 block_die_hasher::equal (die_struct
*x
, die_struct
*y
)
23503 return x
->decl_id
== y
->decl_id
&& x
->die_parent
== y
->die_parent
;
23506 /* Hold information about markers for inlined entry points. */
23507 struct GTY ((for_user
)) inline_entry_data
23509 /* The block that's the inlined_function_outer_scope for an inlined
23513 /* The label at the inlined entry point. */
23514 const char *label_pfx
;
23515 unsigned int label_num
;
23517 /* The view number to be used as the inlined entry point. */
23521 struct inline_entry_data_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<inline_entry_data
>
23523 typedef tree compare_type
;
23524 static inline hashval_t
hash (const inline_entry_data
*);
23525 static inline bool equal (const inline_entry_data
*, const_tree
);
23528 /* Hash table routines for inline_entry_data. */
23531 inline_entry_data_hasher::hash (const inline_entry_data
*data
)
23533 return htab_hash_pointer (data
->block
);
23537 inline_entry_data_hasher::equal (const inline_entry_data
*data
,
23540 return data
->block
== block
;
23543 /* Inlined entry points pending DIE creation in this compilation unit. */
23545 static GTY(()) hash_table
<inline_entry_data_hasher
> *inline_entry_data_table
;
23548 /* Return TRUE if DECL, which may have been previously generated as
23549 OLD_DIE, is a candidate for a DW_AT_specification. DECLARATION is
23550 true if decl (or its origin) is either an extern declaration or a
23551 class/namespace scoped declaration.
23553 The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
23554 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid
23555 considering one to be a specification, so we must test for
23556 DECLARATION and DW_AT_declaration. */
23558 decl_will_get_specification_p (dw_die_ref old_die
, tree decl
, bool declaration
)
23560 return (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && !declaration
23561 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1);
23564 /* Return true if DECL is a local static. */
23567 local_function_static (tree decl
)
23569 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl
));
23570 return TREE_STATIC (decl
)
23571 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
23572 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
;
23575 /* Return true iff DECL overrides (presumably completes) the type of
23576 OLD_DIE within CONTEXT_DIE. */
23579 override_type_for_decl_p (tree decl
, dw_die_ref old_die
,
23580 dw_die_ref context_die
)
23582 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
23585 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl
))
23587 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
23588 cv_quals
= TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
;
23591 cv_quals
= decl_quals (decl
);
23593 dw_die_ref type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
23594 cv_quals
| TYPE_QUALS (type
),
23598 dw_die_ref old_type_die
= get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_type
);
23600 return type_die
!= old_type_die
;
23603 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
23604 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
23607 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
23609 HOST_WIDE_INT off
= 0;
23611 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
23612 tree ultimate_origin
;
23613 dw_die_ref var_die
;
23614 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
23615 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
23616 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
23617 bool specialization_p
= false;
23618 bool no_linkage_name
= false;
23620 /* While C++ inline static data members have definitions inside of the
23621 class, force the first DIE to be a declaration, then let gen_member_die
23622 reparent it to the class context and call gen_variable_die again
23623 to create the outside of the class DIE for the definition. */
23627 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
23628 && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
23629 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
, DW_AT_inline
) != -1)
23631 declaration
= true;
23632 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
23633 no_linkage_name
= true;
23636 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
23637 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
23638 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
23639 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
23641 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
23642 of a data member. */
23645 dw_die_ref com_die
;
23646 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= NULL
;
23647 die_node com_die_arg
;
23649 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
23652 if (! early_dwarf
&& get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
23654 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2, NULL
);
23659 /* Optimize the common case. */
23660 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
23661 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
23662 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
23663 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
23666 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
23667 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
23668 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
23671 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
23673 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23674 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
23680 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
23681 common_block_die_table
= hash_table
<block_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
23683 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
23684 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
23685 com_die
= common_block_die_table
->find (&com_die_arg
);
23687 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23688 if (com_die
== NULL
)
23691 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
23694 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
23695 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
23698 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23699 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
23700 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
23701 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23703 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
))
23704 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23705 if (want_pubnames ())
23706 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
23707 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
23708 slot
= common_block_die_table
->find_slot (com_die
, INSERT
);
23711 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
23713 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23714 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23715 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
23717 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
23718 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
23719 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
23720 decl_quals (decl_or_origin
), false,
23722 add_alignment_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23723 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23728 /* Optimize the common case. */
23729 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
23730 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
23731 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
23732 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
23734 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
23735 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
23736 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
23739 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
23741 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23743 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
))
23744 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23746 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
23754 /* A declaration that has been previously dumped, needs no
23755 further annotations, since it doesn't need location on
23756 the second pass. */
23759 else if (decl_will_get_specification_p (old_die
, decl
, declaration
)
23760 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_specification
))
23762 /* Fall-thru so we can make a new variable die along with a
23763 DW_AT_specification. */
23765 else if (origin
&& old_die
->die_parent
!= context_die
)
23767 /* If we will be creating an inlined instance, we need a
23768 new DIE that will get annotated with
23769 DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
23770 gcc_assert (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
));
23774 /* If a DIE was dumped early, it still needs location info.
23775 Skip to where we fill the location bits. */
23778 /* ??? In LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
23779 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
23780 references to them. Thus we dumped them again. Also add a
23781 reference to them but beware of -g0 compile and -g link
23782 in which case the reference will be already present. */
23783 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
23785 && ! get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_type
)
23786 && variably_modified_type_p
23787 (type
, decl_function_context (decl_or_origin
)))
23789 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
23790 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
),
23791 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
23793 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl_or_origin
),
23794 false, context_die
);
23797 goto gen_variable_die_location
;
23801 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
23802 to have DW_TAG_member tag in DWARF{3,4} and we emit it for compatibility
23803 also in DWARF2; the specification should still be DW_TAG_variable
23804 referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
23805 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
) && dwarf_version
< 5)
23806 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
23808 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
23810 if (origin
!= NULL
)
23811 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
23813 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
23814 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
23816 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
23817 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT_P flag on them instead of
23820 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
23821 else if (decl_will_get_specification_p (old_die
, decl
, declaration
))
23823 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
23824 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
23825 specialization_p
= true;
23826 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
23828 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
23829 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
23831 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
23832 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
23834 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
23835 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
23837 if (debug_column_info
23839 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
23840 != (unsigned) s
.column
))
23841 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
23843 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
23844 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
23848 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
, no_linkage_name
);
23850 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
23852 && !DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
23853 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
23854 decl_function_context
23856 || (old_die
&& specialization_p
23857 && override_type_for_decl_p (decl_or_origin
, old_die
, context_die
)))
23859 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
23861 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
23862 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
23865 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl_or_origin
), false,
23869 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
23871 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23872 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23874 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23875 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23877 add_alignment_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23879 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23883 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23885 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
23886 || !old_die
|| is_declaration_die (old_die
)))
23887 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
23889 gen_variable_die_location
:
23891 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
23892 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
23893 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
23895 || (VAR_P (decl_or_origin
)
23896 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
23897 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
))))
23900 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
23902 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
,
23906 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
23908 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
23909 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl_or_origin
,
23910 DW_AT_const_expr
) == 1
23911 && !get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_expr
)
23912 && !specialization_p
)
23913 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_const_expr
, 1);
23917 int inl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl_or_origin
,
23920 && !get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_inline
)
23921 && !specialization_p
)
23922 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_inline
, inl
);
23926 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
23929 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
23931 dw_die_ref const_die
;
23932 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
23934 const_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
23938 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
23939 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, const_die
);
23940 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
23941 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, false, context_die
);
23942 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23943 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23944 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23945 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23946 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
23949 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
23952 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
23954 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
23955 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
23957 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23961 lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
23962 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
23964 if (origin
!= NULL
)
23965 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
23967 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
23970 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
23971 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
23972 else if (! early_dwarf
)
23974 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
23976 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
23977 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
23978 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
23982 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
23984 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
23985 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
23986 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
23987 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
23988 it if it ever does happen. */
23989 gcc_assert (!as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (insn
)->deleted ());
23991 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
23992 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
23996 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
23997 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
) != -1)
23999 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
24000 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
24005 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
24006 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
24007 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
24010 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
24012 /* We can end up with BUILTINS_LOCATION here. */
24013 if (RESERVED_LOCATION_P (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
)))
24016 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
24018 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24020 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
24021 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
24022 if (debug_column_info
&& s
.column
)
24023 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_column
, s
.column
);
24028 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
24029 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
24032 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
24034 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
24036 if (inline_entry_data
**iedp
24037 = !inline_entry_data_table
? NULL
24038 : inline_entry_data_table
->find_slot_with_hash (stmt
,
24039 htab_hash_pointer (stmt
),
24042 inline_entry_data
*ied
= *iedp
;
24043 gcc_assert (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_MARKER_INSNS
);
24044 gcc_assert (debug_inline_points
);
24045 gcc_assert (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
));
24047 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, ied
->label_pfx
, ied
->label_num
);
24048 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
24050 if (debug_variable_location_views
&& !ZERO_VIEW_P (ied
->view
)
24053 if (!output_asm_line_debug_info ())
24054 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_GNU_entry_view
, ied
->view
);
24057 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", ied
->view
);
24058 /* FIXME: this will resolve to a small number. Could we
24059 possibly emit smaller data? Ideally we'd emit a
24060 uleb128, but that would make the size of DIEs
24061 impossible for the compiler to compute, since it's
24062 the assembler that computes the value of the view
24063 label in this case. Ideally, we'd have a single form
24064 encompassing both the address and the view, and
24065 indirecting them through a table might make things
24066 easier, but even that would be more wasteful,
24067 space-wise, than what we have now. */
24068 add_AT_symview (die
, DW_AT_GNU_entry_view
, label
);
24072 inline_entry_data_table
->clear_slot (iedp
);
24075 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
24076 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
24078 tree chain
, superblock
= NULL_TREE
;
24080 dw_attr_node
*attr
= NULL
;
24082 if (!debug_inline_points
&& inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
24084 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
24085 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24086 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
24089 /* Optimize duplicate .debug_ranges lists or even tails of
24090 lists. If this BLOCK has same ranges as its supercontext,
24091 lookup DW_AT_ranges attribute in the supercontext (and
24092 recursively so), verify that the ranges_table contains the
24093 right values and use it instead of adding a new .debug_range. */
24094 for (chain
= stmt
, pdie
= die
;
24095 BLOCK_SAME_RANGE (chain
);
24096 chain
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
))
24098 dw_attr_node
*new_attr
;
24100 pdie
= pdie
->die_parent
;
24103 if (BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
) == NULL_TREE
)
24105 new_attr
= get_AT (pdie
, DW_AT_ranges
);
24106 if (new_attr
== NULL
24107 || new_attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_range_list
)
24110 superblock
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
);
24113 && ((*ranges_table
)[attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
].num
24114 == (int)BLOCK_NUMBER (superblock
))
24115 && BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
))
24117 unsigned long off
= attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
;
24118 unsigned long supercnt
= 0, thiscnt
= 0;
24119 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
);
24120 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
24123 gcc_checking_assert ((*ranges_table
)[off
+ supercnt
].num
24124 == (int)BLOCK_NUMBER (chain
));
24126 gcc_checking_assert ((*ranges_table
)[off
+ supercnt
+ 1].num
== 0);
24127 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
24128 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
24130 gcc_assert (supercnt
>= thiscnt
);
24131 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, off
+ supercnt
- thiscnt
,
24133 note_rnglist_head (off
+ supercnt
- thiscnt
);
24137 unsigned int offset
= add_ranges (stmt
, true);
24138 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
, false);
24139 note_rnglist_head (offset
);
24141 bool prev_in_cold
= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (stmt
);
24142 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
24145 add_ranges (chain
, prev_in_cold
!= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (chain
));
24146 prev_in_cold
= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (chain
);
24147 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
24154 char label_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
24155 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
24156 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_high
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
24158 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24159 add_AT_low_high_pc (die
, label
, label_high
, false);
24163 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
24166 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24168 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_block_die (stmt
);
24169 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
;
24172 stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
24173 equate_block_to_die (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24176 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
24178 /* If this is an inlined or conrecte instance, create a new lexical
24179 die for anything below to attach DW_AT_abstract_origin to. */
24181 stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
24183 tree origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
24184 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& (origin
!= stmt
|| old_die
))
24185 add_abstract_origin_attribute (stmt_die
, origin
);
24191 stmt_die
= old_die
;
24193 /* A non abstract block whose blocks have already been reordered
24194 should have the instruction range for this block. If so, set the
24195 high/low attributes. */
24196 if (!early_dwarf
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
24198 gcc_assert (stmt_die
);
24199 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24202 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24205 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
24208 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24210 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
24212 /* Make sure any inlined functions are known to be inlineable. */
24213 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
24214 || cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
));
24216 dw_die_ref subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
24218 if (call_arg_locations
|| debug_inline_points
)
24219 equate_block_to_die (stmt
, subr_die
);
24220 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
24221 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
24222 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
24223 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
24225 /* The inliner creates an extra BLOCK for the parameter setup,
24226 we want to merge that with the actual outermost BLOCK of the
24227 inlined function to avoid duplicate locals in consumers.
24228 Do that by doing the recursion to subblocks on the single subblock
24230 bool unwrap_one
= false;
24231 if (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
) && !BLOCK_CHAIN (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
)))
24233 tree origin
= block_ultimate_origin (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
));
24235 && TREE_CODE (origin
) == BLOCK
24236 && BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (origin
) == decl
)
24239 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, !unwrap_one
);
24241 decls_for_scope (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
), subr_die
);
24244 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. CTX is required: see
24245 the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
24248 gen_field_die (tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24250 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
24252 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
24255 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
24256 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
24257 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
), decl_quals (decl
),
24258 TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)),
24261 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
24263 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24264 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24265 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
, ctx
);
24268 add_alignment_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24270 /* If we have a variant part offset, then we are supposed to process a member
24271 of a QUAL_UNION_TYPE, which is how we represent variant parts in
24273 gcc_assert (ctx
->variant_part_offset
== NULL_TREE
24274 || TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != QUAL_UNION_TYPE
);
24275 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
24276 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
, ctx
);
24278 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
24279 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
24281 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24283 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
24284 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
24287 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. TYPE can be an
24288 OFFSET_TYPE, for a pointer to data member, or a RECORD_TYPE, for a
24289 pointer to member function. */
24292 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24294 if (lookup_type_die (type
))
24297 dw_die_ref ptr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
24298 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
24300 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
24301 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
24302 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
24303 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
24305 add_alignment_attribute (ptr_die
, type
);
24307 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != FUNCTION_TYPE
24308 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != METHOD_TYPE
)
24310 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
24311 add_AT_loc (ptr_die
, DW_AT_use_location
, op
);
24315 static char *producer_string
;
24317 /* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
24318 if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
24321 gen_producer_string (void)
24324 auto_vec
<const char *> switches
;
24325 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
24326 char *producer
, *tail
;
24328 size_t len
= dwarf_record_gcc_switches
? 0 : 3;
24329 size_t plen
= strlen (language_string
) + 1 + strlen (version_string
);
24331 for (j
= 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches
&& j
< save_decoded_options_count
; j
++)
24332 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
)
24339 case OPT_auxbase_strip
:
24348 case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown
:
24349 case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore
:
24350 case OPT_SPECIAL_warn_removed
:
24351 case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name
:
24352 case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file
:
24353 case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches
:
24354 case OPT__output_pch_
:
24355 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_
:
24356 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option
:
24357 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_caret
:
24358 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_labels
:
24359 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_line_numbers
:
24360 case OPT_fdiagnostics_color_
:
24361 case OPT_fdiagnostics_format_
:
24362 case OPT_fverbose_asm
:
24364 case OPT__sysroot_
:
24366 case OPT_nostdinc__
:
24367 case OPT_fpreprocessed
:
24368 case OPT_fltrans_output_list_
:
24369 case OPT_fresolution_
:
24370 case OPT_fdebug_prefix_map_
:
24371 case OPT_fmacro_prefix_map_
:
24372 case OPT_ffile_prefix_map_
:
24373 case OPT_fcompare_debug
:
24374 case OPT_fchecking
:
24375 case OPT_fchecking_
:
24376 /* Ignore these. */
24380 const char *lto_canonical
= "-flto";
24381 switches
.safe_push (lto_canonical
);
24382 len
+= strlen (lto_canonical
) + 1;
24386 if (cl_options
[save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
].flags
24387 & CL_NO_DWARF_RECORD
)
24389 gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][0]
24391 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][1])
24398 if (strncmp (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0] + 2,
24405 switches
.safe_push (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
);
24406 len
+= strlen (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
) + 1;
24410 producer
= XNEWVEC (char, plen
+ 1 + len
+ 1);
24412 sprintf (tail
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
24415 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (switches
, j
, p
)
24419 memcpy (tail
+ 1, p
, len
);
24427 /* Given a C and/or C++ language/version string return the "highest".
24428 C++ is assumed to be "higher" than C in this case. Used for merging
24429 LTO translation unit languages. */
24430 static const char *
24431 highest_c_language (const char *lang1
, const char *lang2
)
24433 if (strcmp ("GNU C++17", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++17", lang2
) == 0)
24434 return "GNU C++17";
24435 if (strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang2
) == 0)
24436 return "GNU C++14";
24437 if (strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang2
) == 0)
24438 return "GNU C++11";
24439 if (strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang2
) == 0)
24440 return "GNU C++98";
24442 if (strcmp ("GNU C2X", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C2X", lang2
) == 0)
24444 if (strcmp ("GNU C17", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C17", lang2
) == 0)
24446 if (strcmp ("GNU C11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C11", lang2
) == 0)
24448 if (strcmp ("GNU C99", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C99", lang2
) == 0)
24450 if (strcmp ("GNU C89", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C89", lang2
) == 0)
24453 gcc_unreachable ();
24457 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
24460 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
24463 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
24466 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
24470 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
24471 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
24472 if (filename
[0] != '<')
24473 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
24476 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer_string
? producer_string
: "");
24478 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
24479 from the global list of translation units. */
24480 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
24484 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
24486 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
24488 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
24491 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
24492 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
24494 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
24495 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
24496 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
24497 common_lang
= highest_c_language (common_lang
,
24498 TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
));
24501 /* Fall back to C. */
24502 common_lang
= NULL
;
24508 language_string
= common_lang
;
24511 language
= DW_LANG_C
;
24512 if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
24513 && ISDIGIT (language_string
[5]))
24515 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
24516 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24518 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C89") != 0)
24519 language
= DW_LANG_C99
;
24521 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24522 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C11") == 0
24523 || strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C17") == 0
24524 || strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C2X"))
24525 language
= DW_LANG_C11
;
24528 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C++", 7) == 0)
24530 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
24531 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24533 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++11") == 0)
24534 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
;
24535 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++14") == 0)
24536 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
;
24537 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++17") == 0)
24539 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
;
24542 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
24543 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
24544 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24546 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
24547 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
24548 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
24550 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
24551 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24553 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2003") == 0)
24554 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran03
;
24555 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2008") == 0)
24556 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran08
;
24559 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
24560 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
24561 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
24562 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
24563 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU D") == 0)
24564 language
= DW_LANG_D
;
24565 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
24567 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Go") == 0)
24568 language
= DW_LANG_Go
;
24571 /* Use a degraded Fortran setting in strict DWARF2 so is_fortran works. */
24572 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
24573 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
24574 /* Likewise for Ada. */
24575 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
24576 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
24578 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
24582 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
24583 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
24584 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
24585 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
24586 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
24587 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
24588 lowercases everything. */
24589 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
24592 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
24598 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
24601 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, tree type
,
24602 dw_die_ref context_die
)
24604 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
24605 struct vlr_context ctx
= { type
, NULL
};
24607 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
24609 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
, &ctx
);
24611 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
24612 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
24614 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
24615 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
24616 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
24617 if (access
== access_public_node
)
24619 if (dwarf_version
== 2
24620 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
24621 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
24623 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
24624 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
24625 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
24626 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
24627 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
24630 /* Return whether DECL is a FIELD_DECL that represents the variant part of a
24634 is_variant_part (tree decl
)
24636 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
24637 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE
);
24640 /* Check that OPERAND is a reference to a field in STRUCT_TYPE. If it is,
24641 return the FIELD_DECL. Return NULL_TREE otherwise. */
24644 analyze_discr_in_predicate (tree operand
, tree struct_type
)
24646 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (operand
))
24647 operand
= TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0);
24649 /* Match field access to members of struct_type only. */
24650 if (TREE_CODE (operand
) == COMPONENT_REF
24651 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
24652 && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0)) == struct_type
24653 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
)
24654 return TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 1);
24659 /* Check that SRC is a constant integer that can be represented as a native
24660 integer constant (either signed or unsigned). If so, store it into DEST and
24661 return true. Return false otherwise. */
24664 get_discr_value (tree src
, dw_discr_value
*dest
)
24666 tree discr_type
= TREE_TYPE (src
);
24668 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
24670 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (discr_type
);
24671 if (debug_type
!= NULL
)
24672 discr_type
= debug_type
;
24675 if (TREE_CODE (src
) != INTEGER_CST
|| !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (discr_type
))
24678 /* Signedness can vary between the original type and the debug type. This
24679 can happen for character types in Ada for instance: the character type
24680 used for code generation can be signed, to be compatible with the C one,
24681 but from a debugger point of view, it must be unsigned. */
24682 bool is_orig_unsigned
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (src
));
24683 bool is_debug_unsigned
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (discr_type
);
24685 if (is_orig_unsigned
!= is_debug_unsigned
)
24686 src
= fold_convert (discr_type
, src
);
24688 if (!(is_debug_unsigned
? tree_fits_uhwi_p (src
) : tree_fits_shwi_p (src
)))
24691 dest
->pos
= is_debug_unsigned
;
24692 if (is_debug_unsigned
)
24693 dest
->v
.uval
= tree_to_uhwi (src
);
24695 dest
->v
.sval
= tree_to_shwi (src
);
24700 /* Try to extract synthetic properties out of VARIANT_PART_DECL, which is a
24701 FIELD_DECL in STRUCT_TYPE that represents a variant part. If unsuccessful,
24702 store NULL_TREE in DISCR_DECL. Otherwise:
24704 - store the discriminant field in STRUCT_TYPE that controls the variant
24705 part to *DISCR_DECL
24707 - put in *DISCR_LISTS_P an array where for each variant, the item
24708 represents the corresponding matching list of discriminant values.
24710 - put in *DISCR_LISTS_LENGTH the number of variants, which is the size of
24713 Note that when the array is allocated (i.e. when the analysis is
24714 successful), it is up to the caller to free the array. */
24717 analyze_variants_discr (tree variant_part_decl
,
24720 dw_discr_list_ref
**discr_lists_p
,
24721 unsigned *discr_lists_length
)
24723 tree variant_part_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant_part_decl
);
24725 dw_discr_list_ref
*discr_lists
;
24728 /* Compute how many variants there are in this variant part. */
24729 *discr_lists_length
= 0;
24730 for (variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
);
24731 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24732 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
))
24733 ++*discr_lists_length
;
24735 *discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24737 = (dw_discr_list_ref
*) xcalloc (*discr_lists_length
,
24738 sizeof (**discr_lists_p
));
24739 discr_lists
= *discr_lists_p
;
24741 /* And then analyze all variants to extract discriminant information for all
24742 of them. This analysis is conservative: as soon as we detect something we
24743 do not support, abort everything and pretend we found nothing. */
24744 for (variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
), i
= 0;
24745 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24746 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
), ++i
)
24748 tree match_expr
= DECL_QUALIFIER (variant
);
24750 /* Now, try to analyze the predicate and deduce a discriminant for
24752 if (match_expr
== boolean_true_node
)
24753 /* Typically happens for the default variant: it matches all cases that
24754 previous variants rejected. Don't output any matching value for
24758 /* The following loop tries to iterate over each discriminant
24759 possibility: single values or ranges. */
24760 while (match_expr
!= NULL_TREE
)
24762 tree next_round_match_expr
;
24763 tree candidate_discr
= NULL_TREE
;
24764 dw_discr_list_ref new_node
= NULL
;
24766 /* Possibilities are matched one after the other by nested
24767 TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR expressions. Process the current possibility and
24768 continue with the rest at next iteration. */
24769 if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
)
24771 next_round_match_expr
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0);
24772 match_expr
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24775 next_round_match_expr
= NULL_TREE
;
24777 if (match_expr
== boolean_false_node
)
24778 /* This sub-expression matches nothing: just wait for the next
24782 else if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == EQ_EXPR
)
24784 /* We are matching: <discr_field> == <integer_cst>
24785 This sub-expression matches a single value. */
24786 tree integer_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24789 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0),
24792 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24793 if (!get_discr_value (integer_cst
,
24794 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
))
24796 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= false;
24799 else if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
)
24801 /* We are matching:
24802 <discr_field> > <integer_cst>
24803 && <discr_field> < <integer_cst>.
24804 This sub-expression matches the range of values between the
24805 two matched integer constants. Note that comparisons can be
24806 inclusive or exclusive. */
24807 tree candidate_discr_1
, candidate_discr_2
;
24808 tree lower_cst
, upper_cst
;
24809 bool lower_cst_included
, upper_cst_included
;
24810 tree lower_op
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0);
24811 tree upper_op
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24813 /* When the comparison is exclusive, the integer constant is not
24814 the discriminant range bound we are looking for: we will have
24815 to increment or decrement it. */
24816 if (TREE_CODE (lower_op
) == GE_EXPR
)
24817 lower_cst_included
= true;
24818 else if (TREE_CODE (lower_op
) == GT_EXPR
)
24819 lower_cst_included
= false;
24823 if (TREE_CODE (upper_op
) == LE_EXPR
)
24824 upper_cst_included
= true;
24825 else if (TREE_CODE (upper_op
) == LT_EXPR
)
24826 upper_cst_included
= false;
24830 /* Extract the discriminant from the first operand and check it
24831 is consistant with the same analysis in the second
24834 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (lower_op
, 0),
24837 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (upper_op
, 0),
24839 if (candidate_discr_1
== candidate_discr_2
)
24840 candidate_discr
= candidate_discr_1
;
24844 /* Extract bounds from both. */
24845 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24846 lower_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (lower_op
, 1);
24847 upper_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (upper_op
, 1);
24849 if (!lower_cst_included
)
24851 = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (lower_cst
), lower_cst
,
24852 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (lower_cst
), 1));
24853 if (!upper_cst_included
)
24855 = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (upper_cst
), upper_cst
,
24856 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (upper_cst
), 1));
24858 if (!get_discr_value (lower_cst
,
24859 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
)
24860 || !get_discr_value (upper_cst
,
24861 &new_node
->dw_discr_upper_bound
))
24864 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= true;
24867 else if ((candidate_discr
24868 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (match_expr
, struct_type
))
24869 && TREE_TYPE (candidate_discr
) == boolean_type_node
)
24871 /* We are matching: <discr_field> for a boolean discriminant.
24872 This sub-expression matches boolean_true_node. */
24873 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24874 if (!get_discr_value (boolean_true_node
,
24875 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
))
24877 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= false;
24881 /* Unsupported sub-expression: we cannot determine the set of
24882 matching discriminant values. Abort everything. */
24885 /* If the discriminant info is not consistant with what we saw so
24886 far, consider the analysis failed and abort everything. */
24887 if (candidate_discr
== NULL_TREE
24888 || (*discr_decl
!= NULL_TREE
&& candidate_discr
!= *discr_decl
))
24891 *discr_decl
= candidate_discr
;
24893 if (new_node
!= NULL
)
24895 new_node
->dw_discr_next
= discr_lists
[i
];
24896 discr_lists
[i
] = new_node
;
24898 match_expr
= next_round_match_expr
;
24902 /* If we reach this point, we could match everything we were interested
24907 /* Clean all data structure and return no result. */
24908 free (*discr_lists_p
);
24909 *discr_lists_p
= NULL
;
24910 *discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24913 /* Generate a DIE to represent VARIANT_PART_DECL, a variant part that is part
24914 of STRUCT_TYPE, a record type. This new DIE is emitted as the next child
24917 Variant parts are supposed to be implemented as a FIELD_DECL whose type is a
24918 QUAL_UNION_TYPE: this is the VARIANT_PART_DECL parameter. The members for
24919 this type, which are record types, represent the available variants and each
24920 has a DECL_QUALIFIER attribute. The discriminant and the discriminant
24921 values are inferred from these attributes.
24923 In trees, the offsets for the fields inside these sub-records are relative
24924 to the variant part itself, whereas the corresponding DIEs should have
24925 offset attributes that are relative to the embedding record base address.
24926 This is why the caller must provide a VARIANT_PART_OFFSET expression: it
24927 must be an expression that computes the offset of the variant part to
24928 describe in DWARF. */
24931 gen_variant_part (tree variant_part_decl
, struct vlr_context
*vlr_ctx
,
24932 dw_die_ref context_die
)
24934 const tree variant_part_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant_part_decl
);
24935 tree variant_part_offset
= vlr_ctx
->variant_part_offset
;
24936 struct loc_descr_context ctx
= {
24937 vlr_ctx
->struct_type
, /* context_type */
24938 NULL_TREE
, /* base_decl */
24940 false, /* placeholder_arg */
24941 false /* placeholder_seen */
24944 /* The FIELD_DECL node in STRUCT_TYPE that acts as the discriminant, or
24945 NULL_TREE if there is no such field. */
24946 tree discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24947 dw_discr_list_ref
*discr_lists
;
24948 unsigned discr_lists_length
= 0;
24951 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
= NULL
;
24952 dw_die_ref variant_part_die
24953 = new_die (DW_TAG_variant_part
, context_die
, variant_part_type
);
24955 equate_decl_number_to_die (variant_part_decl
, variant_part_die
);
24957 analyze_variants_discr (variant_part_decl
, vlr_ctx
->struct_type
,
24958 &discr_decl
, &discr_lists
, &discr_lists_length
);
24960 if (discr_decl
!= NULL_TREE
)
24962 dw_die_ref discr_die
= lookup_decl_die (discr_decl
);
24965 add_AT_die_ref (variant_part_die
, DW_AT_discr
, discr_die
);
24967 /* We have no DIE for the discriminant, so just discard all
24968 discrimimant information in the output. */
24969 discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24972 /* If the offset for this variant part is more complex than a constant,
24973 create a DWARF procedure for it so that we will not have to generate DWARF
24974 expressions for it for each member. */
24975 if (TREE_CODE (variant_part_offset
) != INTEGER_CST
24976 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
24978 const tree dwarf_proc_fndecl
24979 = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION
, FUNCTION_DECL
, NULL_TREE
,
24980 build_function_type (TREE_TYPE (variant_part_offset
),
24982 const tree dwarf_proc_call
= build_call_expr (dwarf_proc_fndecl
, 0);
24983 const dw_loc_descr_ref dwarf_proc_body
24984 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (variant_part_offset
, 0, &ctx
);
24986 dwarf_proc_die
= new_dwarf_proc_die (dwarf_proc_body
,
24987 dwarf_proc_fndecl
, context_die
);
24988 if (dwarf_proc_die
!= NULL
)
24989 variant_part_offset
= dwarf_proc_call
;
24992 /* Output DIEs for all variants. */
24994 for (tree variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
);
24995 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24996 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
), ++i
)
24998 tree variant_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant
);
24999 dw_die_ref variant_die
;
25001 /* All variants (i.e. members of a variant part) are supposed to be
25002 encoded as structures. Sub-variant parts are QUAL_UNION_TYPE fields
25003 under these records. */
25004 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (variant_type
) == RECORD_TYPE
);
25006 variant_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variant
, variant_part_die
, variant_type
);
25007 equate_decl_number_to_die (variant
, variant_die
);
25009 /* Output discriminant values this variant matches, if any. */
25010 if (discr_decl
== NULL
|| discr_lists
[i
] == NULL
)
25011 /* In the case we have discriminant information at all, this is
25012 probably the default variant: as the standard says, don't
25013 output any discriminant value/list attribute. */
25015 else if (discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_next
== NULL
25016 && !discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_range
)
25017 /* If there is only one accepted value, don't bother outputting a
25019 add_discr_value (variant_die
, &discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
25021 add_discr_list (variant_die
, discr_lists
[i
]);
25023 for (tree member
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_type
);
25024 member
!= NULL_TREE
;
25025 member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25027 struct vlr_context vlr_sub_ctx
= {
25028 vlr_ctx
->struct_type
, /* struct_type */
25029 NULL
/* variant_part_offset */
25031 if (is_variant_part (member
))
25033 /* All offsets for fields inside variant parts are relative to
25034 the top-level embedding RECORD_TYPE's base address. On the
25035 other hand, offsets in GCC's types are relative to the
25036 nested-most variant part. So we have to sum offsets each time
25039 vlr_sub_ctx
.variant_part_offset
25040 = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (variant_part_offset
),
25041 variant_part_offset
, byte_position (member
));
25042 gen_variant_part (member
, &vlr_sub_ctx
, variant_die
);
25046 vlr_sub_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= variant_part_offset
;
25047 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, &vlr_sub_ctx
, variant_die
);
25052 free (discr_lists
);
25055 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
25058 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25061 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
25063 gcc_assert (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
) == type
);
25065 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
25066 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
25067 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
25068 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
25069 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
25070 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
25071 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
25072 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
25073 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
25074 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
25075 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
25077 /* First output info about the base classes. */
25078 if (binfo
&& early_dwarf
)
25080 vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
25084 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
25085 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
25086 (accesses
? (*accesses
)[i
] : access_public_node
),
25091 /* Now output info about the members. */
25092 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25094 /* Ignore clones. */
25095 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
25098 struct vlr_context vlr_ctx
= { type
, NULL_TREE
};
25099 bool static_inline_p
25101 && TREE_STATIC (member
)
25102 && (lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (member
, DW_AT_inline
)
25105 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
25106 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
25107 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
25108 do put them in the right order. */
25110 if (dw_die_ref child
= lookup_decl_die (member
))
25112 /* Handle inline static data members, which only have in-class
25114 bool splice
= true;
25116 dw_die_ref ref
= NULL
;
25117 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25118 && child
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ())
25120 ref
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
25122 /* For C++17 inline static data members followed by redundant
25123 out of class redeclaration, we might get here with
25124 child being the DIE created for the out of class
25125 redeclaration and with its DW_AT_specification being
25126 the DIE created for in-class definition. We want to
25127 reparent the latter, and don't want to create another
25128 DIE with DW_AT_specification in that case, because
25129 we already have one. */
25132 && ref
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25133 && ref
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ()
25134 && get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_specification
) == NULL
)
25138 static_inline_p
= false;
25143 reparent_child (child
, context_die
);
25144 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
25145 child
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_member
;
25151 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
25154 /* Do not generate standard DWARF for variant parts if we are generating
25155 the corresponding GNAT encodings: DIEs generated for both would
25156 conflict in our mappings. */
25157 else if (is_variant_part (member
)
25158 && gnat_encodings
== DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
)
25160 vlr_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= byte_position (member
);
25161 gen_variant_part (member
, &vlr_ctx
, context_die
);
25165 vlr_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= NULL_TREE
;
25166 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, &vlr_ctx
, context_die
);
25169 /* For C++ inline static data members emit immediately a DW_TAG_variable
25170 DIE that will refer to that DW_TAG_member/DW_TAG_variable through
25171 DW_AT_specification. */
25172 if (static_inline_p
)
25174 int old_extern
= DECL_EXTERNAL (member
);
25175 DECL_EXTERNAL (member
) = 0;
25176 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, NULL
, comp_unit_die ());
25177 DECL_EXTERNAL (member
) = old_extern
;
25182 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
25183 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
25184 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
25187 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
25188 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25190 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25192 /* Fill in the bound of variable-length fields in late dwarf if
25193 still incomplete. */
25194 if (!early_dwarf
&& variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
25195 for (tree member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
25197 member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25198 fill_variable_array_bounds (TREE_TYPE (member
));
25202 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25203 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
25205 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
25206 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
25207 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
25208 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
25209 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
25211 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
25214 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
25215 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
25216 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
25219 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25221 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
25222 if (!type_die
&& debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25223 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
25225 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
25226 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
25228 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
25230 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
25231 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
25233 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25235 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
25237 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
25240 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
25242 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
25243 then give a list of members. */
25244 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
25246 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
25247 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
25248 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25249 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
25250 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, type
);
25251 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
25253 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
25254 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
25257 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
25258 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
25259 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25260 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
25262 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
25264 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
25265 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
25266 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
25268 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
25269 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
25271 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
25273 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
25274 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
25275 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
25280 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
25282 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
25283 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
25284 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
25285 vec_safe_push (incomplete_types
, type
);
25288 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25289 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
25292 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
25295 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25297 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
25298 dw_die_ref subr_die
25299 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
25300 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
25302 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
25303 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
25304 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
25306 add_alignment_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
25307 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
25309 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25310 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
25311 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
25312 && lang_hooks
.types
.type_dwarf_attribute (type
, DW_AT_reference
) != -1)
25313 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_reference
, 1);
25314 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
25315 && lang_hooks
.types
.type_dwarf_attribute (type
,
25316 DW_AT_rvalue_reference
) != -1)
25317 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_rvalue_reference
, 1);
25320 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
25323 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25325 dw_die_ref type_die
;
25328 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
25330 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
25331 fill_variable_array_bounds (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
));
25335 /* As we avoid creating DIEs for local typedefs (see decl_ultimate_origin
25336 checks in process_scope_var and modified_type_die), this should be called
25337 only for original types. */
25338 gcc_assert (decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) == NULL
25339 || decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) == decl
);
25341 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
25342 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
25344 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
25345 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
25347 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
25348 if (type
== error_mark_node
)
25351 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
25352 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
25356 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
25357 if (type
== error_mark_node
)
25360 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25362 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
25363 an anonymous type, e.g:
25364 typedef struct {...} foo;
25365 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
25366 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
25367 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
25370 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
25371 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
25372 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
25373 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
25374 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
25375 anonymous struct DIE. */
25376 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25377 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25379 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
25380 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
25381 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
25382 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
25383 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
25384 this debug info. */
25385 add_linkage_name_raw (lookup_type_die (type
), decl
);
25389 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl
), false,
25392 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
25393 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
25394 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
25396 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25398 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
25400 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
25402 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
25403 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
25405 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25406 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
25409 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
25412 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
25413 dw_die_ref context_die
,
25414 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25416 if (type
== NULL_TREE
25417 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
25420 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25422 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
25423 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
25424 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
25425 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
25426 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
25427 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
25428 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
25429 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
25430 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
25432 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
25434 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25437 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
25438 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
25440 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
25441 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
25443 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
25444 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
25445 decls_for_scope. */
25446 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
25447 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
25449 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
25450 context_die
= NULL
;
25453 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
25455 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
25457 /* This might have been written out by the call to
25458 declare_in_namespace. */
25459 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25460 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25463 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
25465 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
25466 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
25467 when appropriate. */
25470 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
25473 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
25474 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25476 struct array_descr_info info
;
25478 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
25481 if (flag_checking
&& type
)
25482 verify_type (type
);
25484 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
25485 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
25486 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
25487 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25488 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
25489 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
25490 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
25492 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
25494 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
25495 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
25496 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
25498 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25501 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
25502 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (name
);
25503 if (origin
!= NULL
&& origin
!= name
)
25505 gen_decl_die (origin
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25509 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
25510 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
);
25512 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
25513 context_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25515 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25517 gen_decl_die (name
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25521 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
25522 generate debug info for the typedef. */
25523 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25525 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
25526 context_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25528 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25532 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
25534 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (type
);
25536 if (debug_type
!= NULL_TREE
&& debug_type
!= type
)
25538 gen_type_die_with_usage (debug_type
, context_die
, usage
);
25543 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
25544 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
25545 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
25546 now. (Vectors and arrays are special because the debugging info is in the
25547 cloned type itself. Similarly function/method types can contain extra
25548 ref-qualification). */
25549 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
25550 || TREE_CODE (type
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
25552 /* For function/method types, can't use type_main_variant here,
25553 because that can have different ref-qualifiers for C++,
25554 but try to canonicalize. */
25555 tree main
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
25556 for (tree t
= main
; t
; t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
25557 if (TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (t
) == 0
25558 && check_base_type (t
, main
)
25559 && check_lang_type (t
, type
))
25565 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
25566 && TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
)
25567 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
25569 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
25570 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
25571 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
)
25573 memset (&info
, 0, sizeof (info
));
25574 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
))
25576 /* Fortran sometimes emits array types with no dimension. */
25577 gcc_assert (info
.ndimensions
>= 0
25578 && (info
.ndimensions
25579 <= DWARF2OUT_ARRAY_DESCR_INFO_MAX_DIMEN
));
25580 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
25581 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25586 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25588 /* Variable-length types may be incomplete even if
25589 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN. For such types, fall through to
25590 gen_array_type_die() and possibly fill in
25591 DW_AT_{upper,lower}_bound attributes. */
25592 if ((TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
25593 && TREE_CODE (type
) != RECORD_TYPE
25594 && TREE_CODE (type
) != UNION_TYPE
25595 && TREE_CODE (type
) != QUAL_UNION_TYPE
)
25596 || !variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
25600 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
25606 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
25607 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
25608 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
25609 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
25610 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
25612 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25614 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
25615 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
25616 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25617 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25621 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
25622 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
25623 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
25624 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25626 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
25627 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25628 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25630 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
25632 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25635 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
25636 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
25637 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25638 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25639 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25643 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
25644 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25645 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25646 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25651 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25654 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
25657 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
25658 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
25664 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
25667 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
25672 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
25674 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25675 if (type_die
== NULL
)
25677 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
25678 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (),
25680 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
25681 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25687 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
25689 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
25690 dw_die_ref
*die
= (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
25691 ? &auto_die
: &decltype_auto_die
);
25694 *die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
,
25695 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE
);
25696 add_name_attribute (*die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
25698 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, *die
);
25701 gcc_unreachable ();
25704 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25708 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25710 if (type
!= error_mark_node
)
25712 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25715 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25722 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
25723 things which are local to the given block. */
25726 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25728 int must_output_die
= 0;
25731 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
25732 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
25735 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
25737 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
25738 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
25739 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
25740 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
25744 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
25745 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
);
25750 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
25753 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
25754 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
25755 must_output_die
= 1;
25756 else if (lookup_block_die (stmt
))
25757 /* If we already have a DIE then it was filled early. Meanwhile
25758 we might have pruned all BLOCK_VARS as optimized out but we
25759 still want to generate high/low PC attributes so output it. */
25760 must_output_die
= 1;
25761 else if (TREE_USED (stmt
)
25762 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
25764 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
25765 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
25766 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25768 /* We are not in terse mode so any local declaration that
25769 is not ignored for debug purposes counts as being a
25770 "significant" one. */
25771 if (BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
25772 must_output_die
= 1;
25774 for (tree var
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); var
; var
= DECL_CHAIN (var
))
25775 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (var
))
25777 must_output_die
= 1;
25781 else if (!dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
25782 must_output_die
= 1;
25785 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
25786 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
25787 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
25788 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
25789 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
25790 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
25791 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
25792 if (must_output_die
)
25795 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
);
25797 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
);
25800 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
);
25803 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
25804 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
25806 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25809 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
25811 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
25812 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
25813 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
)
25815 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
25816 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
25818 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
25819 /* Avoid re-creating the DIE late if it was optimized as unused early. */
25820 if (! die
&& ! early_dwarf
)
25826 /* Avoid creating DIEs for local typedefs and concrete static variables that
25827 will only be pruned later. */
25828 if ((origin
|| decl_ultimate_origin (decl
))
25829 && (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
25830 || (VAR_P (decl_or_origin
) && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
))))
25832 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
25833 if (decl
&& VAR_P (decl
) && die
!= NULL
)
25835 die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
25837 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, die
);
25842 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25843 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
25844 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
25847 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
25848 stmt
, context_die
);
25852 if (decl
&& DECL_P (decl
))
25854 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
25856 /* Early created DIEs do not have a parent as the decls refer
25857 to the function as DECL_CONTEXT rather than the BLOCK. */
25858 if (die
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25860 gcc_assert (in_lto_p
);
25861 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
25865 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, NULL
, context_die
);
25869 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
25870 all of its sub-blocks. */
25873 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, bool recurse
)
25879 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
25880 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
25883 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
25884 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
25885 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
25886 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. We don't
25887 have to do this if we're at -g1. */
25888 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25890 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
25891 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
25892 /* BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARs simply generate DIE stubs with abstract
25893 origin - avoid doing this twice as we have no good way to see
25894 if we've done it once already. */
25896 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
25898 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
);
25899 if (decl
== current_function_decl
)
25900 /* Ignore declarations of the current function, while they
25901 are declarations, gen_subprogram_die would treat them
25902 as definitions again, because they are equal to
25903 current_function_decl and endlessly recurse. */;
25904 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
25905 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
25907 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL_TREE
, decl
, context_die
);
25911 /* Even if we're at -g1, we need to process the subblocks in order to get
25912 inlined call information. */
25914 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
25915 therein) of this block. */
25917 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
25919 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
25920 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
);
25923 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
25926 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
25928 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
25931 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
25932 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
25933 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
25934 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
25935 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
25936 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
25942 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
25943 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
25946 typedef struct {...} foo;
25948 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
25949 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
25953 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
25955 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
25956 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
25957 || DECL_NAMELESS (decl
)
25958 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
25959 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
25960 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
25961 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
25962 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
25963 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
25967 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
25968 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
25969 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
25970 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
25973 /* Looks up the DIE for a context. */
25975 static inline dw_die_ref
25976 lookup_context_die (tree context
)
25980 /* Find die that represents this context. */
25981 if (TYPE_P (context
))
25983 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
25984 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_type_die (context
);
25987 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, ctx
);
25990 return lookup_decl_die (context
);
25992 return comp_unit_die ();
25995 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
25997 static inline dw_die_ref
25998 get_context_die (tree context
)
26002 /* Find die that represents this context. */
26003 if (TYPE_P (context
))
26005 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
26006 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, force_type_die (context
));
26009 return force_decl_die (context
);
26011 return comp_unit_die ();
26014 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
26017 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
26019 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
26020 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
26021 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
26022 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26025 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26027 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26031 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
26033 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26034 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
26035 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
26036 declaration die. */
26037 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
26038 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
26039 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
26040 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
26044 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
26045 gen_decl_die() call. */
26046 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
26047 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
26048 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
26049 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
26052 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26053 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26054 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26056 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
26057 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
26060 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
26061 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
26065 gcc_unreachable ();
26068 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
26070 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26071 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
26077 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
26078 always returned. */
26081 force_type_die (tree type
)
26083 dw_die_ref type_die
;
26085 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
26088 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
26090 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (type
),
26091 false, context_die
);
26092 gcc_assert (type_die
);
26097 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
26098 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
26101 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26103 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
26104 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
26105 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26106 /* Force out the namespace. */
26107 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
26109 return context_die
;
26112 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
26113 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
26115 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
26116 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope, with
26117 DW_AT_specification pointing to the declaration (like with class
26121 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26123 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
26125 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26126 return context_die
;
26128 /* External declarations in the local scope only need to be emitted
26129 once, not once in the namespace and once in the scope.
26131 This avoids declaring the `extern' below in the
26132 namespace DIE as well as in the innermost scope:
26145 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_EXTERNAL (thing
) && local_scope_p (context_die
))
26146 return context_die
;
26148 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
26149 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
26150 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
26151 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
26152 return context_die
;
26154 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
26156 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
26158 if (is_fortran () || is_dlang ())
26160 if (DECL_P (thing
))
26161 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, NULL
, ns_context
);
26163 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
26165 return context_die
;
26168 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
26171 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26173 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
26175 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
26176 they are an alias of. */
26177 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
26179 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
26180 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
26181 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran () || is_dlang ()
26182 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
26183 context_die
, decl
);
26184 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
26185 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
26187 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
26189 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
26192 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
26193 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
26194 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
26195 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
26199 /* Output a namespace alias. */
26201 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
26202 dw_die_ref origin_die
26203 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
26205 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
26206 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26207 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
26208 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
26209 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
26210 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
26211 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
26212 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
26214 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
26215 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
26216 DW_AT_export_symbols
) == 1)
26217 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_export_symbols
, 1);
26219 /* Bypass dwarf2_name's check for DECL_NAMELESS. */
26220 if (want_pubnames ())
26221 add_pubname_string (lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1), namespace_die
);
26224 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
26225 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
26226 for all other decls it returns NULL.
26228 If DECL is a FIELD_DECL, CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT.
26229 It can be NULL otherwise. */
26232 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
,
26233 dw_die_ref context_die
)
26235 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
26236 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
26238 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
26241 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
26247 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada () && !is_dlang ())
26249 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
26250 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
26254 /* Emit its type. */
26255 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
26257 /* And its containing namespace. */
26258 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
26260 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
26263 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26266 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
26267 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
26268 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
26269 /* This is only a declaration. */;
26272 /* We should have abstract copies already and should not generate
26273 stray type DIEs in late LTO dumping. */
26277 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
26278 else if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
26279 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
26280 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
26281 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
26283 /* If we're emitting a possibly inlined function emit it as
26284 abstract instance. */
26285 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
26286 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
26287 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
26288 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
26289 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
26290 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
26291 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26292 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
26294 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
26295 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26297 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
26298 have its containing type. */
26300 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
26301 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26302 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
26304 /* And its return type. */
26305 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
26307 /* And its virtual context. */
26308 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26309 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
26311 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
26312 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26313 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
26315 /* And its containing namespace. */
26316 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
26319 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
26321 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
26325 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26326 actual typedefs. */
26327 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26330 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
26331 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
26332 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
26333 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
26334 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
26335 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
26336 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
26337 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
26338 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
26340 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26343 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
26344 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
26346 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
26347 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
26351 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
26352 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
26357 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26358 variable declarations or definitions. */
26359 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26362 /* Avoid generating stray type DIEs during late dwarf dumping.
26363 All types have been dumped early. */
26365 /* ??? But in LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
26366 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
26367 references to them. Dump them again as happens for inlining
26368 which copies both the decl and the types. */
26369 /* ??? And even non-LTO needs to re-visit type DIEs to fill
26370 in VLA bound information for example. */
26371 || (decl
&& variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
),
26372 current_function_decl
)))
26374 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
26376 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
26377 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
26379 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
26384 /* And its containing type. */
26385 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
26386 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26387 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
26389 /* And its containing namespace. */
26390 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
26393 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
26394 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
26395 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
26397 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
26398 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
26399 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
26400 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
26401 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
26404 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
26408 gcc_assert (ctx
!= NULL
&& ctx
->struct_type
!= NULL
);
26409 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
26410 anonymous unions and structs. */
26411 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
26412 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
26413 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
26415 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
26416 gen_field_die (decl
, ctx
, context_die
);
26421 /* Avoid generating stray type DIEs during late dwarf dumping.
26422 All types have been dumped early. */
26424 /* ??? But in LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
26425 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
26426 references to them. Dump them again as happens for inlining
26427 which copies both the decl and the types. */
26428 /* ??? And even non-LTO needs to re-visit type DIEs to fill
26429 in VLA bound information for example. */
26430 || (decl
&& variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
),
26431 current_function_decl
)))
26433 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
26434 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
26436 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
26438 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
26439 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
26442 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26443 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26444 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
26447 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
26448 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, DECL_NAME (decl
),
26449 DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
26452 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
26453 gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
), context_die
,
26454 NAMELIST_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
));
26458 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
26459 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
26466 /* Output initial debug information for global DECL. Called at the
26467 end of the parsing process.
26469 This is the initial debug generation process. As such, the DIEs
26470 generated may be incomplete. A later debug generation pass
26471 (dwarf2out_late_global_decl) will augment the information generated
26472 in this pass (e.g., with complete location info). */
26475 dwarf2out_early_global_decl (tree decl
)
26479 /* gen_decl_die() will set DECL_ABSTRACT because
26480 cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p() returns true. This is in
26481 turn will cause DW_AT_inline attributes to be set.
26483 This happens because at early dwarf generation, there is no
26484 cgraph information, causing cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p()
26485 to return true. Trick cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p()
26486 while we generate dwarf early. */
26487 bool save
= symtab
->global_info_ready
;
26488 symtab
->global_info_ready
= true;
26490 /* We don't handle TYPE_DECLs. If required, they'll be reached via
26491 other DECLs and they can point to template types or other things
26492 that dwarf2out can't handle when done via dwarf2out_decl. */
26493 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
26494 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
26496 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
26498 tree save_fndecl
= current_function_decl
;
26500 /* For nested functions, make sure we have DIEs for the parents first
26501 so that all nested DIEs are generated at the proper scope in the
26503 tree context
= decl_function_context (decl
);
26504 if (context
!= NULL
)
26506 dw_die_ref context_die
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
26507 current_function_decl
= context
;
26509 /* Avoid emitting DIEs multiple times, but still process CONTEXT
26510 enough so that it lands in its own context. This avoids type
26511 pruning issues later on. */
26512 if (context_die
== NULL
|| is_declaration_die (context_die
))
26513 dwarf2out_early_global_decl (context
);
26516 /* Emit an abstract origin of a function first. This happens
26517 with C++ constructor clones for example and makes
26518 dwarf2out_abstract_function happy which requires the early
26519 DIE of the abstract instance to be present. */
26520 tree origin
= DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
26521 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
26523 /* Do not emit the DIE multiple times but make sure to
26524 process it fully here in case we just saw a declaration. */
26525 && ((origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
)) == NULL
26526 || is_declaration_die (origin_die
)))
26528 current_function_decl
= origin
;
26529 dwarf2out_decl (origin
);
26532 /* Emit the DIE for decl but avoid doing that multiple times. */
26533 dw_die_ref old_die
;
26534 if ((old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
)) == NULL
26535 || is_declaration_die (old_die
))
26537 current_function_decl
= decl
;
26538 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26541 current_function_decl
= save_fndecl
;
26544 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26546 symtab
->global_info_ready
= save
;
26549 /* Return whether EXPR is an expression with the following pattern:
26550 INDIRECT_REF (NOP_EXPR (INTEGER_CST)). */
26553 is_trivial_indirect_ref (tree expr
)
26555 if (expr
== NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (expr
) != INDIRECT_REF
)
26558 tree nop
= TREE_OPERAND (expr
, 0);
26559 if (nop
== NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (nop
) != NOP_EXPR
)
26562 tree int_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (nop
, 0);
26563 return int_cst
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (int_cst
) == INTEGER_CST
;
26566 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from
26567 toplev.c after compilation proper has finished. */
26570 dwarf2out_late_global_decl (tree decl
)
26572 /* Fill-in any location information we were unable to determine
26573 on the first pass. */
26576 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26578 /* We may have to generate full debug late for LTO in case debug
26579 was not enabled at compile-time or the target doesn't support
26580 the LTO early debug scheme. */
26581 if (! die
&& in_lto_p
)
26582 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26585 /* We get called via the symtab code invoking late_global_decl
26586 for symbols that are optimized out.
26588 Do not add locations for those, except if they have a
26589 DECL_VALUE_EXPR, in which case they are relevant for debuggers.
26590 Still don't add a location if the DECL_VALUE_EXPR is not a trivial
26591 INDIRECT_REF expression, as this could generate relocations to
26592 text symbols in LTO object files, which is invalid. */
26593 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (decl
);
26594 if ((! node
|| ! node
->definition
)
26595 && ! (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
26596 && is_trivial_indirect_ref (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
))))
26597 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
26599 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
, false);
26604 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
26605 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
26607 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
26612 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26616 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
26617 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
26618 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
26619 that DECL belongs to.
26620 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
26622 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
26624 tree lexical_block
,
26625 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
26627 expanded_location xloc
;
26628 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
26629 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
26631 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
26633 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
26634 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
26638 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
26640 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
26642 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
26643 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
26644 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
26645 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
26646 if (!at_import_die
)
26648 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
26649 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
26650 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
26651 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
26656 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26657 if (!at_import_die
)
26659 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
26660 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
26661 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
26663 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
26665 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
26666 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
26667 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
26668 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
26670 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
26671 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
26673 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMELIST_DECL
)
26674 at_import_die
= gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
),
26675 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)),
26678 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
26682 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26684 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26685 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
26692 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
26696 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
26697 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
26698 if (debug_column_info
&& xloc
.column
)
26699 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, xloc
.column
);
26701 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
26702 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
26703 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
26706 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
26707 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
26708 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
26709 importing whole module.
26710 IMPLICIT is set if this hook is called for an implicit import
26711 such as inline namespace. */
26714 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
26715 bool child
, bool implicit
)
26717 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
26718 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
26720 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26725 /* For DWARF5, just DW_AT_export_symbols on the DW_TAG_namespace
26726 should be enough, for DWARF4 and older even if we emit as extension
26727 DW_AT_export_symbols add the implicit DW_TAG_imported_module anyway
26728 for the benefit of consumers unaware of DW_AT_export_symbols. */
26730 && dwarf_version
>= 5
26731 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
26732 DW_AT_export_symbols
) == 1)
26737 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
26738 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
26741 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
26742 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
26744 && TYPE_P (context
)
26745 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
26748 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
26752 /* DW_TAG_imported_module was introduced in the DWARFv3 specification, so
26753 there is nothing we can do, here. */
26754 if (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
26757 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
26758 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
26759 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
26760 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
26763 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
26764 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
26767 /* Output debug information for namelists. */
26770 gen_namelist_decl (tree name
, dw_die_ref scope_die
, tree item_decls
)
26772 dw_die_ref nml_die
, nml_item_die
, nml_item_ref_die
;
26776 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26779 gcc_assert (scope_die
!= NULL
);
26780 nml_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist
, scope_die
, NULL
);
26781 add_AT_string (nml_die
, DW_AT_name
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
26783 /* If there are no item_decls, we have a nondefining namelist, e.g.
26784 with USE association; hence, set DW_AT_declaration. */
26785 if (item_decls
== NULL_TREE
)
26787 add_AT_flag (nml_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
26791 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (item_decls
), i
, value
)
26793 nml_item_ref_die
= lookup_decl_die (value
);
26794 if (!nml_item_ref_die
)
26795 nml_item_ref_die
= force_decl_die (value
);
26797 nml_item_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist_item
, nml_die
, NULL
);
26798 add_AT_die_ref (nml_item_die
, DW_AT_namelist_items
, nml_item_ref_die
);
26804 /* Write the debugging output for DECL and return the DIE. */
26807 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
26809 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
26811 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
26816 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26817 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
26818 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
26819 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE.
26820 Avoid doing this late though since clones of class methods may
26821 otherwise end up in limbo and create type DIEs late. */
26823 && decl_function_context (decl
)
26824 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
26825 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26826 context_die
= NULL
;
26830 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
26831 if (local_function_static (decl
))
26832 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26834 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26835 variable declarations or definitions. */
26836 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26841 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26843 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada () && !is_dlang ())
26845 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
26846 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26849 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26850 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
26851 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26853 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
26858 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
26859 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
26862 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
26863 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
26864 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
26867 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
26868 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26871 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
26872 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
26873 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
26874 context_die
= NULL
;
26878 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
26885 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
26889 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26895 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
26898 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
26900 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26901 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
26902 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
26903 call_site_count
= -1;
26904 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
26905 decl_loc_table
->empty ();
26906 cached_dw_loc_list_table
->empty ();
26909 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
26910 a lexical block. */
26913 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
26914 unsigned int blocknum
)
26916 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
26917 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
26920 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
26924 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
26926 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
26927 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
26930 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
26931 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
26933 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
26934 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
26935 we may end up calling them anyway. */
26938 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
26943 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
26944 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
26945 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
26947 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
26949 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
26950 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
26951 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
26958 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
26961 dwarf_file_hasher::equal (dwarf_file_data
*p1
, const char *p2
)
26963 return filename_cmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
26967 dwarf_file_hasher::hash (dwarf_file_data
*p
)
26969 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
26972 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
26973 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
26974 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
26975 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
26976 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
26977 and .debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
26978 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
26979 available unique index number. */
26981 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
26982 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
26984 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
26990 file_name
= "<stdin>";
26992 dwarf_file_data
**slot
26993 = file_table
->find_slot_with_hash (file_name
, htab_hash_string (file_name
),
26998 created
= ggc_alloc
<dwarf_file_data
> ();
26999 created
->filename
= file_name
;
27000 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
27005 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
27006 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
27007 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
27008 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
27009 types, which may include filenames. */
27012 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
27014 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
27016 if (last_emitted_file
)
27017 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
27019 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
27020 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
27022 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27024 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
27025 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
27026 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
27027 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
27031 return fd
->emitted_number
;
27034 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
27035 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
27036 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
27039 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
27041 die_arg_entry entry
;
27046 gcc_assert (early_dwarf
);
27048 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
27049 vec_alloc (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, 32);
27053 vec_safe_push (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, entry
);
27056 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
27060 generic_type_p (tree t
)
27062 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
27064 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
27067 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
27068 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
27069 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
27072 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
27074 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
27077 gcc_assert (early_dwarf
);
27079 if (!generic_type_instances
)
27080 vec_alloc (generic_type_instances
, 256);
27082 vec_safe_push (generic_type_instances
, t
);
27085 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
27086 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
27087 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
27090 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
27092 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
27097 /* We do this in two phases - first get the cases we can
27098 handle during early-finish, preserving those we cannot
27099 (containing symbolic constants where we don't yet know
27100 whether we are going to output the referenced symbols).
27101 For those we try again at late-finish. */
27103 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
27105 if (!e
->die
->removed
27106 && !tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
))
27108 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
= NULL
;
27110 && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
))
27111 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (e
->arg
, 2, NULL
);
27113 add_AT_loc (e
->die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
27115 (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)[j
++] = *e
;
27118 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
->truncate (j
);
27122 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
27123 that have been previously scheduled by
27124 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
27125 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
27128 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
27133 if (!generic_type_instances
)
27136 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
27137 if (COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
))
27138 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
27140 generic_type_instances
= NULL
;
27144 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
27147 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
27150 dw_attr_node
*attr
;
27153 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
27157 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
27161 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
27164 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
27166 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
27167 /* replace the string. */
27168 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
27172 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
27175 /* True if before or during processing of the first function being emitted. */
27176 static bool in_first_function_p
= true;
27177 /* True if loc_note during dwarf2out_var_location call might still be
27178 before first real instruction at address equal to .Ltext0. */
27179 static bool maybe_at_text_label_p
= true;
27180 /* One above highest N where .LVLN label might be equal to .Ltext0 label. */
27181 static unsigned int first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
;
27183 /* Look ahead for a real insn, or for a begin stmt marker. */
27186 dwarf2out_next_real_insn (rtx_insn
*loc_note
)
27188 rtx_insn
*next_real
= NEXT_INSN (loc_note
);
27191 if (INSN_P (next_real
))
27194 next_real
= NEXT_INSN (next_real
);
27199 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
27200 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
27201 our lookup table. */
27204 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*loc_note
)
27206 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
27207 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
27208 rtx_insn
*next_real
, *next_note
;
27209 rtx_insn
*call_insn
= NULL
;
27210 static const char *last_label
;
27211 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
27212 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
27213 static rtx_insn
*expected_next_loc_note
;
27216 var_loc_view view
= 0;
27218 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note
))
27220 if (CALL_P (loc_note
))
27222 maybe_reset_location_view (loc_note
, cur_line_info_table
);
27224 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27225 tail_call_site_count
++;
27226 if (find_reg_note (loc_note
, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, NULL_RTX
))
27228 call_insn
= loc_note
;
27232 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (call_insn
);
27234 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27237 if (optimize
== 0 && !flag_var_tracking
)
27239 /* When the var-tracking pass is not running, there is no note
27240 for indirect calls whose target is compile-time known. In this
27241 case, process such calls specifically so that we generate call
27242 sites for them anyway. */
27243 rtx x
= PATTERN (loc_note
);
27244 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PARALLEL
)
27245 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
27246 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
)
27248 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CALL
)
27251 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
27252 || !SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))
27253 || (TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0)))
27256 call_insn
= loc_note
;
27260 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (call_insn
);
27262 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27267 else if (!debug_variable_location_views
)
27268 gcc_unreachable ();
27270 maybe_reset_location_view (loc_note
, cur_line_info_table
);
27275 var_loc_p
= NOTE_KIND (loc_note
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
;
27276 if (var_loc_p
&& !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
27279 /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
27280 notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
27281 next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
27282 calculation for next time. */
27283 next_real
= cached_next_real_insn
;
27286 if (expected_next_loc_note
!= loc_note
)
27290 next_note
= NEXT_INSN (loc_note
);
27292 || next_note
->deleted ()
27293 || ! NOTE_P (next_note
)
27294 || (NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
27295 && NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_BEGIN_STMT
27296 && NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_INLINE_ENTRY
))
27300 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (loc_note
);
27304 expected_next_loc_note
= next_note
;
27305 cached_next_real_insn
= next_real
;
27308 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27310 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
27311 don't do anything. */
27313 && next_real
== NULL_RTX
27314 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27319 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
27320 next_real
= get_last_insn ();
27322 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
27323 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
27324 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
27325 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
27326 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
27327 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
27330 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
27336 = NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
) ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
;
27337 view
= cur_line_info_table
->view
;
27338 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
27339 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
, label
, view
);
27340 if (newloc
== NULL
)
27349 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
27350 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
27351 create a new label and emit it. */
27352 if (last_label
== NULL
)
27354 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
27355 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
27357 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
27358 /* See if loclabel might be equal to .Ltext0. If yes,
27359 bump first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label. */
27360 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
27361 && in_first_function_p
27362 && maybe_at_text_label_p
)
27364 static rtx_insn
*last_start
;
27366 for (insn
= loc_note
; insn
; insn
= previous_insn (insn
))
27367 if (insn
== last_start
)
27369 else if (!NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn
))
27373 rtx body
= PATTERN (insn
);
27374 if (GET_CODE (body
) == USE
|| GET_CODE (body
) == CLOBBER
)
27376 /* Inline asm could occupy zero bytes. */
27377 else if (GET_CODE (body
) == ASM_INPUT
27378 || asm_noperands (body
) >= 0)
27380 #ifdef HAVE_ATTR_length /* ??? We don't include insn-attr.h. */
27381 else if (HAVE_ATTR_length
&& get_attr_min_length (insn
) == 0)
27386 /* Assume insn has non-zero length. */
27387 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
27391 if (maybe_at_text_label_p
)
27393 last_start
= loc_note
;
27394 first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
= loclabel_num
;
27399 gcc_assert ((loc_note
== NULL_RTX
&& call_insn
!= NULL_RTX
)
27400 || (loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
&& call_insn
== NULL_RTX
));
27404 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
27405 = ggc_cleared_alloc
<call_arg_loc_node
> ();
27406 rtx_insn
*prev
= call_insn
;
27408 ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
27409 = find_reg_note (call_insn
, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, NULL_RTX
);
27410 ca_loc
->next
= NULL
;
27411 ca_loc
->label
= last_label
;
27414 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev
)
27415 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SEQUENCE
27416 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0)))));
27417 if (!CALL_P (prev
))
27418 prev
= as_a
<rtx_sequence
*> (PATTERN (prev
))->insn (0);
27419 ca_loc
->tail_call_p
= SIBLING_CALL_P (prev
);
27421 /* Look for a SYMBOL_REF in the "prev" instruction. */
27422 rtx x
= get_call_rtx_from (prev
);
27425 /* Try to get the call symbol, if any. */
27426 if (MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
27428 /* First, look for a memory access to a symbol_ref. */
27429 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
27430 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))
27431 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
27432 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= XEXP (x
, 0);
27433 /* Otherwise, look at a compile-time known user-level function
27437 && TREE_CODE (MEM_EXPR (x
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
27438 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= XEXP (DECL_RTL (MEM_EXPR (x
)), 0);
27441 ca_loc
->block
= insn_scope (prev
);
27442 if (call_arg_locations
)
27443 call_arg_loc_last
->next
= ca_loc
;
27445 call_arg_locations
= ca_loc
;
27446 call_arg_loc_last
= ca_loc
;
27448 else if (loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
&& !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27450 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
27451 newloc
->view
= view
;
27455 if (!last_postcall_label
)
27457 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
27458 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
27460 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
27461 /* ??? This view is at last_label, not last_label-1, but we
27462 could only assume view at last_label-1 is zero if we could
27463 assume calls always have length greater than one. This is
27464 probably true in general, though there might be a rare
27465 exception to this rule, e.g. if a call insn is optimized out
27466 by target magic. Then, even the -1 in the label will be
27467 wrong, which might invalidate the range. Anyway, using view,
27468 though technically possibly incorrect, will work as far as
27469 ranges go: since L-1 is in the middle of the call insn,
27470 (L-1).0 and (L-1).V shouldn't make any difference, and having
27471 the loclist entry refer to the .loc entry might be useful, so
27472 leave it like this. */
27473 newloc
->view
= view
;
27476 if (var_loc_p
&& flag_debug_asm
)
27478 const char *name
, *sep
, *patstr
;
27479 if (decl
&& DECL_NAME (decl
))
27480 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl
));
27483 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
))
27486 patstr
= str_pattern_slim (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
));
27493 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s DEBUG %s%s%s\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27494 name
, sep
, patstr
);
27497 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
27498 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
27501 /* Check whether BLOCK, a lexical block, is nested within OUTER, or is
27502 OUTER itself. If BOTHWAYS, check not only that BLOCK can reach
27503 OUTER through BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT links, but also that there is a
27504 path from OUTER to BLOCK through BLOCK_SUBBLOCKs and
27505 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN links. */
27507 block_within_block_p (tree block
, tree outer
, bool bothways
)
27509 if (block
== outer
)
27512 /* Quickly check that OUTER is up BLOCK's supercontext chain. */
27513 for (tree context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
27515 context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (context
))
27516 if (!context
|| TREE_CODE (context
) != BLOCK
)
27522 /* Now check that each block is actually referenced by its
27524 for (tree context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
); ;
27525 context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (context
))
27527 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (context
))
27529 gcc_assert (!BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (context
));
27530 context
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (context
);
27532 for (tree sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (context
);
27534 sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
27537 if (context
== outer
)
27544 /* Called during final while assembling the marker of the entry point
27545 for an inlined function. */
27548 dwarf2out_inline_entry (tree block
)
27550 gcc_assert (debug_inline_points
);
27552 /* If we can't represent it, don't bother. */
27553 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
27556 gcc_assert (DECL_P (block_ultimate_origin (block
)));
27558 /* Sanity check the block tree. This would catch a case in which
27559 BLOCK got removed from the tree reachable from the outermost
27560 lexical block, but got retained in markers. It would still link
27561 back to its parents, but some ancestor would be missing a link
27562 down the path to the sub BLOCK. If the block got removed, its
27563 BLOCK_NUMBER will not be a usable value. */
27565 gcc_assert (block_within_block_p (block
,
27566 DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl
),
27569 gcc_assert (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (block
));
27570 gcc_assert (!lookup_block_die (block
));
27572 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block
))
27573 block
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block
);
27574 /* Can the entry point ever not be at the beginning of an
27575 unfragmented lexical block? */
27576 else if (!(BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (block
)
27577 || (cur_line_info_table
27578 && !ZERO_VIEW_P (cur_line_info_table
->view
))))
27581 if (!inline_entry_data_table
)
27582 inline_entry_data_table
27583 = hash_table
<inline_entry_data_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
27586 inline_entry_data
**iedp
27587 = inline_entry_data_table
->find_slot_with_hash (block
,
27588 htab_hash_pointer (block
),
27591 /* ??? Ideally, we'd record all entry points for the same inlined
27592 function (some may have been duplicated by e.g. unrolling), but
27593 we have no way to represent that ATM. */
27596 inline_entry_data
*ied
= *iedp
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<inline_entry_data
> ();
27597 ied
->block
= block
;
27598 ied
->label_pfx
= BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
;
27599 ied
->label_num
= BLOCK_NUMBER (block
);
27600 if (cur_line_info_table
)
27601 ied
->view
= cur_line_info_table
->view
;
27603 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
,
27604 BLOCK_NUMBER (block
));
27607 /* Called from finalize_size_functions for size functions so that their body
27608 can be encoded in the debug info to describe the layout of variable-length
27612 dwarf2out_size_function (tree decl
)
27615 function_to_dwarf_procedure (decl
);
27618 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
27621 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (var_loc_list
**slot
, void *)
27623 var_loc_list
*list
= *slot
;
27625 list
->last_before_switch
27626 = list
->last
->next
? list
->last
->next
: list
->last
;
27630 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
27633 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
27635 if (decl_loc_table
== NULL
)
27638 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<void *, var_location_switch_text_section_1
> (NULL
);
27641 /* Create a new line number table. */
27643 static dw_line_info_table
*
27644 new_line_info_table (void)
27646 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27648 table
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_line_info_table
> ();
27649 table
->file_num
= 1;
27650 table
->line_num
= 1;
27651 table
->is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
27652 FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW (table
->view
);
27653 table
->symviews_since_reset
= 0;
27658 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
27659 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
27662 set_cur_line_info_table (section
*sec
)
27664 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27666 if (sec
== text_section
)
27667 table
= text_section_line_info
;
27668 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
27670 table
= cold_text_section_line_info
;
27673 cold_text_section_line_info
= table
= new_line_info_table ();
27674 table
->end_label
= cold_end_label
;
27679 const char *end_label
;
27681 if (crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
27683 if (in_cold_section_p
)
27684 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
27686 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
27690 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
27692 current_function_funcdef_no
);
27693 end_label
= ggc_strdup (label
);
27696 table
= new_line_info_table ();
27697 table
->end_label
= end_label
;
27699 vec_safe_push (separate_line_info
, table
);
27702 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27703 table
->is_stmt
= (cur_line_info_table
27704 ? cur_line_info_table
->is_stmt
27705 : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
);
27706 cur_line_info_table
= table
;
27710 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
27711 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
27712 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
27713 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
27716 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
27718 section
*sec
= function_section (fun
);
27720 if (sec
!= text_section
)
27721 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
27723 if (crtl
->has_bb_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
27725 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
27726 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
27727 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
27728 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
27729 switch_to_section (sec
);
27732 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
27733 call_site_count
= 0;
27734 tail_call_site_count
= 0;
27736 set_cur_line_info_table (sec
);
27737 FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW (cur_line_info_table
->view
);
27740 /* Helper function of dwarf2out_end_function, called only after emitting
27741 the very first function into assembly. Check if some .debug_loc range
27742 might end with a .LVL* label that could be equal to .Ltext0.
27743 In that case we must force using absolute addresses in .debug_loc ranges,
27744 because this range could be .LVLN-.Ltext0 .. .LVLM-.Ltext0 for
27745 .LVLN == .LVLM == .Ltext0, thus 0 .. 0, which is a .debug_loc
27747 Set have_multiple_function_sections to true in that case and
27748 terminate htab traversal. */
27751 find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label (var_loc_list
**slot
, int)
27753 var_loc_list
*entry
= *slot
;
27754 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
27756 node
= entry
->first
;
27757 if (node
&& node
->next
&& node
->next
->label
)
27760 const char *label
= node
->next
->label
;
27761 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27763 for (i
= 0; i
< first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
; i
++)
27765 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", i
);
27766 if (strcmp (label
, loclabel
) == 0)
27768 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
27776 /* Hook called after emitting a function into assembly.
27777 This does something only for the very first function emitted. */
27780 dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int)
27782 if (in_first_function_p
27783 && !have_multiple_function_sections
27784 && first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
27786 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<int, find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label
> (0);
27787 in_first_function_p
= false;
27788 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
27791 /* Temporary holder for dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit. Used to let
27792 front-ends register a translation unit even before dwarf2out_init is
27794 static tree main_translation_unit
= NULL_TREE
;
27796 /* Hook called by front-ends after they built their main translation unit.
27797 Associate comp_unit_die to UNIT. */
27800 dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit (tree unit
)
27802 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (unit
) == TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
27803 && main_translation_unit
== NULL_TREE
);
27804 main_translation_unit
= unit
;
27805 /* If dwarf2out_init has not been called yet, it will perform the association
27806 itself looking at main_translation_unit. */
27807 if (decl_die_table
!= NULL
)
27808 equate_decl_number_to_die (unit
, comp_unit_die ());
27811 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
27814 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table
*table
,
27815 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
, unsigned int val
)
27817 dw_line_info_entry e
;
27820 vec_safe_push (table
->entries
, e
);
27823 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
27824 and record information relating to this source line, in
27825 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
27826 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
27829 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, unsigned int column
,
27830 const char *filename
,
27831 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
27833 unsigned int file_num
;
27834 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27835 static var_loc_view lvugid
;
27837 if (debug_info_level
< DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
27840 table
= cur_line_info_table
;
27844 if (debug_variable_location_views
27845 && output_asm_line_debug_info ()
27846 && table
&& !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27848 /* If we're using the assembler to compute view numbers, we
27849 can't issue a .loc directive for line zero, so we can't
27850 get a view number at this point. We might attempt to
27851 compute it from the previous view, or equate it to a
27852 subsequent view (though it might not be there!), but
27853 since we're omitting the line number entry, we might as
27854 well omit the view number as well. That means pretending
27855 it's a view number zero, which might very well turn out
27856 to be correct. ??? Extend the assembler so that the
27857 compiler could emit e.g. ".locview .LVU#", to output a
27858 view without changing line number information. We'd then
27859 have to count it in symviews_since_reset; when it's omitted,
27860 it doesn't count. */
27862 zero_view_p
= BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
27863 bitmap_set_bit (zero_view_p
, table
->view
);
27864 if (flag_debug_asm
)
27866 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27867 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", table
->view
);
27868 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s line 0, omitted view ",
27869 ASM_COMMENT_START
);
27870 assemble_name (asm_out_file
, label
);
27871 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
27873 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
27878 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
27879 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
27880 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && dwarf_strict
)
27883 if (!debug_column_info
)
27886 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
27888 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
27889 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
27890 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
27891 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
27892 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
27893 that second line number entry. */
27894 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
27895 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
27896 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
27897 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to precede the first insn
27898 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
27899 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
27900 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
27902 if (0 && file_num
== table
->file_num
27903 && line
== table
->line_num
27904 && column
== table
->column_num
27905 && discriminator
== table
->discrim_num
27906 && is_stmt
== table
->is_stmt
)
27909 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
27911 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
27912 if (flag_debug_asm
)
27914 if (debug_column_info
)
27915 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27916 filename
, line
, column
);
27918 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27922 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27924 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
27925 /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
27926 file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
27927 fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file
);
27928 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, file_num
);
27929 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
27930 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, line
);
27931 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
27932 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, column
);
27934 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
27936 #if HAVE_GAS_LOC_STMT
27937 fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file
);
27938 putc (is_stmt
? '1' : '0', asm_out_file
);
27941 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
27943 gcc_assert (discriminator
> 0);
27944 fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file
);
27945 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, (unsigned long) discriminator
);
27947 if (debug_variable_location_views
)
27949 if (!RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27951 table
->symviews_since_reset
++;
27952 if (table
->symviews_since_reset
> symview_upper_bound
)
27953 symview_upper_bound
= table
->symviews_since_reset
;
27954 /* When we're using the assembler to compute view
27955 numbers, we output symbolic labels after "view" in
27956 .loc directives, and the assembler will set them for
27957 us, so that we can refer to the view numbers in
27958 location lists. The only exceptions are when we know
27959 a view will be zero: "-0" is a forced reset, used
27960 e.g. in the beginning of functions, whereas "0" tells
27961 the assembler to check that there was a PC change
27962 since the previous view, in a way that implicitly
27963 resets the next view. */
27964 fputs (" view ", asm_out_file
);
27965 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27966 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", table
->view
);
27967 assemble_name (asm_out_file
, label
);
27968 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
27972 table
->symviews_since_reset
= 0;
27973 if (FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27974 fputs (" view -0", asm_out_file
);
27976 fputs (" view 0", asm_out_file
);
27977 /* Mark the present view as a zero view. Earlier debug
27978 binds may have already added its id to loclists to be
27979 emitted later, so we can't reuse the id for something
27980 else. However, it's good to know whether a view is
27981 known to be zero, because then we may be able to
27982 optimize out locviews that are all zeros, so take
27983 note of it in zero_view_p. */
27985 zero_view_p
= BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
27986 bitmap_set_bit (zero_view_p
, lvugid
);
27987 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
27990 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
27994 unsigned int label_num
= ++line_info_label_num
;
27996 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, label_num
);
27998 if (debug_variable_location_views
&& !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27999 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_adv_address
, label_num
);
28001 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_address
, label_num
);
28002 if (debug_variable_location_views
)
28004 bool resetting
= FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
);
28008 if (flag_debug_asm
)
28009 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s view %s%d\n",
28011 resetting
? "-" : "",
28016 if (file_num
!= table
->file_num
)
28017 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_file
, file_num
);
28018 if (discriminator
!= table
->discrim_num
)
28019 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_discriminator
, discriminator
);
28020 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
28021 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_negate_stmt
, 0);
28022 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_line
, line
);
28023 if (debug_column_info
)
28024 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_column
, column
);
28027 table
->file_num
= file_num
;
28028 table
->line_num
= line
;
28029 table
->column_num
= column
;
28030 table
->discrim_num
= discriminator
;
28031 table
->is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
28032 table
->in_use
= true;
28035 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
28038 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
28040 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28043 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
28045 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (filename
);
28046 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28050 /* Record the end of a source file. */
28053 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28055 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28058 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
28061 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28065 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
28066 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
28067 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
28070 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
28071 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28073 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28076 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
28077 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_import. */
28078 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
28083 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28085 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
28087 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
28088 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28092 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
28093 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
28094 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
28097 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
28098 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28100 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28103 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
28104 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_import. */
28105 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
28110 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28112 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
28114 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
28115 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28119 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
28121 struct macinfo_entry_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<macinfo_entry
>
28123 static inline hashval_t
hash (const macinfo_entry
*);
28124 static inline bool equal (const macinfo_entry
*, const macinfo_entry
*);
28128 macinfo_entry_hasher::hash (const macinfo_entry
*entry
)
28130 return htab_hash_string (entry
->info
);
28134 macinfo_entry_hasher::equal (const macinfo_entry
*entry1
,
28135 const macinfo_entry
*entry2
)
28137 return !strcmp (entry1
->info
, entry2
->info
);
28140 typedef hash_table
<macinfo_entry_hasher
> macinfo_hash_type
;
28142 /* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
28145 output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry
*ref
)
28149 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
28150 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28151 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
;
28155 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28156 fd
= lookup_filename (ref
->info
);
28157 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (fd
);
28158 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
28159 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
,
28160 "Included from line number %lu",
28161 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28162 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
28164 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
28165 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
28167 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28168 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28169 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
28171 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
28172 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
28173 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
28175 ref
->code
= ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
28176 ? DW_MACRO_define_strp
: DW_MACRO_undef_strp
;
28177 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28180 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
28181 ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
28182 ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
28183 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
28184 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28185 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
28187 case DW_MACRO_define_strp
:
28188 case DW_MACRO_undef_strp
:
28189 /* NB: dwarf2out_finish performs:
28190 1. save_macinfo_strings
28191 2. hash table traverse of index_string
28192 3. output_macinfo -> output_macinfo_op
28193 4. output_indirect_strings
28194 -> hash table traverse of output_index_string
28196 When output_macinfo_op is called, all index strings have been
28197 added to hash table by save_macinfo_strings and we can't pass
28198 INSERT to find_slot_with_hash which may expand hash table, even
28199 if no insertion is needed, and change hash table traverse order
28200 between index_string and output_index_string. */
28201 node
= find_AT_string (ref
->info
, NO_INSERT
);
28203 && (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
28204 || node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
)));
28205 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
28206 ref
->code
== DW_MACRO_define_strp
28207 ? "Define macro strp"
28208 : "Undefine macro strp");
28209 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
28210 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28211 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
28212 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->label
,
28213 debug_str_section
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
28216 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (node
->index
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
28219 case DW_MACRO_import
:
28220 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
, "Import");
28221 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
28222 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28223 ref
->lineno
+ macinfo_label_base
);
28224 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, label
, NULL
, NULL
);
28227 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
28228 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long) ref
->code
);
28233 /* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
28234 other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
28235 index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
28236 emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
28237 a DW_MACRO_import entry referencing it.
28238 If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
28241 optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx
, vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
,
28242 macinfo_hash_type
**macinfo_htab
)
28244 macinfo_entry
*first
, *second
, *cur
, *inc
;
28245 char linebuf
[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
) * 3 + 1];
28246 unsigned char checksum
[16];
28247 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
28248 char *grp_name
, *tail
;
28250 unsigned int i
, count
, encoded_filename_len
, linebuf_len
;
28251 macinfo_entry
**slot
;
28253 first
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
];
28254 second
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
+ 1];
28256 /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
28257 and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
28258 with lineno {0,1} (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
28259 in some included header file. */
28260 if (second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
28262 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28264 if (first
->lineno
> 1 || second
->lineno
> 1)
28267 else if (first
->lineno
== 0)
28270 /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
28271 with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
28272 codes, linenumbers and strings. */
28273 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
28274 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
); i
++)
28275 if (cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
28277 else if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
) && cur
->lineno
> 1)
28281 unsigned char code
= cur
->code
;
28282 md5_process_bytes (&code
, 1, &ctx
);
28283 checksum_uleb128 (cur
->lineno
, &ctx
);
28284 md5_process_bytes (cur
->info
, strlen (cur
->info
) + 1, &ctx
);
28286 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
28289 /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
28290 usable characters from its basename. */
28291 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28294 base
= lbasename (files
->last ().info
);
28295 for (encoded_filename_len
= 0, i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
28296 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
28297 encoded_filename_len
++;
28298 /* Count . at the end. */
28299 if (encoded_filename_len
)
28300 encoded_filename_len
++;
28302 sprintf (linebuf
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, first
->lineno
);
28303 linebuf_len
= strlen (linebuf
);
28305 /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
28306 grp_name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len
+ linebuf_len
+ 1
28308 memcpy (grp_name
, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
28309 tail
= grp_name
+ 4;
28310 if (encoded_filename_len
)
28312 for (i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
28313 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
28317 memcpy (tail
, linebuf
, linebuf_len
);
28318 tail
+= linebuf_len
;
28320 for (i
= 0; i
< 16; i
++)
28321 sprintf (tail
+ i
* 2, "%02x", checksum
[i
] & 0xff);
28323 /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_import
28324 in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
28325 inc
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
- 1];
28326 inc
->code
= DW_MACRO_import
;
28328 inc
->info
= ggc_strdup (grp_name
);
28329 if (!*macinfo_htab
)
28330 *macinfo_htab
= new macinfo_hash_type (10);
28331 /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
28332 slot
= (*macinfo_htab
)->find_slot (inc
, INSERT
);
28337 /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
28338 a DW_MACRO_import op. */
28340 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
28341 /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
28342 in the second pass. */
28343 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
) && i
< idx
+ count
; i
++)
28352 inc
->lineno
= (*macinfo_htab
)->elements ();
28353 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
28358 /* Save any strings needed by the macinfo table in the debug str
28359 table. All strings must be collected into the table by the time
28360 index_string is called. */
28363 save_macinfo_strings (void)
28367 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
28369 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
&& macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28373 /* Match the logic in output_macinfo_op to decide on
28374 indirect strings. */
28375 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28376 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28377 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
28379 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
28380 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
28381 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
28382 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
28384 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28385 /* -gsplit-dwarf -g3 will also output filename as indirect
28387 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28389 /* Fall through. */
28390 case DW_MACRO_define_strp
:
28391 case DW_MACRO_undef_strp
:
28392 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
28400 /* Output macinfo section(s). */
28403 output_macinfo (const char *debug_line_label
, bool early_lto_debug
)
28406 unsigned long length
= vec_safe_length (macinfo_table
);
28407 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
28408 vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
= NULL
;
28409 macinfo_hash_type
*macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
28410 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28415 /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
28416 gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define
== (int) DW_MACRO_define
28417 && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef
== (int) DW_MACRO_undef
28418 && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_start_file
28419 && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_end_file
);
28421 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
28422 offset expected by debuggers. */
28423 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_label
);
28424 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
28425 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
28427 /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
28428 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
28430 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? 5 : 4,
28431 "DWARF macro version number");
28432 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
28433 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
28435 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
28436 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_line_label
,
28437 debug_line_section
, NULL
);
28440 /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
28441 and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
28442 If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
28443 DW_MACRO_import, the DW_MACRO_import op is emitted and kept in
28444 the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
28445 whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
28446 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28450 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28451 vec_safe_push (files
, *ref
);
28453 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
28454 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28457 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28458 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28459 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
28460 && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
28461 && vec_safe_length (files
) != 1
28464 && (*macinfo_table
)[i
- 1].code
== 0)
28466 unsigned count
= optimize_macinfo_range (i
, files
, &macinfo_htab
);
28475 /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
28476 to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
28482 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28490 /* Save the number of transparent includes so we can adjust the
28491 label number for the fat LTO object DWARF. */
28492 unsigned macinfo_label_base_adj
= macinfo_htab
->elements ();
28494 delete macinfo_htab
;
28495 macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
28497 /* If any DW_MACRO_import were used, on those DW_MACRO_import entries
28498 terminate the current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
28499 section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
28500 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28505 case DW_MACRO_import
:
28507 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28508 tree comdat_key
= get_identifier (ref
->info
);
28509 /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
28510 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
28511 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28515 ? SECTION_EXCLUDE
: 0),
28517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
28518 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28519 ref
->lineno
+ macinfo_label_base
);
28520 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
28523 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? 5 : 4,
28524 "DWARF macro version number");
28525 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
28526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
28528 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
28531 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28532 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28533 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28538 gcc_unreachable ();
28541 macinfo_label_base
+= macinfo_label_base_adj
;
28544 /* Initialize the various sections and labels for dwarf output and prefix
28545 them with PREFIX if non-NULL. Returns the generation (zero based
28546 number of times function was called). */
28549 init_sections_and_labels (bool early_lto_debug
)
28551 /* As we may get called multiple times have a generation count for
28553 static unsigned generation
= 0;
28555 if (early_lto_debug
)
28557 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28559 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
,
28560 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28562 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28563 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28565 debug_macinfo_section_name
28566 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28567 ? DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28568 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28570 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28574 /* ??? Which of the following do we need early? */
28575 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
,
28576 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28578 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28579 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28581 debug_skeleton_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
,
28583 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28584 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
28585 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28586 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28587 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
28588 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
,
28591 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections
28592 stay in the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the split
28594 debug_skeleton_line_section
28595 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
,
28596 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28597 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label
,
28598 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
,
28600 debug_str_offsets_section
28601 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
,
28602 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28604 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
28605 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28607 debug_str_dwo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION
,
28608 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS
,
28610 debug_macinfo_section_name
28611 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28612 ? DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28613 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28614 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28617 /* For macro info and the file table we have to refer to a
28618 debug_line section. */
28619 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
,
28620 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28621 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
28622 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28624 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION
,
28625 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
28626 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28627 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28628 debug_line_str_section
28629 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION
,
28630 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28634 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28636 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
28637 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28638 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28639 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28640 debug_loc_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28641 ? DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION
28642 : DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
28643 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28644 debug_macinfo_section_name
28645 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28646 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
);
28647 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28648 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28652 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
,
28653 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28655 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28656 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28658 debug_addr_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
,
28659 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28660 debug_skeleton_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
28661 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28662 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28663 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28664 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
28665 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
,
28668 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections
28669 stay in the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the
28671 debug_skeleton_line_section
28672 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
,
28673 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28674 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label
,
28675 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
,
28677 debug_str_offsets_section
28678 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
,
28679 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28680 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
28681 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28683 debug_loc_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28684 ? DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION
28685 : DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
,
28686 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28688 debug_str_dwo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
,
28689 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS
,
28691 debug_macinfo_section_name
28692 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28693 ? DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28694 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28695 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28698 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
28699 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28700 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
28701 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28702 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
28703 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28704 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
28705 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28706 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
28707 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
28708 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !output_asm_line_debug_info ())
28709 debug_line_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION
,
28710 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
28712 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28713 ? DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION
28714 : DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
28715 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28716 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
28717 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28720 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
28721 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28722 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
28723 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28724 info_section_emitted
= false;
28725 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
28726 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28727 /* There are up to 4 unique ranges labels per generation.
28728 See also output_rnglists. */
28729 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
28730 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
* 4);
28731 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_base_label
,
28733 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
28734 1 + generation
* 4);
28735 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_addr_section_label
,
28736 DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28737 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
28738 (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28739 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
28740 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
,
28745 return generation
- 1;
28748 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
28751 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28753 /* Allocate the file_table. */
28754 file_table
= hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
>::create_ggc (50);
28756 #ifndef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28757 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
28758 decl_die_table
= hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28760 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
28761 decl_loc_table
= hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28763 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
28764 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28766 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
28767 vec_alloc (abbrev_die_table
, 256);
28768 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
28769 abbrev_die_table
->quick_push (NULL
);
28771 /* Allocate the dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map. */
28772 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
= new hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, int>;
28774 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
28775 vec_alloc (pubname_table
, 32);
28776 vec_alloc (pubtype_table
, 32);
28778 vec_alloc (incomplete_types
, 64);
28780 vec_alloc (used_rtx_array
, 32);
28782 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28783 vec_alloc (macinfo_table
, 64);
28786 /* If front-ends already registered a main translation unit but we were not
28787 ready to perform the association, do this now. */
28788 if (main_translation_unit
!= NULL_TREE
)
28789 equate_decl_number_to_die (main_translation_unit
, comp_unit_die ());
28792 /* Called before compile () starts outputtting functions, variables
28793 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
28796 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
28798 if (text_section_line_info
)
28801 #ifndef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28802 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
28803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
28804 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
28805 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
28806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
28808 switch_to_section (text_section
);
28809 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
28812 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
28813 text_section_line_info
= new_line_info_table ();
28814 text_section_line_info
->end_label
= text_end_label
;
28816 #ifdef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28817 cur_line_info_table
= text_section_line_info
;
28820 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
28821 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
28822 && !dwarf2out_do_eh_frame ())
28823 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
28826 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28827 htab_traverse. Assign a string its index. All strings must be
28828 collected into the table by the time index_string is called,
28829 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
28830 in the same order for each run. */
28833 index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
28835 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28837 find_string_form (node
);
28838 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28840 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
28841 node
->index
= *index
;
28847 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings called through
28848 htab_traverse. Output the offset to a string and update the
28852 output_index_string_offset (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *offset
)
28854 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28856 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28858 /* Assert that this node has been assigned an index. */
28859 gcc_assert (node
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
28860 && node
->index
!= NOT_INDEXED
);
28861 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, *offset
,
28862 "indexed string 0x%x: %s", node
->index
, node
->str
);
28863 *offset
+= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
28868 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28869 htab_traverse. Output the indexed string. */
28872 output_index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *cur_idx
)
28874 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28876 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28878 /* Assert that the strings are output in the same order as their
28879 indexes were assigned. */
28880 gcc_assert (*cur_idx
== node
->index
);
28881 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
28887 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings. Counts the number
28888 of index strings offsets. Must match the logic of the functions
28889 output_index_string[_offsets] above. */
28891 count_index_strings (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *last_idx
)
28893 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28895 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28900 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28901 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
28904 output_indirect_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, enum dwarf_form form
)
28906 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28908 node
->form
= find_string_form (node
);
28909 if (node
->form
== form
&& node
->refcount
> 0)
28911 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
28912 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
28918 /* Output the indexed string table. */
28921 output_indirect_strings (void)
28923 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
28924 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28925 debug_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
28926 output_indirect_string
> (DW_FORM_strp
);
28929 unsigned int offset
= 0;
28930 unsigned int cur_idx
= 0;
28932 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
28933 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
28934 output_indirect_string
> (DW_FORM_strp
);
28936 switch_to_section (debug_str_offsets_section
);
28937 /* For DWARF5 the .debug_str_offsets[.dwo] section needs a unit
28938 header. Note that we don't need to generate a label to the
28939 actual index table following the header here, because this is
28940 for the split dwarf case only. In an .dwo file there is only
28941 one string offsets table (and one debug info section). But
28942 if we would start using string offset tables for the main (or
28943 skeleton) unit, then we have to add a DW_AT_str_offsets_base
28944 pointing to the actual index after the header. Split dwarf
28945 units will never have a string offsets base attribute. When
28946 a split unit is moved into a .dwp file the string offsets can
28947 be found through the .debug_cu_index section table. */
28948 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
28950 unsigned int last_idx
= 0;
28951 unsigned long str_offsets_length
;
28953 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
28954 <unsigned int *, count_index_strings
> (&last_idx
);
28955 str_offsets_length
= last_idx
* DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 4;
28956 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
28957 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
28958 "Escape value for 64-bit DWARF extension");
28959 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, str_offsets_length
,
28960 "Length of string offsets unit");
28961 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF string offsets version");
28962 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Header zero padding");
28964 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
28965 <unsigned int *, output_index_string_offset
> (&offset
);
28966 switch_to_section (debug_str_dwo_section
);
28967 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_index_string
>
28972 /* Callback for htab_traverse to assign an index to an entry in the
28973 table, and to write that entry to the .debug_addr section. */
28976 output_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**slot
, unsigned int *cur_index
)
28978 addr_table_entry
*entry
= *slot
;
28980 if (entry
->refcount
== 0)
28982 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
28983 || entry
->index
== NOT_INDEXED
);
28987 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== *cur_index
);
28990 switch (entry
->kind
)
28993 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.rtl
,
28994 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
28996 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
28997 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
28998 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
29001 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
29003 case ate_kind_label
:
29004 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.label
,
29005 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
29008 gcc_unreachable ();
29013 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish. Counts the number
29014 of indexed addresses. Must match the logic of the functions
29015 output_addr_table_entry above. */
29017 count_index_addrs (addr_table_entry
**slot
, unsigned int *last_idx
)
29019 addr_table_entry
*entry
= *slot
;
29021 if (entry
->refcount
> 0)
29026 /* Produce the .debug_addr section. */
29029 output_addr_table (void)
29031 unsigned int index
= 0;
29032 if (addr_index_table
== NULL
|| addr_index_table
->size () == 0)
29035 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section
);
29036 /* GNU DebugFission https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission
29037 which GCC uses to implement -gsplit-dwarf as DWARF GNU extension
29038 before DWARF5, didn't have a header for .debug_addr units.
29039 DWARF5 specifies a small header when address tables are used. */
29040 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
29042 unsigned int last_idx
= 0;
29043 unsigned long addrs_length
;
29045 addr_index_table
->traverse_noresize
29046 <unsigned int *, count_index_addrs
> (&last_idx
);
29047 addrs_length
= last_idx
* DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ 4;
29049 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
29050 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
29051 "Escape value for 64-bit DWARF extension");
29052 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, addrs_length
,
29053 "Length of Address Unit");
29054 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF addr version");
29055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
29056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
29058 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_addr_section_label
);
29061 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_addr_table_entry
> (&index
);
29064 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
29065 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
29068 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
29072 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
29073 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
29075 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
29077 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
29078 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
29081 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
29087 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
29090 /* Given LOC that is referenced by a DIE we're marking as used, find all
29091 referenced DWARF procedures it references and mark them as used. */
29094 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29096 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29097 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29099 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
29100 case DW_OP_convert
:
29101 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
29102 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
29103 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
29104 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
29105 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
29106 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29108 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
29109 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
29112 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
29115 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29116 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29117 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29122 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
29123 case DW_OP_const_type
:
29124 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
29125 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
29126 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
29127 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29129 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
29130 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
29131 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
29132 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
29133 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
29134 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29136 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
29137 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
29138 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
29139 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
29146 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
29147 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
29150 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
29155 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
29157 switch (AT_class (a
))
29159 /* Make sure DWARF procedures referenced by location descriptions will
29161 case dw_val_class_loc
:
29162 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (AT_loc (a
));
29164 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
29165 for (dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
29167 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
)
29168 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (list
->expr
);
29171 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
29172 /* This points to a loc_list in another attribute, so it's
29173 already covered. */
29176 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
29177 /* A reference to another DIE.
29178 Make sure that it will get emitted.
29179 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
29180 if (! AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
29181 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
)
29182 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29185 case dw_val_class_str
:
29186 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
29187 accounts properly for it. */
29188 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
29197 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
29200 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
29204 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
29206 c
= die
->die_child
;
29209 if (is_template_parameter (c
))
29210 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
29212 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
29215 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
29216 to DIE's children. */
29219 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
29223 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
29225 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
29227 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
29228 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
29230 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
29232 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
29233 (But we don't want to mark our parent's kids due to this,
29234 unless it is a class.) */
29235 if (die
->die_parent
)
29236 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
,
29237 class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
));
29239 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
29240 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
29242 /* If this node is a specification,
29243 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
29244 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
29245 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
29248 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
29250 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
29251 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
29254 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
29255 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
29256 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
29257 for all type definitions. */
29258 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
29259 || (use_debug_types
29260 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
29261 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
29263 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
29267 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
29268 and if so, mark them. */
29271 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
29275 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
29278 switch (die
->die_tag
)
29280 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
29281 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
29282 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
29283 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
29286 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
29287 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
29288 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
29289 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
29296 /* Mark children. */
29297 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
29300 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
29303 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
29307 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
29308 children have been marked as well. */
29309 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
29312 switch (die
->die_tag
)
29314 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
29315 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
29316 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
29317 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
29318 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29321 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
29322 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
29325 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
29326 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
29327 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
29328 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
29329 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
29331 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
29333 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
29336 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
29337 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
29338 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
29339 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
29340 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
29341 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
29342 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
29343 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
29344 case DW_TAG_friend
:
29345 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
29346 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
29347 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
29348 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
29349 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
29350 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
29351 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
29352 /* Type nodes are useful only when other DIEs reference them --- don't
29356 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
29357 /* Likewise for DWARF procedures. */
29359 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29364 case DW_TAG_variable
:
29365 if (flag_debug_only_used_symbols
)
29367 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29370 /* premark_used_variables marks external variables --- don't mark
29371 them here. But function-local externals are always considered
29373 if (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_external
))
29375 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
29376 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
29385 /* Mark everything else. */
29389 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
29393 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
29394 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
29399 /* Mark children. */
29400 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
29403 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
29407 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
29412 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
29413 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
29415 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
29417 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
29418 twice in the hash table. */
29420 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
29422 indirect_string_node
**slot
29423 = debug_str_hash
->find_slot_with_hash (s
->str
,
29424 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
29426 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
29432 /* Mark DIE and its children as removed. */
29435 mark_removed (dw_die_ref die
)
29438 die
->removed
= true;
29439 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_removed (c
));
29442 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
29445 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
29449 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
29450 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
29452 if (! die
->die_child
)
29455 c
= die
->die_child
;
29457 dw_die_ref prev
= c
, next
;
29458 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= next
)
29459 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
29461 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
29463 /* No marked children at all. */
29464 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
29467 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
29468 die
->die_child
= prev
;
29481 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
29483 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
29484 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
29487 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
29490 prune_unused_types (void)
29493 limbo_die_node
*node
;
29494 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
29495 pubname_entry
*pub
;
29496 dw_die_ref base_type
;
29498 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
29499 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
29500 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
29501 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29502 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
29503 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29504 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
29505 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
29507 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
29508 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
29510 /* Mark variables used in the symtab. */
29511 if (flag_debug_only_used_symbols
)
29512 premark_used_variables ();
29514 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
29515 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
29516 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29517 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
29518 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29520 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
29521 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
29524 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the pubname_table. Enumerators
29525 are unusual in that they are pubnames that are the children of pubtypes.
29526 They should only be marked via their parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die,
29527 not as roots in themselves. */
29528 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
29529 if (pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
29530 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
29531 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
29532 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type
, 1);
29534 /* Also set the mark on nodes that could be referenced by
29535 DW_TAG_call_site DW_AT_call_origin (i.e. direct call callees) or
29536 by DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine origins. */
29537 cgraph_node
*cnode
;
29538 FOR_EACH_FUNCTION (cnode
)
29539 if (cnode
->referred_to_p (false))
29541 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (cnode
->decl
);
29542 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_mark
)
29544 for (cgraph_edge
*e
= cnode
->callers
; e
; e
= e
->next_caller
)
29545 if (e
->caller
!= cnode
)
29547 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
29552 if (debug_str_hash
)
29553 debug_str_hash
->empty ();
29554 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
29555 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->empty ();
29556 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
29557 for (limbo_die_node
**pnode
= &limbo_die_list
; *pnode
; )
29560 if (!node
->die
->die_mark
)
29561 *pnode
= node
->next
;
29564 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
29565 pnode
= &node
->next
;
29568 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29569 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
29571 /* Leave the marks clear. */
29572 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
29573 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29574 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
29575 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29576 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
29579 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
29581 struct comdat_type_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<comdat_type_node
>
29583 static inline hashval_t
hash (const comdat_type_node
*);
29584 static inline bool equal (const comdat_type_node
*, const comdat_type_node
*);
29588 comdat_type_hasher::hash (const comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
29591 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
29596 comdat_type_hasher::equal (const comdat_type_node
*type_node_1
,
29597 const comdat_type_node
*type_node_2
)
29599 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
29600 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
29603 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
29604 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
29605 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
29606 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
29607 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
29608 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
29611 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
29613 unsigned ix
= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
);
29614 dw_attr_node linkage
= (*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
29616 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
29617 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
29621 dw_attr_node
*prev
= &(*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
29623 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
29624 || prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_column
29625 || prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
29629 if (ix
!= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) - 1)
29631 die
->die_attr
->pop ();
29632 die
->die_attr
->quick_insert (ix
, linkage
);
29636 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
29637 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
29640 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29642 dw_die_ref base_type
= NULL
;
29644 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29646 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29648 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
29649 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
29650 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
29651 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
29652 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29654 case DW_OP_convert
:
29655 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
29656 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
29657 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
29658 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
29661 case DW_OP_const_type
:
29662 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
29663 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29665 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
29666 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
29667 mark_base_types (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
29672 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ());
29673 if (base_type
->die_mark
)
29674 base_type
->die_mark
++;
29677 base_types
.safe_push (base_type
);
29678 base_type
->die_mark
= 1;
29683 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
29686 base_type_cmp (const void *x
, const void *y
)
29688 dw_die_ref dx
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) x
;
29689 dw_die_ref dy
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) y
;
29690 unsigned int byte_size1
, byte_size2
;
29691 unsigned int encoding1
, encoding2
;
29692 unsigned int align1
, align2
;
29693 if (dx
->die_mark
> dy
->die_mark
)
29695 if (dx
->die_mark
< dy
->die_mark
)
29697 byte_size1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29698 byte_size2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29699 if (byte_size1
< byte_size2
)
29701 if (byte_size1
> byte_size2
)
29703 encoding1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29704 encoding2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29705 if (encoding1
< encoding2
)
29707 if (encoding1
> encoding2
)
29709 align1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_alignment
);
29710 align2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_alignment
);
29711 if (align1
< align2
)
29713 if (align1
> align2
)
29718 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
29719 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
29720 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
29721 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
29722 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
29725 move_marked_base_types (void)
29728 dw_die_ref base_type
, die
, c
;
29730 if (base_types
.is_empty ())
29733 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
29735 base_types
.qsort (base_type_cmp
);
29736 die
= comp_unit_die ();
29737 c
= die
->die_child
;
29740 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
29742 while (c
->die_mark
)
29744 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
29745 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
29746 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
29747 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
!= NULL
);
29751 while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
29752 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
);
29753 c
= die
->die_child
;
29754 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
29756 base_type
->die_mark
= 0;
29757 base_type
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
29758 c
->die_sib
= base_type
;
29763 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
29764 one CONST_STRING, return true if successful. Similarly verify that
29765 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
29768 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
)
29772 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
29774 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
29775 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
29776 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
29778 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
29779 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
29780 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
29782 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
29783 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
29784 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
29785 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
29787 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
29792 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
29793 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
29795 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
29797 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))))
29800 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
29804 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
29806 subrtx_ptr_iterator::array_type array
;
29807 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_PTR (iter
, array
, &XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
29808 if (!resolve_one_addr (*iter
))
29815 /* For STRING_CST, return SYMBOL_REF of its constant pool entry,
29816 if possible, and create DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure that can be referenced
29817 from DW_OP_implicit_pointer if the string hasn't been seen yet. */
29820 string_cst_pool_decl (tree t
)
29822 rtx rtl
= output_constant_def (t
, 1);
29823 unsigned char *array
;
29824 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
29829 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
29831 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
29832 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
29833 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
) == NULL_TREE
)
29836 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
29837 if (!lookup_decl_die (decl
))
29839 len
= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t
);
29840 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
29841 ref
= new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
, comp_unit_die (), decl
);
29842 array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (len
);
29843 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (t
), len
);
29844 l
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
, len
, 0);
29845 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
29846 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= len
;
29847 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 1;
29848 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
29849 add_AT_loc (ref
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
29850 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, ref
);
29855 /* Helper function of resolve_addr_in_expr. LOC is
29856 a DW_OP_addr followed by DW_OP_stack_value, either at the start
29857 of exprloc or after DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, and val_addr can't be
29858 resolved. Replace it (both DW_OP_addr and DW_OP_stack_value)
29859 with DW_OP_implicit_pointer if possible
29860 and return true, if unsuccessful, return false. */
29863 optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29865 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
29866 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
29867 dw_die_ref ref
= NULL
;
29870 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
29871 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == PLUS
29872 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1)))
29874 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1));
29875 rtl
= XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0);
29877 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
29879 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
29880 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
29881 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
29884 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
29885 rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (t
);
29889 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
29891 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
29892 if (VAR_P (decl
) && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
29894 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
29895 if (ref
&& (get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
29896 || get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
29898 loc
->dw_loc_opc
= dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
);
29899 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29900 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
29901 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29902 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29903 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
29904 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= offset
;
29912 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
29913 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
29914 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
29917 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_attr_node
*a
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29919 dw_loc_descr_ref keep
= NULL
;
29920 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev
= NULL
; loc
; prev
= loc
, loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29921 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29924 if (!resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
29927 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
29928 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
29929 && loc
->dw_loc_next
29930 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_stack_value
29931 && (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
29932 && optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (loc
))
29937 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
29939 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
29941 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
29942 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addrx
)
29943 || ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_const_index
29944 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_constx
)
29947 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
29948 if (!resolve_one_addr (&rtl
))
29950 remove_addr_table_entry (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
29951 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
29952 = add_addr_table_entry (rtl
, ate_kind_rtx
);
29955 case DW_OP_const4u
:
29956 case DW_OP_const8u
:
29958 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
29961 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
29962 if (size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
29963 > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
29965 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
> 0)
29967 dw_loc_descr_ref repl
29968 = int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
29969 add_loc_descr (&repl
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
29970 add_loc_descr (&repl
, loc
->dw_loc_next
);
29974 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
29975 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
29976 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
))
29979 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
29980 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
29981 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
29982 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
29983 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
29986 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
29989 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29990 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29991 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29993 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
)
29996 && loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
29997 && AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
29998 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
30000 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and reference,
30001 so if the whole expression is DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30002 alone we could transform it into reference. */
30003 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
30004 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
30005 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
30006 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
30007 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
30009 case DW_AT_allocated
:
30010 case DW_AT_associated
:
30011 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
30012 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30013 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
30014 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
30015 = loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30016 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30025 case DW_OP_const_type
:
30026 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
30027 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
30028 case DW_OP_convert
:
30029 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
30030 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
30031 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
30032 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
30033 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
30034 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
30035 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
30036 && (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_convert
30037 || loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_convert
))
30039 dw_die_ref base1
, base2
;
30040 unsigned enc1
, enc2
, size1
, size2
;
30041 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regval_type
30042 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_type
30043 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
30044 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
30045 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30046 else if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
30047 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30050 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30051 if (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
30052 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30054 base2
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30055 gcc_assert (base1
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
30056 && base2
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
);
30057 enc1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30058 enc2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30059 size1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30060 size2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30062 && (((enc1
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc1
== DW_ATE_signed
)
30063 && (enc2
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc2
== DW_ATE_signed
)
30067 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_convert after
30068 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
30069 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regval_type
30070 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_type
30071 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
30072 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
30073 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
30075 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
30076 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
30079 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_convert after e.g. floating
30080 point typed stack entry. */
30081 else if (enc1
!= DW_ATE_unsigned
&& enc1
!= DW_ATE_signed
)
30082 keep
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
30092 /* Helper function of resolve_addr. DIE had DW_AT_location of
30093 DW_OP_addr alone, which referred to DECL in DW_OP_addr's operand
30094 and DW_OP_addr couldn't be resolved. resolve_addr has already
30095 removed the DW_AT_location attribute. This function attempts to
30096 add a new DW_AT_location attribute with DW_OP_implicit_pointer
30097 to it or DW_AT_const_value attribute, if possible. */
30100 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
30103 || lookup_decl_die (decl
) != die
30104 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
30105 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
30106 || DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
30107 || DECL_P (DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
30108 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
30111 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
30112 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
30113 /* For variables that have been optimized away and thus
30114 don't have a memory location, see if we can emit
30115 DW_AT_const_value instead. */
30116 if (tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, init
))
30118 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
30120 /* If init is ADDR_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR of ADDR_EXPR,
30121 and ADDR_EXPR refers to a decl that has DW_AT_location or
30122 DW_AT_const_value (but isn't addressable, otherwise
30123 resolving the original DW_OP_addr wouldn't fail), see if
30124 we can add DW_OP_implicit_pointer. */
30126 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
30127 && tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1)))
30129 offset
= tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1));
30130 init
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
30133 if (TREE_CODE (init
) != ADDR_EXPR
)
30135 if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
30136 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)))
30137 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == VAR_DECL
30138 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))
30139 && TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0) != decl
))
30142 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
30144 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
)
30146 rtx rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0));
30149 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
30152 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
30153 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
30155 || (!get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
30156 && !get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
30158 l
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
), 0, offset
);
30159 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30160 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
30161 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30162 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
30166 /* Return NULL if l is a DWARF expression, or first op that is not
30167 valid DWARF expression. */
30169 static dw_loc_descr_ref
30170 non_dwarf_expression (dw_loc_descr_ref l
)
30174 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& l
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
30176 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
30179 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30180 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
30181 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30182 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30183 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
30185 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30190 l
= l
->dw_loc_next
;
30195 /* Return adjusted copy of EXPR:
30196 If it is empty DWARF expression, return it.
30197 If it is valid non-empty DWARF expression,
30198 return copy of EXPR with DW_OP_deref appended to it.
30199 If it is DWARF expression followed by DW_OP_reg{N,x}, return
30200 copy of the DWARF expression with DW_OP_breg{N,x} <0> appended.
30201 If it is DWARF expression followed by DW_OP_stack_value, return
30202 copy of the DWARF expression without anything appended.
30203 Otherwise, return NULL. */
30205 static dw_loc_descr_ref
30206 copy_deref_exprloc (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
)
30208 dw_loc_descr_ref tail
= NULL
;
30213 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= non_dwarf_expression (expr
);
30214 if (l
&& l
->dw_loc_next
)
30219 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& l
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
30220 tail
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
)
30221 (DW_OP_breg0
+ (l
->dw_loc_opc
- DW_OP_reg0
)),
30224 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
30227 tail
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
,
30228 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
, 0);
30230 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
30237 tail
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
30239 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, *p
= &ret
;
30242 *p
= new_loc_descr (expr
->dw_loc_opc
, 0, 0);
30243 (*p
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
= expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30244 (*p
)->dw_loc_oprnd2
= expr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30245 p
= &(*p
)->dw_loc_next
;
30246 expr
= expr
->dw_loc_next
;
30252 /* For DW_AT_string_length attribute with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30253 reference to a variable or argument, adjust it if needed and return:
30254 -1 if the DW_AT_string_length attribute and DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size
30255 attribute if present should be removed
30256 0 keep the attribute perhaps with minor modifications, no need to rescan
30257 1 if the attribute has been successfully adjusted. */
30260 optimize_string_length (dw_attr_node
*a
)
30262 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= AT_loc (a
), lv
;
30264 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
30266 tree decl
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
30267 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
30270 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30271 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= die
;
30272 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30278 die
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30280 /* DWARF5 allows reference class, so we can then reference the DIE.
30281 Only do this for DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value. */
30282 if (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
&& dwarf_version
>= 5)
30284 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30285 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
30286 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= die
;
30287 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30291 dw_attr_node
*av
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
30293 bool non_dwarf_expr
= false;
30296 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30297 switch (AT_class (av
))
30299 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30300 for (d
= AT_loc_list (av
); d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
30301 if (d
->expr
&& non_dwarf_expression (d
->expr
))
30302 non_dwarf_expr
= true;
30304 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
30305 gcc_unreachable ();
30306 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30309 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30310 if (non_dwarf_expression (lv
))
30311 non_dwarf_expr
= true;
30314 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30317 /* If it is safe to transform DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value
30318 into DW_OP_call4 or DW_OP_GNU_variable_value into
30319 DW_OP_call4 DW_OP_deref, do so. */
30320 if (!non_dwarf_expr
30321 && (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
|| AT_class (av
) == dw_val_class_loc
))
30323 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_call4
;
30324 if (l
->dw_loc_next
)
30325 l
->dw_loc_next
= NULL
;
30327 l
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
30331 /* For DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value, we can just
30332 copy over the DW_AT_location attribute from die to a. */
30333 if (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
30335 a
->dw_attr_val
= av
->dw_attr_val
;
30339 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *p
;
30340 switch (AT_class (av
))
30342 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30345 for (d
= AT_loc_list (av
); d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
30347 lv
= copy_deref_exprloc (d
->expr
);
30350 *p
= new_loc_list (lv
, d
->begin
, d
->vbegin
, d
->end
, d
->vend
, d
->section
);
30351 p
= &(*p
)->dw_loc_next
;
30353 else if (!dwarf_strict
&& d
->expr
)
30357 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30358 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
30360 *AT_loc_list_ptr (a
) = list
;
30362 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30363 lv
= copy_deref_exprloc (AT_loc (av
));
30365 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30366 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= lv
;
30369 gcc_unreachable ();
30373 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
30374 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
30375 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
30376 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
30377 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
30378 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
30381 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
30385 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
, *start
, loc
;
30387 bool remove_AT_byte_size
= false;
30389 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
30390 switch (AT_class (a
))
30392 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30393 start
= curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
30396 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
30397 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
30399 *curr
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
30400 else if (!loc
->resolved_addr
)
30402 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
30403 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
30404 References must be identical or completely separate.
30405 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
30406 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
30407 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
30410 gcc_assert (!(*curr
)->replaced
&& !(*curr
)->resolved_addr
);
30411 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (a
, (*curr
)->expr
))
30413 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
30414 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= (*curr
)->expr
;
30416 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
30418 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
30419 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
30420 next
->vl_symbol
= (*curr
)->vl_symbol
;
30422 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
30423 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
30428 mark_base_types ((*curr
)->expr
);
30429 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
30433 loc
->resolved_addr
= 1;
30437 loc
->dw_loc_next
= *start
;
30442 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30446 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
30448 gcc_checking_assert (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
30449 gcc_checking_assert (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ());
30450 dw_val_node
*llnode
30451 = view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (&a
->dw_attr_val
);
30452 /* If we no longer have a loclist, or it no longer needs
30453 views, drop this attribute. */
30454 if (!llnode
|| !llnode
->v
.val_loc_list
->vl_symbol
)
30456 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30461 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30463 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= AT_loc (a
);
30464 /* DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value or
30465 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value in DW_AT_string_length can be converted
30466 into DW_OP_call4 or DW_OP_call4 DW_OP_deref, which is standard
30467 DWARF4 unlike DW_OP_GNU_variable_value. Or for DWARF5
30468 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value can be replaced
30469 with DW_FORM_ref referencing the same DIE as
30470 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value used to reference. */
30471 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_string_length
30473 && l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30474 && (l
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30475 || (l
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30476 && l
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_stack_value
)))
30478 switch (optimize_string_length (a
))
30481 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30483 /* If we drop DW_AT_string_length, we need to drop also
30484 DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size. */
30485 remove_AT_byte_size
= true;
30490 /* Even if we keep the optimized DW_AT_string_length,
30491 it might have changed AT_class, so process it again. */
30496 /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
30497 DW_AT_data_member_location containing
30498 DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
30499 rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
30500 but shorter, location description. */
30501 if ((dwarf_version
> 2
30502 || a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_data_member_location
30504 || l
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_plus_uconst
30505 || l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
30506 && !resolve_addr_in_expr (a
, l
))
30508 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
30509 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
30511 && l
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30512 && l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
30513 && GET_CODE (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
30514 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
30515 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_location
)
30517 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
);
30518 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30520 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (die
, decl
);
30523 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_string_length
)
30524 /* If we drop DW_AT_string_length, we need to drop also
30525 DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size. */
30526 remove_AT_byte_size
= true;
30527 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30531 mark_base_types (l
);
30534 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30535 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
30536 && !resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
))
30538 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
30539 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
30540 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30543 if ((die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_call_site
30544 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_call_origin
)
30545 || (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
30546 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
30548 tree tdecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
);
30549 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
30552 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl
)
30553 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl
) == NULL_TREE
30554 && (cdie
= lookup_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (tdecl
))))
30556 dw_die_ref pdie
= cdie
;
30557 /* Make sure we don't add these DIEs into type units.
30558 We could emit skeleton DIEs for context (namespaces,
30559 outer structs/classes) and a skeleton DIE for the
30560 innermost context with DW_AT_signature pointing to the
30561 type unit. See PR78835. */
30562 while (pdie
&& pdie
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
30563 pdie
= pdie
->die_parent
;
30566 /* Creating a full DIE for tdecl is overly expensive and
30567 at this point even wrong when in the LTO phase
30568 as it can end up generating new type DIEs we didn't
30569 output and thus optimize_external_refs will crash. */
30570 tdie
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, cdie
, NULL_TREE
);
30571 add_AT_flag (tdie
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
30572 add_AT_flag (tdie
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
30573 add_linkage_attr (tdie
, tdecl
);
30574 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (tdie
, tdecl
, true);
30575 equate_decl_number_to_die (tdecl
, tdie
);
30580 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30581 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= tdie
;
30582 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30586 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
30587 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
30588 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30597 if (remove_AT_byte_size
)
30598 remove_AT (die
, dwarf_version
>= 5
30599 ? DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
30600 : DW_AT_byte_size
);
30602 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
30605 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
30606 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
30609 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode into HSTATE. */
30612 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
30614 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30615 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30617 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
30619 case DW_OP_const4u
:
30620 case DW_OP_const8u
:
30624 case DW_OP_const1u
:
30625 case DW_OP_const1s
:
30626 case DW_OP_const2u
:
30627 case DW_OP_const2s
:
30628 case DW_OP_const4s
:
30629 case DW_OP_const8s
:
30633 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
30669 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
30670 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
30671 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30678 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
30679 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
30680 hstate
.add_object (offset
);
30683 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30684 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
30685 switch (val2
->val_class
)
30687 case dw_val_class_const
:
30688 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30690 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30692 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
30693 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
30695 hstate
.add_int (elt_size
);
30696 hstate
.add_int (len
);
30697 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
30700 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30701 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
30702 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
30704 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30705 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
30706 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
30707 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
30709 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30710 inchash::add_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
30713 gcc_unreachable ();
30717 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30718 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30719 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30725 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
30726 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
30728 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
30730 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
30732 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
30737 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
30738 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
30740 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
30743 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30744 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30745 hstate
.add_int (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30747 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
30748 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
30749 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_loc
);
30751 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
30752 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
30753 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
30754 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
30756 unsigned int byte_size
30757 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30758 unsigned int encoding
30759 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30760 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30761 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
30762 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
30765 case DW_OP_convert
:
30766 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
30767 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
30768 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
30769 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30771 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
30775 case DW_OP_const_type
:
30776 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
30778 unsigned int byte_size
30779 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30780 unsigned int encoding
30781 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30782 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
30783 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
30784 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_const_type
30785 && loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_const_type
)
30787 hstate
.add_object (val2
->val_class
);
30788 switch (val2
->val_class
)
30790 case dw_val_class_const
:
30791 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30793 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30795 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
30796 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
30798 hstate
.add_object (elt_size
);
30799 hstate
.add_object (len
);
30800 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
30803 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30804 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
30805 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
30807 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30808 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
30809 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
30810 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
30813 gcc_unreachable ();
30819 /* Other codes have no operands. */
30824 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC into HSTATE. */
30827 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
30829 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
30830 bool sizes_computed
= false;
30831 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
30832 size_of_locs (loc
);
30834 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
30836 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
30837 hstate
.add_object (opc
);
30838 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
30840 size_of_locs (loc
);
30841 sizes_computed
= true;
30843 hash_loc_operands (l
, hstate
);
30847 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
30850 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
30852 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
30853 inchash::hash hstate
;
30855 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
30857 hstate
.add (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1);
30858 hstate
.add (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1);
30859 hstate
.add_object (curr
->vbegin
);
30860 hstate
.add_object (curr
->vend
);
30862 hstate
.add (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1);
30863 hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hstate
);
30865 list_head
->hash
= hstate
.end ();
30868 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
30871 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
30873 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30874 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30875 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30876 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30878 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
30880 case DW_OP_const4u
:
30881 case DW_OP_const8u
:
30885 case DW_OP_const1u
:
30886 case DW_OP_const1s
:
30887 case DW_OP_const2u
:
30888 case DW_OP_const2s
:
30889 case DW_OP_const4s
:
30890 case DW_OP_const8s
:
30894 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
30930 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
30931 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
30932 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
30935 /* If splitting debug info, the use of DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
30936 can cause irrelevant differences in dw_loc_addr. */
30937 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
30938 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
30939 && (dwarf_split_debug_info
30940 || x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
));
30941 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
30942 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30943 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
30944 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
30946 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
30948 case dw_val_class_const
:
30949 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30950 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30951 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30952 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
30953 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
30954 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30955 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
30956 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30957 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
30958 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
30959 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30960 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
30961 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30962 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
30964 gcc_unreachable ();
30967 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30968 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
30969 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30972 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valy1
->v
.val_addr
);
30973 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
30975 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
30978 rtx ax1
= valx1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
30979 rtx ay1
= valy1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
30980 return rtx_equal_p (ax1
, ay1
);
30982 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30983 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30984 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
30985 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
30986 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
30987 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30988 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
30989 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
30990 return compare_loc_operands (valx1
->v
.val_loc
, valy1
->v
.val_loc
);
30991 case DW_OP_const_type
:
30992 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
30993 if (valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
30994 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
30996 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
30998 case dw_val_class_const
:
30999 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
31000 case dw_val_class_vec
:
31001 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
31002 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
31003 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
31004 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
31005 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
31006 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
31007 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
31008 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
31009 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
31010 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
31012 gcc_unreachable ();
31014 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
31015 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
31016 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
31017 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
31018 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
31019 && valx2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
31020 case DW_OP_convert
:
31021 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
31022 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
31023 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
31024 if (valx1
->val_class
!= valy1
->val_class
)
31026 if (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
31027 return valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
== valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
31028 return valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
31029 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
31030 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
31031 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
31032 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
31034 /* Other codes have no operands. */
31039 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
31042 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
31044 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
31045 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
31046 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
31047 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
31049 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
31052 /* Hashtable helpers. */
31054 struct loc_list_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<dw_loc_list_struct
>
31056 static inline hashval_t
hash (const dw_loc_list_struct
*);
31057 static inline bool equal (const dw_loc_list_struct
*,
31058 const dw_loc_list_struct
*);
31061 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
31064 loc_list_hasher::hash (const dw_loc_list_struct
*x
)
31069 /* Return true if location lists A and B are the same. */
31072 loc_list_hasher::equal (const dw_loc_list_struct
*a
,
31073 const dw_loc_list_struct
*b
)
31077 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
31079 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
31080 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
31081 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
31082 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
31083 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
31084 || a
->vbegin
!= b
->vbegin
|| a
->vend
!= b
->vend
31085 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
31087 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
31090 typedef hash_table
<loc_list_hasher
> loc_list_hash_type
;
31093 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
31094 children and share them whenever possible. */
31097 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, loc_list_hash_type
*htab
)
31102 dw_loc_list_struct
**slot
;
31103 bool drop_locviews
= false;
31104 bool has_locviews
= false;
31106 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31107 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
31109 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31110 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
31111 it and storing into the hash table. */
31112 hash_loc_list (list
);
31113 slot
= htab
->find_slot_with_hash (list
, list
->hash
, INSERT
);
31117 if (loc_list_has_views (list
))
31118 gcc_assert (list
->vl_symbol
);
31119 else if (list
->vl_symbol
)
31121 drop_locviews
= true;
31122 list
->vl_symbol
= NULL
;
31127 if (list
->vl_symbol
&& !(*slot
)->vl_symbol
)
31128 drop_locviews
= true;
31129 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= *slot
;
31132 else if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_view_list
)
31134 gcc_checking_assert (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
31135 has_locviews
= true;
31139 if (drop_locviews
&& has_locviews
)
31140 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
31142 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
31146 /* Recursively assign each location list a unique index into the debug_addr
31150 index_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
31156 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31157 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
31159 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31160 dw_loc_list_ref curr
;
31161 for (curr
= list
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
31163 /* Don't index an entry that has already been indexed
31164 or won't be output. Make sure skip_loc_list_entry doesn't
31165 call size_of_locs, because that might cause circular dependency,
31166 index_location_lists requiring address table indexes to be
31167 computed, but adding new indexes through add_addr_table_entry
31168 and address table index computation requiring no new additions
31169 to the hash table. In the rare case of DWARF[234] >= 64KB
31170 location expression, we'll just waste unused address table entry
31172 if (curr
->begin_entry
!= NULL
31173 || skip_loc_list_entry (curr
))
31177 = add_addr_table_entry (xstrdup (curr
->begin
), ate_kind_label
);
31181 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, index_location_lists (c
));
31184 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
31185 children and share them whenever possible. */
31188 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
31190 loc_list_hash_type
htab (500);
31191 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, &htab
);
31194 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
31195 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
31196 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
31197 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
31201 flush_limbo_die_list (void)
31203 limbo_die_node
*node
;
31205 /* get_context_die calls force_decl_die, which can put new DIEs on the
31206 limbo list in LTO mode when nested functions are put in a different
31207 partition than that of their parent function. */
31208 while ((node
= limbo_die_list
))
31210 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
31211 limbo_die_list
= node
->next
;
31213 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
31215 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
31217 if (origin
&& origin
->die_parent
)
31218 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
31219 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
31221 else if (seen_error ())
31222 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
31223 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
31226 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
31227 nested function can be optimized away, which results
31228 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
31229 with the return type of that nested function. Force
31230 this to be a child of the containing function.
31232 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
31233 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
31234 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
31235 the function is likely unreachable too. */
31236 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
31238 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
31239 origin
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
));
31240 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
31241 origin
= scope_die_for (node
->created_for
, comp_unit_die ());
31243 origin
= comp_unit_die ();
31245 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
31251 /* Reset DIEs so we can output them again. */
31254 reset_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
31258 /* Remove stuff we re-generate. */
31260 die
->die_offset
= 0;
31261 die
->die_abbrev
= 0;
31262 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_sibling
);
31264 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, reset_dies (c
));
31267 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
31268 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
31271 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
31273 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
31274 dw_die_ref main_comp_unit_die
;
31275 unsigned char checksum
[16];
31276 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31278 /* Flush out any latecomers to the limbo party. */
31279 flush_limbo_die_list ();
31281 if (inline_entry_data_table
)
31282 gcc_assert (inline_entry_data_table
->is_empty ());
31286 verify_die (comp_unit_die ());
31287 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31288 verify_die (node
->die
);
31291 /* We shouldn't have any symbols with delayed asm names for
31292 DIEs generated after early finish. */
31293 gcc_assert (deferred_asm_name
== NULL
);
31295 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
31297 if (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
)
31299 gcc_assert (flag_fat_lto_objects
|| flag_generate_offload
);
31301 /* Prune stuff so that dwarf2out_finish runs successfully
31302 for the fat part of the object. */
31303 reset_dies (comp_unit_die ());
31304 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31305 reset_dies (node
->die
);
31307 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
31308 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31310 comdat_type_node
**slot
31311 = comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
31313 /* Don't reset types twice. */
31314 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
31317 /* Remove the pointer to the line table. */
31318 remove_AT (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
);
31320 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31321 reset_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
31326 /* Reset die CU symbol so we don't output it twice. */
31327 comp_unit_die ()->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
31329 /* Remove DW_AT_macro and DW_AT_stmt_list from the early output. */
31330 remove_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
);
31332 remove_AT (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
);
31334 /* Remove indirect string decisions. */
31335 debug_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, reset_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
31336 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
31338 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, reset_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
31339 debug_line_str_hash
= NULL
;
31343 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
31345 dw_die_ref die
= comp_unit_die (), c
;
31346 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, gcc_assert (! c
->die_mark
));
31349 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31350 resolve_addr (ctnode
->root_die
);
31351 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
31352 move_marked_base_types ();
31356 fprintf (dump_file
, "DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
31357 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
31360 /* Initialize sections and labels used for actual assembler output. */
31361 unsigned generation
= init_sections_and_labels (false);
31363 /* Traverse the DIE's and add sibling attributes to those DIE's that
31365 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
31366 limbo_die_node
*node
;
31367 for (node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31368 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
31369 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31370 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
31372 /* When splitting DWARF info, we put some attributes in the
31373 skeleton compile_unit DIE that remains in the .o, while
31374 most attributes go in the DWO compile_unit_die. */
31375 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31377 limbo_die_node
*cu
;
31378 main_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
31379 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31380 main_comp_unit_die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
;
31381 cu
= limbo_die_list
;
31382 gcc_assert (cu
->die
== main_comp_unit_die
);
31383 limbo_die_list
= limbo_die_list
->next
;
31384 cu
->next
= cu_die_list
;
31388 main_comp_unit_die
= comp_unit_die ();
31390 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
31391 switch_to_section (text_section
);
31392 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
31393 if (cold_text_section
)
31395 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
31396 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
31399 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
31401 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
31402 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
31404 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
31405 if (text_section_used
)
31406 add_AT_low_high_pc (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
31407 text_end_label
, true);
31413 bool range_list_added
= false;
31415 if (text_section_used
)
31416 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
31417 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
31418 if (cold_text_section_used
)
31419 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
31420 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
31422 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
31424 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
31426 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
31427 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
31428 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
31430 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
31431 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
31432 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, &range_list_added
,
31436 if (range_list_added
)
31438 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
31439 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
31440 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
31441 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
31442 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
31443 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
31444 if (! dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
31445 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
31451 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
31452 offset expected by debuggers. */
31453 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_section_label
);
31454 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
31455 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
31457 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31458 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
31462 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
,
31463 macinfo_section_label
);
31465 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31467 if (have_location_lists
)
31469 /* Since we generate the loclists in the split DWARF .dwo
31470 file itself, we don't need to generate a loclists_base
31471 attribute for the split compile unit DIE. That attribute
31472 (and using relocatable sec_offset FORMs) isn't allowed
31473 for a split compile unit. Only if the .debug_loclists
31474 section was in the main file, would we need to generate a
31475 loclists_base attribute here (for the full or skeleton
31478 /* optimize_location_lists calculates the size of the lists,
31479 so index them first, and assign indices to the entries.
31480 Although optimize_location_lists will remove entries from
31481 the table, it only does so for duplicates, and therefore
31482 only reduces ref_counts to 1. */
31483 index_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31486 if (addr_index_table
!= NULL
)
31488 unsigned int index
= 0;
31490 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_addr_table_entry
>
31496 if (have_location_lists
)
31498 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31499 /* And finally assign indexes to the entries for -gsplit-dwarf. */
31500 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31501 assign_location_list_indexes (comp_unit_die ());
31504 save_macinfo_strings ();
31506 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31508 unsigned int index
= 0;
31510 /* Add attributes common to skeleton compile_units and
31511 type_units. Because these attributes include strings, it
31512 must be done before freezing the string table. Top-level
31513 skeleton die attrs are added when the skeleton type unit is
31514 created, so ensure it is created by this point. */
31515 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (main_comp_unit_die
);
31516 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_string
> (&index
);
31519 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
31520 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
31521 for (node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31522 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0, NULL
);
31524 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
31525 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31527 comdat_type_node
**slot
= comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
31529 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
31530 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
31533 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
31534 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
31536 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31537 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
31538 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
31540 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
));
31542 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
, false);
31546 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31549 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
31551 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && !vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31554 /* Compute a checksum of the comp_unit to use as the dwo_id. */
31555 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
31557 die_checksum (comp_unit_die (), &ctx
, &mark
);
31558 unmark_all_dies (comp_unit_die ());
31559 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
31561 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
31563 /* Use the first 8 bytes of the checksum as the dwo_id,
31564 and add it to both comp-unit DIEs. */
31565 add_AT_data8 (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
31566 add_AT_data8 (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
31569 /* Add the base offset of the ranges table to the skeleton
31571 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31573 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31574 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_rnglists_base
,
31575 ranges_base_label
);
31577 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_ranges_base
,
31578 ranges_section_label
);
31581 output_addr_table ();
31584 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
31585 or .debug_macro will be emitted. */
31586 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), have_macinfo
,
31587 dwarf_split_debug_info
? checksum
: NULL
);
31589 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
31590 output_skeleton_debug_sections (main_comp_unit_die
, checksum
);
31592 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
31593 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) != 1)
31595 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
31596 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
31597 output_abbrev_section ();
31600 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
31601 if (have_location_lists
)
31603 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31604 char l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31605 /* Output the location lists info. */
31606 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
31607 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31609 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 2);
31610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 3);
31611 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
31612 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
31613 "Initial length escape value indicating "
31614 "64-bit DWARF extension");
31615 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
31616 "Length of Location Lists");
31617 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
31618 output_dwarf_version ();
31619 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
31620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
31621 dw2_asm_output_data (4, dwarf_split_debug_info
? loc_list_idx
: 0,
31622 "Offset Entry Count");
31624 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
31625 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31627 unsigned int save_loc_list_idx
= loc_list_idx
;
31629 output_loclists_offsets (comp_unit_die ());
31630 gcc_assert (save_loc_list_idx
== loc_list_idx
);
31632 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31633 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31634 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
31637 output_pubtables ();
31639 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
31640 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
31641 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
31642 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
31643 generate a table that would have contained data. */
31644 if (info_section_emitted
)
31646 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
31650 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
31651 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31653 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31654 output_rnglists (generation
);
31659 /* Have to end the macro section. */
31662 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
31663 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
31664 output_macinfo (!dwarf_split_debug_info
? debug_line_section_label
31665 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
, false);
31666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
31669 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
31670 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
31671 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
31672 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
31673 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
31674 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
31675 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
31676 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
31677 if (! output_asm_line_debug_info ())
31678 output_line_info (false);
31680 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
31682 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_line_section
);
31683 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_line_section_label
);
31684 output_line_info (true);
31687 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
31688 if (debug_str_hash
|| skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
31689 output_indirect_strings ();
31690 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
31692 switch_to_section (debug_line_str_section
);
31693 const enum dwarf_form form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
31694 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
31695 output_indirect_string
> (form
);
31698 /* ??? Move lvugid out of dwarf2out_source_line and reset it too? */
31699 symview_upper_bound
= 0;
31701 bitmap_clear (zero_view_p
);
31704 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a variable_value_struct). */
31707 variable_value_hasher::hash (variable_value_struct
*x
)
31709 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
31712 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of variable_value_struct X is the same as
31716 variable_value_hasher::equal (variable_value_struct
*x
, tree y
)
31718 return x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
);
31721 /* Helper function for resolve_variable_value, handle
31722 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value in one location expression.
31723 Return true if exprloc has been changed into loclist. */
31726 resolve_variable_value_in_expr (dw_attr_node
*a
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
31728 dw_loc_descr_ref next
;
31729 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev
= NULL
; loc
; prev
= loc
, loc
= next
)
31731 next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
31732 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
31733 || loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
31736 tree decl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
31737 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) != current_function_decl
)
31740 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31743 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31744 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31745 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31748 dw_loc_list_ref l
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, 0, NULL
);
31751 if (l
->dw_loc_next
)
31753 if (AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
31755 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
31757 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and loclist
31758 classes, so we can change them into a loclist. */
31759 case DW_AT_location
:
31760 case DW_AT_string_length
:
31761 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
31762 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
31763 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
31764 case DW_AT_segment
:
31765 case DW_AT_static_link
:
31766 case DW_AT_use_location
:
31767 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
31770 prev
->dw_loc_next
= NULL
;
31771 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (l
, AT_loc (a
));
31774 add_loc_descr_to_each (l
, next
);
31775 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
31776 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
31777 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= l
;
31778 have_location_lists
= true;
31780 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and reference,
31781 so if the whole expression is DW_OP_GNU_variable_value alone
31782 we could transform it into reference. */
31783 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
31784 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
31785 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
31786 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
31787 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
31789 case DW_AT_allocated
:
31790 case DW_AT_associated
:
31791 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
31792 if (prev
== NULL
&& next
== NULL
)
31800 /* Create DW_TAG_variable that we can refer to. */
31801 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL_TREE
, NULL
,
31802 lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
));
31803 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31806 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31807 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31808 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31814 prev
->dw_loc_next
= l
->expr
;
31815 add_loc_descr (&prev
->dw_loc_next
, next
);
31816 free_loc_descr (loc
, NULL
);
31817 next
= prev
->dw_loc_next
;
31821 memcpy (loc
, l
->expr
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
31822 add_loc_descr (&loc
, next
);
31830 /* Attempt to resolve DW_OP_GNU_variable_value using loc_list_from_tree. */
31833 resolve_variable_value (dw_die_ref die
)
31836 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
31839 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31840 switch (AT_class (a
))
31842 case dw_val_class_loc
:
31843 if (!resolve_variable_value_in_expr (a
, AT_loc (a
)))
31846 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
31847 loc
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31849 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31850 resolve_variable_value_in_expr (a
, loc
->expr
);
31857 /* Attempt to optimize DW_OP_GNU_variable_value refering to
31858 temporaries in the current function. */
31861 resolve_variable_values (void)
31863 if (!variable_value_hash
|| !current_function_decl
)
31866 struct variable_value_struct
*node
31867 = variable_value_hash
->find_with_hash (current_function_decl
,
31868 DECL_UID (current_function_decl
));
31875 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (node
->dies
, i
, die
)
31876 resolve_variable_value (die
);
31879 /* Helper function for note_variable_value, handle one location
31883 note_variable_value_in_expr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
31885 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31886 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
31887 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
31889 tree decl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
31890 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31891 if (! ref
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
31893 /* ??? This is somewhat a hack because we do not create DIEs
31894 for variables not in BLOCK trees early but when generating
31895 early LTO output we need the dw_val_class_decl_ref to be
31896 fully resolved. For fat LTO objects we'd also like to
31897 undo this after LTO dwarf output. */
31898 gcc_assert (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
31899 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
31900 gcc_assert (ctx
!= NULL
);
31901 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL_TREE
, NULL
, ctx
);
31902 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31903 gcc_assert (ref
!= NULL
);
31907 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31908 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31909 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31913 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
31914 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
31915 && lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)))
31917 if (!variable_value_hash
)
31918 variable_value_hash
31919 = hash_table
<variable_value_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
31921 tree fndecl
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
31922 struct variable_value_struct
*node
;
31923 struct variable_value_struct
**slot
31924 = variable_value_hash
->find_slot_with_hash (fndecl
,
31929 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<variable_value_struct
> ();
31930 node
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (fndecl
);
31936 vec_safe_push (node
->dies
, die
);
31941 /* Walk the tree DIE and note DIEs with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value still
31942 with dw_val_class_decl_ref operand. */
31945 note_variable_value (dw_die_ref die
)
31949 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
31952 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31953 switch (AT_class (a
))
31955 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
31956 loc
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31958 if (!loc
->noted_variable_value
)
31960 loc
->noted_variable_value
= 1;
31961 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31962 note_variable_value_in_expr (die
, loc
->expr
);
31965 case dw_val_class_loc
:
31966 note_variable_value_in_expr (die
, AT_loc (a
));
31972 /* Mark children. */
31973 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, note_variable_value (c
));
31976 /* Perform any cleanups needed after the early debug generation pass
31980 dwarf2out_early_finish (const char *filename
)
31983 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31985 /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
31986 header compilation, so always fill it with empty string initially
31987 and overwrite only here. */
31988 dw_attr_node
*producer
= get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer
);
31989 producer_string
= gen_producer_string ();
31990 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
31991 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= find_AT_string (producer_string
);
31993 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
31994 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
31995 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
31996 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
31998 /* When emitting DWARF5 .debug_line_str, move DW_AT_name and
31999 DW_AT_comp_dir into .debug_line_str section. */
32000 if (!output_asm_line_debug_info ()
32001 && dwarf_version
>= 5
32002 && DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR
)
32004 for (int i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
32006 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (comp_unit_die (),
32007 i
? DW_AT_comp_dir
: DW_AT_name
);
32009 || AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_str
32010 || strlen (AT_string (a
)) + 1 <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
32013 if (! debug_line_str_hash
)
32014 debug_line_str_hash
32015 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
32017 struct indirect_string_node
*node
32018 = find_AT_string_in_table (AT_string (a
), debug_line_str_hash
);
32019 set_indirect_string (node
);
32020 node
->form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
32021 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
32022 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
32026 /* With LTO early dwarf was really finished at compile-time, so make
32027 sure to adjust the phase after annotating the LTRANS CU DIE. */
32030 /* Force DW_TAG_imported_unit to be created now, otherwise
32031 we might end up without it or ordered after DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
32032 referencing DIEs from it. */
32033 if (! flag_wpa
&& flag_incremental_link
!= INCREMENTAL_LINK_LTO
)
32037 if (external_die_map
)
32038 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units
, i
, tu
)
32039 if (sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (tu
))
32041 dw_die_ref import
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_unit
,
32042 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE
);
32043 add_AT_external_die_ref (import
, DW_AT_import
,
32044 desc
->sym
, desc
->off
);
32048 early_dwarf_finished
= true;
32051 fprintf (dump_file
, "LTO EARLY DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
32052 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
32057 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
32058 emit full debugging info for them. */
32059 retry_incomplete_types ();
32061 /* The point here is to flush out the limbo list so that it is empty
32062 and we don't need to stream it for LTO. */
32063 flush_limbo_die_list ();
32065 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
32066 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
32068 /* Add DW_AT_linkage_name for all deferred DIEs. */
32069 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32071 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
32072 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
32073 /* A missing DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME can be a constant DIE that
32074 ended up in deferred_asm_name before we knew it was
32075 constant and never written to disk. */
32076 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
))
32078 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
32079 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
32082 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
32084 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
32085 prune_unused_types ();
32087 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
32088 if (use_debug_types
)
32090 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
32092 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
32093 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
32095 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
32097 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
32098 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
32099 references to the main compile unit). */
32100 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32101 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32102 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
32103 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
32105 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
32106 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
32107 referenced. Prune them. */
32108 prune_unused_types ();
32111 /* Traverse the DIE's and note DIEs with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value still
32112 with dw_val_class_decl_ref operand. */
32113 note_variable_value (comp_unit_die ());
32114 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32115 note_variable_value (node
->die
);
32116 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
;
32117 ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32118 note_variable_value (ctnode
->root_die
);
32119 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32120 note_variable_value (node
->die
);
32122 /* The AT_pubnames attribute needs to go in all skeleton dies, including
32123 both the main_cu and all skeleton TUs. Making this call unconditional
32124 would end up either adding a second copy of the AT_pubnames attribute, or
32125 requiring a special case in add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs. */
32126 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
32127 add_AT_pubnames (comp_unit_die ());
32129 /* The early debug phase is now finished. */
32130 early_dwarf_finished
= true;
32133 fprintf (dump_file
, "EARLY DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
32134 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
32137 /* Do not generate DWARF assembler now when not producing LTO bytecode. */
32138 if ((!flag_generate_lto
&& !flag_generate_offload
)
32139 /* FIXME: Disable debug info generation for (PE-)COFF targets since the
32140 copy_lto_debug_sections operation of the simple object support in
32141 libiberty is not implemented for them yet. */
32142 || TARGET_PECOFF
|| TARGET_COFF
)
32145 /* Now as we are going to output for LTO initialize sections and labels
32146 to the LTO variants. We don't need a random-seed postfix as other
32147 LTO sections as linking the LTO debug sections into one in a partial
32149 init_sections_and_labels (true);
32151 /* The output below is modeled after dwarf2out_finish with all
32152 location related output removed and some LTO specific changes.
32153 Some refactoring might make both smaller and easier to match up. */
32155 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
32156 that have children. */
32157 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
32158 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32159 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
32160 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32161 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32162 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
32164 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
32165 offset expected by debuggers. */
32166 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_section_label
);
32167 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
32168 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
32170 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
32171 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
, dl_section_ref
);
32174 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
,
32175 macinfo_section_label
);
32177 save_macinfo_strings ();
32179 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
32181 unsigned int index
= 0;
32182 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_string
> (&index
);
32185 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
32186 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
32187 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32188 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0, NULL
);
32190 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
32191 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32192 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32194 comdat_type_node
**slot
= comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
32196 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
32197 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
32200 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
32201 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
32203 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
32204 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
32205 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
32206 ? debug_line_section_label
32207 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
));
32209 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
, true);
32213 /* Stick a unique symbol to the main debuginfo section. */
32214 compute_comp_unit_symbol (comp_unit_die ());
32216 /* Output the main compilation unit. We always need it if only for
32218 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), true, NULL
);
32220 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
32221 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) != 1)
32223 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
32224 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
32225 output_abbrev_section ();
32228 /* Have to end the macro section. */
32231 /* We have to save macinfo state if we need to output it again
32232 for the FAT part of the object. */
32233 vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *saved_macinfo_table
= macinfo_table
;
32234 if (flag_fat_lto_objects
)
32235 macinfo_table
= macinfo_table
->copy ();
32237 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
32238 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
32239 output_macinfo (debug_line_section_label
, true);
32240 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
32242 if (flag_fat_lto_objects
)
32244 vec_free (macinfo_table
);
32245 macinfo_table
= saved_macinfo_table
;
32249 /* Emit a skeleton debug_line section. */
32250 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
32251 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
32252 output_line_info (true);
32254 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
32255 if (debug_str_hash
|| skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
32256 output_indirect_strings ();
32257 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
32259 switch_to_section (debug_line_str_section
);
32260 const enum dwarf_form form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
32261 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
32262 output_indirect_string
> (form
);
32265 /* Switch back to the text section. */
32266 switch_to_section (text_section
);
32269 /* Reset all state within dwarf2out.c so that we can rerun the compiler
32270 within the same process. For use by toplev::finalize. */
32273 dwarf2out_c_finalize (void)
32275 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
32276 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
32277 used_rtx_array
= NULL
;
32278 incomplete_types
= NULL
;
32279 debug_info_section
= NULL
;
32280 debug_skeleton_info_section
= NULL
;
32281 debug_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
32282 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
32283 debug_aranges_section
= NULL
;
32284 debug_addr_section
= NULL
;
32285 debug_macinfo_section
= NULL
;
32286 debug_line_section
= NULL
;
32287 debug_skeleton_line_section
= NULL
;
32288 debug_loc_section
= NULL
;
32289 debug_pubnames_section
= NULL
;
32290 debug_pubtypes_section
= NULL
;
32291 debug_str_section
= NULL
;
32292 debug_line_str_section
= NULL
;
32293 debug_str_dwo_section
= NULL
;
32294 debug_str_offsets_section
= NULL
;
32295 debug_ranges_section
= NULL
;
32296 debug_frame_section
= NULL
;
32298 debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
32299 debug_line_str_hash
= NULL
;
32300 skeleton_debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
32301 dw2_string_counter
= 0;
32302 have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
32303 text_section_used
= false;
32304 cold_text_section_used
= false;
32305 cold_text_section
= NULL
;
32306 current_unit_personality
= NULL
;
32308 early_dwarf
= false;
32309 early_dwarf_finished
= false;
32311 next_die_offset
= 0;
32312 single_comp_unit_die
= NULL
;
32313 comdat_type_list
= NULL
;
32314 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
32316 decl_die_table
= NULL
;
32317 common_block_die_table
= NULL
;
32318 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
32319 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
32320 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
32321 call_site_count
= -1;
32322 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
32323 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
32324 abbrev_die_table
= NULL
;
32325 delete dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
;
32326 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
= NULL
;
32327 line_info_label_num
= 0;
32328 cur_line_info_table
= NULL
;
32329 text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
32330 cold_text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
32331 separate_line_info
= NULL
;
32332 info_section_emitted
= false;
32333 pubname_table
= NULL
;
32334 pubtype_table
= NULL
;
32335 macinfo_table
= NULL
;
32336 ranges_table
= NULL
;
32337 ranges_by_label
= NULL
;
32339 have_location_lists
= false;
32342 last_emitted_file
= NULL
;
32344 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
= NULL
;
32345 generic_type_instances
= NULL
;
32346 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= 0;
32347 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
= false;
32348 base_types
.release ();
32349 XDELETEVEC (producer_string
);
32350 producer_string
= NULL
;
32353 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"